R. W.

VAN BEMMELEN

THE G E O L O G Y O F INDONESIA
GENERAL GEOLOGY

VOL. I B
(PORTFOLIO)

L I T E R A T U R E R E F E R E N C E S 1-32

LIST O F FIGURES . . . . . . . . 33-38

L I S T O F TABLES . . . . . . . . .39-41

I N D E X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42-60
 I
I
$
1 LITERATU RE REFERENCE

LITERATURE R E P ~ K E N C E S
VOLUME I

GENERAL GEOLOGY O F INDONESIA AND ADJACENT

ARCHIPELAGOES

In this list stress is laid on the geological literature which appeared since 1927, the year of edition
of RUTTEN'Slectures on the Geology of the East Indies. The older literature has amply been
discussed in the forementioned book. A more complete list of the geological publications on the
East Indies and adjacent areas has been compiled by VERBEEK,WINGEASTON, and STEENHLTIS. This
list, completed up to 1947, comprises about 6700 titles and has been edited in four volumes
by the "Nederlands Geologisch Mijnbouwkundig Genootschap" (see note 1 of the Foreword).
In the following list only those papers are mentioned, which are quoted in the text of Volume I.

ALVIR, A. D. (1926 d): Pre-tertiary intrusions in the

ABADILLA,Q. A. (1931): Geological reconnaissance of
northwestern Capiz Province, Panay, Philippine
Islands. Phil. J. Sci. 45, 3, 393414.
ABELLA Y CASARIEGO, E. (1890): Descripci6n fisica, geo-
16eica v minera de la isla de Panav. Manila. Chofrk
(1890),-203 pp.
ABENDANON, E. C. (191511918): Geologischeen geografische
doorkruisingen van Midden Celebes. I (1915); I1
(1915); I11 (1917); IV (1918).
ADAM,J. W. H. (1932): Kaksa - Genese. De Mijningenieur,
13. 1932. 217-221.
ADAM, J. W. H. (1933): Kaksa - Genese. De Mijningenieur,
14, 1933, pp. 1-5, 20-26, 81-87, 167-171.
ADAMS,G. I. (1910): Geologic reconnaissance of south-
! western Luzon. Philip. J. Sci. § A 5 (1910), 57-116.
AERNOUT,W. A. J. (1922): Een geologisch-mijnbouw-
kundige verkenning der Karimata-eilanden. Jaarb.
i Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 1920, Verh. I, 3-116, Batavia 1922.
AHLBURG, J. (1913): Versuch einer geologischen Darstellung
der Insel Celebes. T.K.N.A.G. 30, 1913, 611-618.
AKKERSDUK, M. E. (1928): Het Tenggercaldera probleem.
De Mijningenieur 1928.
AKKERSDIJK, M. E. (1932): Enkele geologische gegevens
betreffende het Pemali-tinerts-voorkomen op het
eiland Banka. De Mijningenieur, 13, 1932, 6-10.
AKKERSDIJK, M. E. (1933): Eenige opmerkingen over
Kaksagenese. De Mijningenieur, 14, 1933, p. 176.
ALBRECHT, J. C. H. (1946): Contributions to the Geology
I
of the region between Soengai Klindjau and Soengai
Belaian. Northern Koetai. Borneo. Doctoral thesis.
~ t r e c h t ;pp. 115.
ALLAN.R. S. (1948): Geological correlation and Pale-
o&ology. BUII. ~ e o l .SO^ Am. 59, 1-10.
ALLIEDMININGCORPORATION (1937): Mineral resources
of Portuguese Timor. "Exploration of Portuguese
Timor". Report of Allied Mining Corp. to Asia
Investment Comp. Ltd, 1937, Chapter 11, pp. 23-62.
ALVIR,A. D. (1926 a): A theory on the major tectonic
structure of Luzon, Philippine Islands. Proc. 3rd
Pan Pac. Sci. Congr., Tokyo 1926, Vol. I, 451454.
ALVIR,A. D. (1926 b): The History of the deformative
movements in the Philippine Islands. Proc. 3rd Pan
Pac. Sci. Congr., Tokyo 1926, Vol. I, 454-456.
ALVIR,A. D. (1926 c): Some observations on active faults
in the Philippine Islands. Proc. IIIrd Pan Pac. Sci.
Congr., Tokyo 1926, Vol. I, 457462.
Philippine Islands. Proc. IIIdr Pan Pac. Sci. Congr.,
Tokyo 1926, Vol. I, 767-770.
ALVLR,A. D. (1929): A geological study of the Angat-
Novaliches Region (Philippines). The Phil. J. Sci., 40,
1929, 359-415.
ALVIR,A. D. (1930): Geology and underground-water
resources of Central Panay. Phil. J. Sci., 42, 443463.
AMPFERER, 0. (1934): uber die Gleifformung der Glarner
Alpen. Sitzungsber. Ak. d. Wiss. Wien, Math.-naturw.
Klasse, Abt. I, 143, 314, p. 109-121.
ANDREWS, CH. W. A. (1899): A description of Christmas
Island (Indian Ocean). J. Roy. Geogr. Soc., New
series, 13, 1899, 17-39.
ANDREWS, CH. W. A. (1900): A monograph of Christmas
Island. Physical features and geology. London 1900.
Publ. of the Brit. Museum.
ANONYMUS (Staff of the Geol. Survey) (1939): Delfstoffen
op Java (met uitzondering van aardolie, kolen en
ertsen). Verslagen en Meded. betr. Ind. Delfst. etc.
No. 22 Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Indie, Batavia 1939.
ANSEL,E. A. (1935): Massenanziehung begrenzter homo-
gener Korper von rechteckigem Querschnitt und des
Kreiszylinders. Beitr. z. angewandten Geoph. 5,
3 (1935), 263-295.
ANSEL,E. A. (1936): Schwereanomalien in Beziehung zu
der Form der Storung des Schichtenverbandes in
der Erdkruste. Beitr. z. angewandten Geoph., 6,
2 (1936), 141-167.
ANSEL,E. A. (1937): Zur Analyse von Schwereanomalien.
Beitr. zur angew. Geoph. 7, 1, 21-38.
ARCHBOLD,R. & RAND,A. L. & BRASS,L. J. (1942):
Results of the Archbold Expeditions No. 41. Summary
of the 1938-1939 New Guinea Expedition. Bull. Am.
Museum Nat. History 79, 111, 197-288, New York
1942.
BAARTMANS, J. A.; BOISSEVAIN, H.; GALEN,J. VAN; KUENEN,
PH. H.; RAVEN,TH.; SMIT SIBINGA, B. L.; WEEDA, J.;
ZONNEVELD, J. I. S. (1947): De morfologie van de
Java- en Soenda Zee. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr.
Gen. 64 (4) 442-465, and (5) 555-576.
BACKER,C. A. (1929): The problem of Krakatau as seen
by a botanist. Batavia 1929, 299 pp.
BACKLUND, H. G. (1938): Zur Granitisations-Theorie.
Geol. Foren. i Stockholm, Forhandl. 60,2,1938, p. 190.
2 LITERATURE REFERENCES

BACKLUND,H. G. (1946): The Granitization Problem. BECKERING, J. D. H. (191 1): Bexhrijving van de eilanden
Geol. Mag., 83, 105-117. Adonara en Lomblen behoorende tot de Solor groep.
BADINGS, H. H. (1936): Het Palaeogeen in den Indischen Tijdschr. Kon. Xed. Xardr. Gen. 28, 1911, 167-202.
Archipel. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. v. Ned. en Kol., BEETS, C. (1941 a): De waarde der mollusca voor de
Geol. Serie, 11, 233-299. stratigrafie van her Jon%-rertiair van Borneo. Hand.
BADINGS, H. H. (1937): Het Palaeogeen in den Indischen 28e Nat. & Geneesk. Congr., Lhwht, 4e afd., 272-274.
Archipel. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. v. Ned. en Kol., BEETS,C. (1941 b): Eine jun-wioc2ne Mollusken-Fauna
Geol. Serie, 12, 41-42. von der Halbinsel Mangkalihat, Ost-Borneo, (nebst
BAGGELAAR. H. (1937): Tertiary rocks from the Miso01 Bemerkungen iiber andere Faunen von Ost-Borneo;
Archipelago.' ~r0.c. Kon. ~ k a d .Wet. Amsterdam, die Leitfossilien-Fraze~.\erh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. v.
40, 285-292. 1937. Ned. & Kol. 13, 1, 1-219.
BAGGELAAR, H. (1938): Some correcting notes on Tertiary BEETS,C. (1942 a): Mollusken aus d m Tertiar des Ost-
rocks of Misool. Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch. . indischen Archipels. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 13,
Amsterdam, 41, 301, 1938. 218-254, 1942.
BAKER,G. (1944): Preliminary note on volcanic eruptions BEETS,C. (1942 b): Beitriige zur Kenntnis der angeblichen
. in the Goropu Mountains, SE Papua, during the oberoligocanen Mollusken-Fauna der Insel Buton,
period Dec. 1943 to August 1944. The J. of Geol. 54, Niederl. Ost Indien. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 13,
1, 19-31. 256-328.
BAKX,L. A. J. (1932): De genera Faxciolites en NeoaIveolina BEETS,C. (1942 c): Brechites venusrulus, ein neuer Fund
in het Indo-Pacifische gebied. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. aus dem Miocan der Landschaft Serawak (NW-
Gen. Ned. & Kol., Geol. Serie 9, p. 205. Borneo). Leidsche Geol. Meded. 13, 1 , 329-333.
BAREN,F. A. VAN (1939): Petrographisch en mineralogisch BEETS,C. (1942 d): Note on a new species of the venerid
onderzoek van enkele gesteenten en zanden van de genus. Atopodonta from the Vigc~Slioceneof Luzon
Gajo Loeeus (Atjeh). Proc. Kon. Ak. v. Wetensch., (Philippine Islands), with remarks upon the generic
Amsterdam, 42, 79-82. character. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 13, 1, 1942,334-340.
BAREN,F. A. van (1947): Erosie. Oorzaak, gevolgen en BEETS,C. (1942e): On Waisuithyrina, a new articulate
bestrijding. Meded. Dep. v. Econ. Zaken in Ned. brachiopod Genus from the Upper-Oli$ocene of
Indie, No. 8, 135 pages, Batavia 1947. Buton (SE Celebes) Dutch East Lndies. Leidsche Geol.
BAREN,F. A. VAN (1948 a): On the petrology of the volcanic Med. 13, 341-347, 1942.
area of the Goenoeng Moeria (Java). Meded. Alg. BEETS, C. (1942 f): Weitere Verwandschaftsbeziehungen
Proefstat. v. d. Landb. (Comm. of the general agri- zwischen den oberoligocaenen Mollusken von Buton
cultural experiment station), Buitenzorg, Java. No. 60, (SE Celebes) und den Neogen-Faunen des Ostindi-
69 pages. schen Archipels. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 13, 348-355,
BAREN,F. A. VAN (1948 b): Wetenschappelijke, practische 1942.
en sociale aspecten van het bodemkundig onderzoek BEETS,C. (1942 g): Notizen iiber Thatcheria angas, Clinura
in Indonesie. Chronica Naturae, 104, 7, 214-219. bellardi und Clinuropsis vincent. ~eidsche Geol.
BARTH,T. F. W. & CORRENS, C. W. & Eskola, P. (1939): Meded. 13, 1942, 1, 356-367.
Die Entstehung der Gesteine. J. Springer, Berlin, 1939, BEETS,C. (1943-a): Onderzoek van Nederlandsch Indische
422 p. tertiaire Mollusken. Hand. 29e Nat. & Geneesk.
BARTH,T. F. W. & OFTEDAHL,CHR.(1947): High-tempera- Congres, Amsterdam, 4e afd., 330-332.
ture plagioclase in the Oslo igneous rocks. Trans- BEETS, C. (1943 b): Notiz iiber die Gattung Cardillia
actions American Geophys. Union, 28, 1, Febr. '47, Deshayes. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen., Geol. Ser. 13,
102-104. 355-362, 1943.
BAUMBERGER, E. (1925): Die Kreidefossilien von Dusun BEETS,C. (1943 c): Die Gattung Galeodea LINKim Tertilr
Pobungo, Batu Kapur Menkadai, und Sungi Pobango von Insulinde. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Geol., Ser. 13,
(Djambi, Sumatra). Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. v. Ned. 435-445, 1,943.
& Kol. Geol. serie 8, 17-47. BEETS,C. (1943 e): Ueber PurunineIIa permodesta MAR^-)
BEARTH,P. (1938): Gesteine der Peruanischen Anden. aus dem Javanischen Obereoziin von Nanggulan.
Schweiz. Min. Petr. Mitt. 18, 1938. Geol. & Mijnb. 5, 92-93, 1943.
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1923): On a collection of upper- BEETS, C. (1943 f): Die Gastropodengruppen Ootoma
cretaceous teeth and other vertebrate remains from a und Eosioho im indo~acifischen Gebiet. Basteria.
deep sea deposit in the island of Timor. Jaarb. Mijnw. 8, 112, 1543, 2-8.
Ned. Ind. 1920, Verh. IV, 50-70, The Hague 1923. BEETS,C. (1944 a): Die Gattung Buccinulum im A l t m i d n
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1925): Het voorkomen van een Osteo- der Insel Madura (Ost Indien). Geol. & Mijnb. 6,
glosside visch in het Tertiair van Sumatra. Verh. Geol. 14-16, 1944.
Mijnb. Gen. Ned. & Kol. Geol. Ser. 8, 1925, p. 49. BEETS, C. (1944 b): Die Lamellibranchiaten Gattung
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1926 a): On a collection of marine fishes Julia Gould. Geol. & Mijnb. 6, 28-31, 1944.
from the Miocene of South Celebes. Jaarb. Mijnw. BEETS, C. (1944~): uber Ootomella und B u c c i ~ r i a .
Ned. Indie, 1925, Verh. I, 115-148, the Hague 1926. Basteria, 9, 112, 32-38.
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1926 b): Zoogeographic van den BEETS,C. (1947 a): Note on fossil echinoidea and gastro-
Indischen Archipel. Volksuniversiteits bibl. Vol. 35, poda from Sarawak and Kutei, Borneo. Geol. en
202 pp. De Emen F. Bohm, Haarlem. Mijnb. 9, 3, 40-42.
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1928): On a collection of miocene BEETS, C. (1947 b): On probably pliocene fossils from
fishteeth from Java. Wetensch. Meded. Dienst Mijnb. Mahakam delta region, East Borneo, and from
Ned. Indie, No. 8, 1928, 1-6. dessah Garoeng (Lamongan), Java. Geol. & Mijnb.
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1931): Pisces, Reptilia and Aves in 9, 10, 200-203, Oct. 1947.
the Netherlands Indies. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 5, BEHRMANN, W. (1921): Oberflachenformen in den feucht-
1931, 461-470. warmen Tropen. Zeitschr. Ges. f. Erdk. Berlin, 1921,
BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1948): Paleontology, zoogeography 44-60.
and zoology. Rep. scient. work done in the Neth. BEHRMANN, W. (1937): Der Malaische Archipel. Handbuch
on behalf of the Dutch overseas terr. (1918-1943) d. Geogr. Wiss. Vol. SO Asien, copyright 1937, Luf.
publ. by assoc. of scient. org. in the Netherlands, 180-183,452-533. Ak. Verlagsges. Athenaion, m.b.H.,
pp. 198-215. North Holl. Publ. Cy., Amsterdam, 1948. Potsdam.
 LITERATURE REFERENCES
BELTZ,E. W. (1944): Principle sedimentary basins in the East
Indies. Bull. Am. Ass. Petr. Geol. 28, 10, 1440-1454.
BEMMELEN, W. VAN (1907): Magnetic survey of the Dutch
East Indies made in the years 1903-1907. App. I to
"Observ. made at the Royal Magn. & Meteor. Obs.
at Batavia 30, 1907, Batavia, 1909.
BEMMELEN, W. VAN (1919): Bezoek aan de Rindjani. Nat.
Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 78, 1919, 45-54.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1928 a): Over de toekomst van een
met vulkanischen stoom gedreven centrale in Neder-
landsch Indie. De Mijningenieur, 9, 5, 67-72.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1928 b): De agrogeologische kaar-
teering van Sumatra. Hand. v. h. Vde Ned. Indisch
Natuurwet. Congres te Soerabaja 1928, 492499.
. BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1928 c): Geologische en agrogeo-
logische kaarteering. Aln. Landbouw Weekbl. v.
~ e d Ind.
. 13, 12, f89-393.
BEMMELEN. R. W. VAN (1929 a): The Origin of lake Toba
(N. hmatra). 4th ' ~ a c .~ c i .~ o n g r Bandung
r 1929,
Proc. I1 A, 115-125.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1929 b): Het Caldera probleem.
De Mijningenieur 10, 4, 101-112.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1930): De Tengger Strijdvraag.
Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind., 90, 1, 90-161.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1931 a): Het Boekit Mapas-
Pematang Semoet vulkanisme (Zuid Sumatra). Verh.
Geol. Mijnb. Gen. v. Ned. en Kol., Geol. Serie, 9,
2. 57-76.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1931 b): Positieve en negatieve
wlkaanvormen (with Engl. Summ.). Tijdschr. Kon.
Ned. Aardr. Gen. 2e serie, 48, 1, 1-9.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1931 c): Is de Oeloebeloe een vul-
kaan? De Mijningenieur, 12, 3, 30-32, Bandung
1911
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1931 d): Kritische beschouwingen
over geotektonische hypothesen. Nat. Tijdschr. v.
Ned. Ind., 91, 1, 93-117.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1931 e): Magma- und Krusten-
undationen (Eine Erganzung von Haarmann's Oszil-
lations-Theorie). Hand. 6e Ned. Ind. Natuurwet.
Congr. Bandoeng 1931, Geogr.-geol. sect., 645-653.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1931 f): De bicausaliteit der
Bodembeweainaen. Natuurk. Tiidschr. v. Ned. Indie.
tische' eruptie van den bazaltischen 'Tanggarnoes
vulkaan. Wetensch. Meded. 22. 33-62. Dienst v. d.
Mijnb. in Ned. Ind.
BEMMELEN. R. W. VAN (1932 a): Een voorbeeld van winst
en vklies van stroomgebied door een Mllkanische
eruptie. De Mijningenieur, 13, 11, 1932.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1932 b): Over de genetische
classificatie van nenatieve vulkaanvormen. Geol. &
Mijnb., 1932, 1 .Tan., No. 19.
BEMMELEN. R. W. VAN (1932 c): Uber die modichen Ur-
sachen der ~ n d a t i b n e n der Erdkruste. Froc. Kon.
Acad. v. Wetensch. Amsterdam, 35, 1932, 3, 392-399.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1932 d): Geologische waarnemingen
in de Gajo-landen (Noord Sumatra). Jaarb. Mijnw.
Ned. Ind., 1930, Ve~h.III, 71-94, Batavia 1932.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1932 e): Toelichting bij blad 10
(Batoeradja). Geol. kaart Sumatra, 1 : 200,000, Dienst
Mijnb. Ned. Indie.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1932 f): De Undatie-theorie (hare
afleidina en toevassinn OD het westeliik deel van de
~oenda-boog). ~ a t u u i k . -Tijdschr. .; Ned. Ind.,
92, 1, 85-242.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1932 g): Nadere toelichting van
de Undatie-theorie. Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind.,
92, 2, 373-402.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 a): Toelichting bij blad 6
(Kroe'i). Geol. Kaart van Sumatra 1 : 200,000, Dienst
Mijnb. Ned. Ind.
3
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 b): Das Kraftevroblem in der
Tektonik. Proc. on. cad. v. ~ e t e n s c h . Amsterdam,
,
36, 1933. 2, 197-202.
BEMMELEN, R. -w. VAN (1933 c): On the geophysical
foundations of the Undation theory. Proc. Kon.
Acad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 36, 1933, 3, 336343.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 d): Versuch einer geotekto-
nischen Analyse Siidostasiens nach der Undations-
theorie. Proc. Kon. Acad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam,
36, 1933, 7, 730-739.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 e): Versuch einer geotekto-
nischen Analyse Australiens und des Siidwest Pazifiks
. nach der Undationstheorie. Proc. Kon. Acad, v.
Wetensch., Amsterdam, 36, 1933, 7, 740-749.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 f): Die neogene Struktur des
Malayischen Archipels nach der Undationstheorie.
Proc. Kon. Acad. v. Wetenschap., Amsterdam, 36,
1933, 10, 888-897.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 g): Die Undationstheorie und
ihre Anwendung auf die Mittelatlantische Schwelle.
Zeitschr. d. deutsch. Geol. Ges. 85, 10, 762-780.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 h): Die Anwendung der
Undationstheorie auf das alpine System in Europa.
Proc. Kon. Acad. v. Wetenschap., Amsterdam, 36,
6, 1933, 686-694.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1933 i): Moderne richtingen in de
geotektoniek (in verband met de geotektonische
positie van den Ned. Indischen Archipel). De Mijn-
ingenieur, 14, 12, 205-212.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1934 a): De tektonische structuur
van Zuid-Sumatra. Natuur. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind., 94,
1, 7-14.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1934 b): Ein Beispiel fur Sekundar-
tektogenese auf Java. Geol. Rdsch. 25, 3, 175-194.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1934 c): Toelichting bij blad 36 (Ban-
doeng). Geol. Map of Java 1 : 100,000, Bandung 1934.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN & BERLAGE, H. P. (1934 d): Versuch
einer mathematischen Behandlung geotektonischer
Bewegungen unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der
Undationstheorie. Gerl. Beitr. Geoph., 43, 19-55.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1935 a): uber die Deutung der
Schwerkraft-Anomalien in Niederlandisch Indien.
Geol. Rdsch., 26, 3, 199-226.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1935 b): Over het karakter der
jong tertiaire ertsgangen in den vulkanischen binnen-
boog van het Soendasysteem. Geologie & Mijnbouw,
Juli, 1935, pp. 1-4, den Haag 1935.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1935 c): Vulkano-tektonische de-
pressies op Sumatra. Hand. 25ste Ned. Nat. & Genees-
kundig Congres, Leiden, April 1935, 5 p.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1935 d): The Undation theory on the
development of the earth's crust. Proc. 16th Int. Geol.
Congress, Washington D.C., 1933, Vol. 11, 965-982.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1936 a): The cause and mechanism
of igneous intrusion; with some Scottish examples.
Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, 29, III, 455-490. (Read
12the Nov. 1936, issued separately 15th June 1937).
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1936 b): Kritische beschouwingen
naar aanleiding van Bijlaard's theorie over plastische
deformaties van de aardkorst. De Ing. in Ned. Indie,
1936, 7, Sect. I, 87-93.
BEMMELEN,R. W. VAN (1936 c): Geologische contra
mechanische analyse der geotektoniek. De Ing. in
Ned. Ind., 1936, 3, 11, sect. I, 15C160.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN & ZWIERZYCKI,J. (1936 d): Het
Paleogeen van Sumatra. De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 3, 9,
section IV, 160-161.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1937 a): De isostatische anomalien
in den Indischen Archipel. De Ing. in Nederl. Indie,
1937, 4, 2, Section IV, 9-29.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1937 b): Examples of gravitational
tectogenesis from Central Java (Karangkobar Region).
De Ing. in N.I., 4, 3, IV, 55-65.
 4 LITERATURE REFERENCES
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1937 c): Igneous geology of the
Karangkobar region (Central Java) and its significance
for the origin of the Malayan Potash provinces.
Ing. in Ned. Ind., 4, 7, IV, 115-135.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1937 d): Toelichting bij blad 66
(Karamkobar). Geol. Kaart van Java. 1 : 100.000. . ,
~ a n d o e i1937.
~ BEMMELEN,
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1937e): The volcano-tectonic
struct'ure of the ~esidencyof Malang (Eastern Java).
(An interpretation of the structure of the Tengger
Mts.) De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 4, 9, IV, 159-172.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1937 f): Korte schets van de geo-
logie van Java (in het bijzonder van Oost-Java). .
De Bergcultures, 11, 41, 1454-1461.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1938 a): The Distribution of the
Regional Isostatic Anomalies in the Malayan Archipel-
ago. De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 5, 4, Sect. IV, 61-67.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1938 b): De Ringgit-Beser (een
geplooide alkali-vulkaan in Oost-Java). Nat. Tijdschr.
v. Ned. Indie, 98, 4, 171-194.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1938 c): On the Origin of the
Pacific Magma Types in the Volcanic Inner Arc of
the Soenda Mountain System. De Ing. in Ned. Ind.,
4. 1. Section IV. 1-15.
BEMIGLEN,R. W. VAN (1938 d): Les recherches gkologiques
theoriaues et avvliauCes aux Indes Nterlandaises.
congr& de la -~echercheScientifique Coloniale B
Paris, Sept. 1937. Publ. du Bur. d'ttudes geol. et
minikres coloniales Paris. No. 9, 1938, pp. 37-40.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1939 a): The volcano-tectonic
origin of Lake Toba -(North Sumatra). De Ing. in
Ned. Ind., 6, 9, 126-140.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1929 b): De geologie van het
westelijke en zuidelijke deel van de Westerafdeeling
van Borneo. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 1939, Verh.,
187-319. Batavia 1939.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1939 c): The geotectonic structure of
New Guinea. De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 6,2, sect. IV, 17-27.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1939 d): Das Permanenzproblem
nach der Undationstheorie. Geol. Rdsch. 30. 1939.
112, 10-20.
BEMMELEN. R. W. VAN (1939 e): Gravitational tectownesis
in t h i ~ o e n d a~ o & t a i nsystem. Report XVII intern.
Geol. Congr., Moscow 1937, Vol. 2,361-382, Moscow,
1939.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1939 f): De Geologische Dienst
in Nederlandsch Indie van 1919-1 939. De Mijnbond,
Jubileum nummer, Bandoeng 1939, 55-57. . Zealand, Febr. 1949.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1940 a): .Verslag van een petro-
graphisch onderzoek der gesteente collectie van het
Boven Digoelgebied, verzameld tijdens de derde
Expeditie der N.V. Mijnbouw Maatschappij Neder-
landsch Nieuw Guinea (1938-1939) (with Engl.
Summary). Ing. in Ned. Ind., 7, 10, IV, 137-145.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1940 b): A limestone-block in
hypersthene dacite from the Koeda-neck (Kromong
Complex, near Cheribon, W Java). De Ing. in Ned.
Ind., 7, 3, IV, 37-41.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1940 c): De agmatitische graniet
van Tandjoeng Binga (NW-Billiton). De Ing. in
Ned.-Indie, 7, 5, IV, 63-66.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1940 d): Komen op Bangka pre-
triadische kristallijne schisten voor? Ing. in N.I.,
7, 5, IV, 67-68.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1940 e): Bauxiet in Nederlandsch
Ihdie. Verslagen & Meded. betr. Ind. Delfst. en hare
toepassingen, No. 23, Dienst v. d. Mijnb., pp. 115.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1940 f): On the Origin of some
Granites from singapore. De Ing. in Ned. Ind.,
7, 2, IV, 23-35.
BEMMELEN. R. W. VAN 11941 a): Origin and mining of
bauxiie in ~etherlahds1nhia. ion. Geol., 36; 6,
630-640.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1941 b): Granitische intrusies in
het Zuidergebergte van West Java. De Ing. in Ned.
Ind., 8, 2, section IV, 9-18.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1941 c): Voorloopig bericht over
de Semeroe-eruptie van Sept./Oct. 1941. Ned. Ind.
Geogr. Meded. 1, 6, 136-142.
R. W. VAN (1941 d): Toelichting bij blad 73
(Semarang) en 74 (Oengaran). Geol. kaart van Java,
1 : 100,000, Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Ind., Batavia 1941,
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1941 e): Delfstoffen van Nederl.
Indie als grondstoffen der inheemsche industrie.
Natuurw. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind., 101, 1, Jan. 1941,
11-19. (Repr. in T.K.N.A.G., 65, 1, 1948.)
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1941 f): De beteekenis van den
Ned. Indischen Mijnbouw. Koloniale Studien, 1941,
No. 2, pp. 15.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1941 g): Bulletin of the Netherlands
Indies Volcanological Survey for the year 1940.
Dienst Mijnbouw Ned. Ind., Batavia, 1941.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1943): Bulletin of the East Indian
Volcanological Survey for the year 1941. War emerg-
ency edition, Bandung, Java, 42 fig., 24 tables, pp. 110,
1943.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1947 a): The Muriah Volcano
(Central Java) and the origin of its leucite-bearing
rocks. Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. v. Wetenschap.,
Amsterdam 50, 6, 653-658.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1947 b): Notes on: The Semeru
eruption of 1946, and The earthquake on Java of
July 23, 1943. Geologie & Mijnb. 9, 11, p. 219.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1947 c): Het vulkanologisch onder-
zoek in Nederlandsch Indie. Resume 26ste Geografen
vacantie cursus van het Indisch Instituut, Amsterdam,
Dec. 29, 1947.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1948 a): Voorloopig bericht over
de Semeroe eruptie van Sept.-Oct. 1941. (Met na-
schrift over de werking sinds 1945.) Tijdschr. Kon.
Ned. Aardr. Gen. 65 3 333-341.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1948 b): Cosmogony and geo-
chemistry. Rep. XVIIIth Int. Geol. Congress, London,
1948.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1949 a): De physisch-chemische
ontwikkeling der aarde. Geologie & Mijnbouw,
Jan. 1949, 11, 1, 1-21.
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1949 b): Distribution and evolution
of igneous rocks in the Indian Archipelago (with
three maps). Proc. VIIth Pac. Sci. Congr., New
BEMMELEN, R. W. VAN (1949 c): The geological evolution
of the East Indies. (With one map.) Proc. VIIth Pac.
Sci. Congr., New Zealand, Febr. 1949.
BENTHEM J ~ N GT., VAN (1937): Non-marine Mollusca
from fossil horizons in Java with special reference
to the Trinil Fauna. Zool. Meded. 20, 1937.
BENTHEMJ U ~ N GW. , S. S. VAN (1941): Non-marine
mollusca from the Satellite Islands surrounding Java.
Arch. Neerl. Zool. 5, 1941.
BENTHEM JUTTING, W. S. S. VAN (1948): On the present state
of the malacological research in the Malay Archi-
pelago. Chronica Naturae, 104,5, May 1948,129-138.
BERLAGE, H. P. (1933): Ueber die Horbarkeit der Knalle
einer semi-vulkanischen Dampfexplosion auf Su-
matra. Gerl. Beitr. zur Geoph. 40, 1933.
BERLAGE, H. P. (1934): De aardbeving in Zuid-Sumatra
van 25 Juni 1933 (waarnemingen in het epicentrale
gebied). Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind., 94, 1, 15-36.
BERLAGE, H. P. (1935): The earthquake in the Flores Sea
on June 29, 1934, with a focal depth of nearly 700 km.
Hand. VIIde Ned. Ind. Natuurwet. Conar. - 658-665.
Batavia, Oct. 1935.
BERLAGE, H. P. (1937): A provisional catalogue of deep-
focus earthquakes in the Netherlands East Indies
1918-1936. Gerl. Beitr. zur Geophysik 50, 7-17, 1937.
 LITERATURE REFERENCES
BERLAGE, H. P. (1939 a): One hundred deep-focus earth-
quakes in the Netherlands Indies. Proc. sixth Pac.
Sci. Congr. 1939, 135-138.
BERLAGE, H. P. (1939 b): Note on the deep focus earth-
auake of Avril 4. 1938. Natuurk. Tiidschr. N. I.
99, 136-137,- 1939.'
BERLAGE,H. P. (1940): Aardbevinnen in den Oost In-
dischen ~ r c h : l ~ e.waargenomen
l, gedurende het jaar
1938. Natuurkundig Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind. 100,
1, 45-75.
BERLAGE, H. P. (1941): Anomalien der zwaartekracht in
de omgeving van Japan vergeleken met die in Nederl.
Indie. Natuurw. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 101, 49, 1941.
BERTRAND, M. (1887): La chaine des Alpes et la formation
du continent europken. Bull. Soc. G801. de France,
1887.
BEYER,H. OTLEY(1942): Philippine tektites and the tek-
tite problem in general. Smithsonian report for 1942,
Washington D.C., pp. 253-260.
BIJLAARD,P. P. (1935): Beschouwingen over de knik-
zekerheid en de plastische vewormingen van de aard-
korst in verband met de geologie van den Oost-
Indischen Archipel. De Ing. in N.I., 1935, 11, section
I, 135-156.
B I J L ~ R DP., P. (1936 a): Poging tot verklaring van het
vulkanisme en de geologie van den westelijken Paci-
fic. D e Ing. in Ned. Indie, 1936, 4, Section I, 3743.
BIJLAARD, P. P. (1936 b): De verklaring voor het optreden
van zwaartekracht anomalieen., dievzeetro~gen. -- , Preo-
- den Riau-Archipel en op de eilandengroep van
&
synclinalen, gebergtevorming en vulkanisme bij
vlaatseliike -vlastische vervorming van de aardkorst.
b e 1ng.-in Ned. Indie, 1936; 7, Sect. I, 93-97.
BIJLAARD, P. P. (1936~):Thkorie des deformations plastiques
et locales par rapport aux anomalies negatives de la
gravitation, aux fosses ockaniennes, aux gkosynclinaux,
au volcanisme, A I'orogenie et ti la gkologie de I'odan
pacifique occidental. Rapp. A l'ass. de I'union gkodbsi-
que et gi5ophysique intern. Congr., Edinbourgh, 1936.
BIJLAARD, P. P. (1948): On the linear patterns of the earth's
crust. Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. v. Wetensch. 51, 4,
450-456.
BLAZTMANN, S. (1938): Basaltisch andesitische Gesteine
des Salak-Gebirges in West-Java. Neues Jahrb. f.
Min. etc. Beil. Bd. 73, Abt. A., 352-374.
BLOM,J. C. E. (1934): Geologische Probleme im Malay-
ischen Archipel. Inaug. Diss. Univ. Jena, 1934,
72 pages, Ed. Muller & Bass, Tiibingen.
BOEHM,G. (1905): Ueber Brachiopoden aus einem alteren
Kalkstein der Insel Ambon. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.
1905, Wetensch. ged., pp. 88-93..
BOEHM,G. (1906): Neues aus dem Indo-australischen
1906, -385412.
-
Archive]. N. Jahrb. f. Min. etc. Beilage Bd. 22.
BOEHM.G. (1908): Voriurassische Brachiovoden von Am-
bbn. ~ 6 u e ~ahrb."f.
s Min. etc. B.B. i5, 1908.
BOEHM,G. & PENECKE, K. (1908): Liste der permischen,
jurassischen, und cretaceischen Versteinerungen aus den
Molukken. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1908, Wetensch.
Ged., 660-665.
BOEHM,G. (1910): Zur Kenntnis der Siidkiiste von Misol.
Centralblatt f. Min. 1910, 197-208.
BOEHM,G. (1924): uber eine senone Fauna von Misol,
In: Palaeontologie von Timor. Edited by J. Wanner.
XIV, 1924.
BOHRER,.K.(1939): Papua. Physische Landeskunde von
Britisch Neuguinea. Albr. Beck, Frankfurt, 1939,
86 pages.
BOISSEVAIN, H. (1941): De riviervormen in sedimentatie
gebieden. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr. Gen. 58, 5,
722-756.
BOISSEVAIN, H. (1944): De morfologie van Zuid Sumatra
en de Soenda Zee. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr. Gen.
64, 4, 446448.
5
BOK, J. C. (1939): De Kjokkenmodding van Bindjai-
Tamiang. Geol. & Mijnb. 1, 12, 298-300.
BOLD,W. A. VAN DEN (1942): Some rocks from the course
of the Digoel, the Oewi-Merah and the Eilanden
River (South New Guinea). Proc. Ned. Akad. v.
Wetensch., Amsterdam, 45, 8, 850-855.
BOLD, W. A. VAN DEN & SLUIS,J. P. VAN DER (1942):
On rocks from the isle of Batam (Riouw Archipelago).
Proc. Ned. Akad. v. Wet., Amsterdam 45, 10, 1003-
1009.
BOOMGAART, L. & VROMAN, J. (1936): Smaller Foramini-
fera from the marl zone between Sonde and Mod-
- jokerto (Java). Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch.,
Amsterdam, 39, 3, 419-425.
BOOMGAART, L. (1947): Some data on the Muriah Volcano
(Java) and its leucite-bearing rocks. Proc. Kon. Ned.
Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam 50, 6, 649-652.
BORN, A. (1932): Der geologische Aufbau der Erde.
Handbuch der Geophysik, Bd. 11, Berlin 1932.
B o s c ~ C.
, A. VAN DEN (1929): The History of the Tengger
mountains. Proc. IVth Pac. Science Connres. - , Ban-
dung, 1929.
B o s c ~ C.
. A. VAN DEN (1931): Noe eens: Caldera-vorminn. -
~ ' a t u u r Tijdschr.
. .; id. ~ n d . ,91, p. 118 a.f.
B o s c ~ C.
, A. VAN DEN (1941): Lavagrotten in het dal van
de Brantas bij Malang. Natuurwetensch. Tijdschr. v.
Ned. Indie, 101, p. 152. .
B o d , A. CH. D. (1926): Het voorkomen van tinerts in
- Poelau Toedjoe (Anambas- en Natoena eilanden).
Versl. en Meded. betr. Ind. delfst. en hare toev., - . Nr.
18, Dienst Mijnb. N.I., 1925.
BOTH&A. Ck. D. (1927): Voorloovine mededeelinn betref-
fende de geolbgie 'van zuidoost Celebes. D; Mijn-
ingenieur 8, 1927, 97-103.
BOTH^, A. CH. D. (1928 a): Brief outline of the geology of
the Rhio Archipelago and the Anambas Islands.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1925, Verh. 11, 97-100,
Batavia 1928.
BOTH^^, A. Ck. D. (1928 b): Geologische verkenningen in
den Riouw-Lingga Archipel en de eilandengroep der
Poelau Toedjoeh (Anambas- en Natoena eilanden).
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1925, Verh. 11, 101-152,
Batavia 1928.
BOTH$ A. CH. D. (1929): Djiwo Hills and Southern
Range. Exc. nuide IVth Pac. Sci. Congress Java. -
~ a n i u n g1929; 1-14.
boss^, P. M. VAN (1932): Boetoniet. De Mijningenieur
1932, No. 8, p. 143.
BOWEN,N. L. (1947): Magmas. Bull. Geol. Soc. of America
58, 263-280.
BOWEN.N. L. (1948): The granite vroblem and the method
of'multiple p;ejudic&. ~ e ~ ; i n t e dfrom "Origin of
granite". Geol. Soc. America, Memoir, 28, pp. 79-90,
1948.
BRAAK,C. (1925-1929): Het klimaat van Nederlandsch
Indie. Kon. Magn. en Meteor. Observ. te Batavia,
Verh. 8, 528 pages. Javasche Boekh. & Drukkerij,
Batavia.
BRAAK,C. (1929): On the climate of and meteorological
research in the Netherlands Indies. I n "Science in
the Netherlands East Indies" 1929, pp. 50-64. Re-
published in HONIG& VERDOORN Science and Scient-
ists in the Netherlands Indies. New York 1945,
pp. 15-22.
BRAAK,C. (1931): Klimakunde von Hinterindien und
Insulinde. Handb. d. Klimatologie. - , IV., Part R.
Berlin 1931.
BRAAK.C. (1948): Climatolom and meteorolo~v.Revort
o n the'scientific work &ne in the ~ e t h e i l a n d son
behalf of the Dutch overseas territories (1918-1943).
pp. 67-70. North Holl. Publ. Cy., '~msterdam
1948.
6 LITERATURE REFERENCES
BRAAKE, A. L. TER (1945): Volcanology in the Netherlands
Indies. In "Science & Scientists in the Netherlands
Indies", New York 1945, 24-35.
BRANSON, C. C. (1941): Age of abyssal deposits of the
East Indian Archioelago. Bull. Amer. Ass. Petr.
Geol. 25, 320-322, -1941.
BREST VAN KEMPEN. C. P. (1942): Earthquakes in the
Netherlands ~ndies. ~ a t u u r & . ~ijdschr. v. Ned.
Indie, 102, 1, 1942. Reprinted in Science and Scien-
tists in the Netherlands Indies. New York. 1945.
35-36.
BROEK,J. 0. M. (1945): Diversity and unity in Southeast
Asia. Geogr. Review 34, 1944, 175-195, Reprinted
in Science and Scientists in the Netherlands Indies,
edited by HONIG and VERDOORN, 1945, 36-48.
BROILI, F. (1915): Permische Brachiopoden der Insel
Letti. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1914, Verh. I, 187-207,
the Hague, 1915.
BROILI,F. (1922): Permische Brachiopoden von Timor.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1920, Verh. 111, Leiden
1922.
BRONGERSMA, L. D. (1934): Contributions to the Indo-
Australian Hervetologv. Doct. Thesis Univ. of Amster-
-v
dam, 1934.
BRONGERSMA, L. D. (1935): Notes on some recent and
fossil cats, chiefly from the Malay Archipelago.
Zool. Meded. 18, 1935, 1-89.
BRONGERSMA, L. D. (1936): Some comments upon H. C .
Raven's paper: "Wallace's Line and the Distribution
of Indo-Australian Mammals". Arch. Neerl. 2001. 2,
1936.
BRONGERSMA, L. D. (1937 a): Notes on fossil and pre-
historic remains of "Felidae" from Java and Sumatra.
Comptes rendus XI1 Congres Int. Zool. 1935, Lisbon
1937, pp. 1855-1865.
BRONGERSMA. L. D. (1937 b): On fossil remains of a Hv-
amid from ~ a v a .Zoo]. Meded. 20, 1937, 186-262.
BRONGERSMA, L. D. (1941): On the remains of carnivora
from cave deposits in Java and Sumatra with notes
on recent specimens I. Zool. Meded. 23, 114-147.
BROUWER, H. A. (1909): Glimmer leucietbazalt van Oost-
Borneo. Versl. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam,
Wis- en Nat. Afd. 26 Juni 1909, 18, 85-91.
BROUWER, H. A. (1915 a): Bijdrage tot de geologie van
Boven-Kampar en Rokanstreken. Jaarb. Mijnw. 1913,
Verh., 130-170, Batavia 1915.
BROUWER, H. A. (1915 b): Gesteenten van het eiland Letti.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 43, 1914, Verh. I, 89-159,
the Hague 1915.
BROUWER, H. A. (1917 a): Over den ouderdom der eruptief-
gesteenten in de Molukken. Akademie verslagen,
Amsterdam 25, 1917, 1004-1017.
BROUWER,H. A. (1917 b): Uber Gebirgsbildung und
Vulkanismus in den Mulukken. Geol. Rundsch. 8,
197-209.
BROUWER, H. A. (1918 a): Der Granodioritkontakt des
Bolio-Hutu-Gebirges siidlich von Sumalata. Centralbl.
f. Miner. Geol. u. Pal. 1918, 297-306.
BROUWER, H. A. (1918 b): Gesteenten van het eiland Moa.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1916, Verh. I, 11-35, the
Hague, 1918.
BROUWER, H. A. (1918 c): Geologie van een gedeelte van
het eiland Moa. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Indie 1916, Verh.
I, 37-56, The Haque, 1918.
BROUWR, H. A. (1918 d): Gesteenten van Oost Neder-
landsch Timor. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1916, Verh. I,
67-260, The Hague 1918.
BROUWR,H. A. (1919 a): Geol. overzicht van het oostelijk
deel van den Oost Indischen Archipel. Jaarb. Mijnw.
Ned. hd., 1917, Verh. 11, Batavia 1919.
BROUWER,H. A. (1919 b): Geologische onderzoekingen
in Oost-Ceram. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr. Gen. 2,
36, 6, p. 715.
BROWNER, H. A. (1920): Uber die horizontalen Bewegungen
der Inselreihen in den Molukken. Nachr. Ges. Wiss.
Gottingen f. 1920, math.-phys. Kl., 172-173.
BROUWER,H. A. (1921 a): Geologische onderzoekingen
op de Sangi eilanden en op de eilanden Ternate en
Pisang. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1920, Verh. I1 5-30,
's Gravenhage 1921.
BROUWER, H. A. (1921 b): Geologische onderzoekingen
op de Soela Eilanden I. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1920,
Verh. 11, 's Gravenhage 1921.
BROUWER,H. A. (1921 c): The horizontal movement of
Geanticlines and the fractures near their surface.
Journ. of Geol. 29, 560-577.
BROUWER, H. A. (1921 d): Geologische onderzoekingen
op de eilanden Loeang en Sermata (Sermata eilanden).
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1920, Verh. 11, 207-222.
The Hague 1921.
BROUWER, H. A. (1921 e): Sur les dBrnes volcaniques des
volcans actifs de 1'Archioel Malais. Z. f. Vulk. 6.
1921, 37-46.
BROUWER,H. A. (1922 a): Geologische onderzoekingen
op het eiland Roti. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1920, Verh.
111, Leiden 1922.
BROUWER, H. A. (1922 b): The major tectonic features of
the Dutch East Indies. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 12, 7,
172-1 85.
BRQUWER,H. A. (1923 a): ~eologischeOnderzoekingen
op het eiland Halmaheira. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.
1921, Verh. 11, 73-105, Batavia 1923.
BROUWER, H. A. (1923 b): Bijdrage tot de geologie van
het eiland Batjan. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1921, Verh. 11,
73-105, 's Gravenhage 1923.
BROUWR, H. A. (1923 c): Geologische onderzoekingen
op de Tenimber eilanden. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1921,
Verh. 11, 's Gravenhage 1923.
BROUWER, H. A. (1923 d): Bijdrage tot de geologie van
Groot-Kei en de kleine eilanden tusschen Ceram en
de Kei eilanden. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1921, Verh. 11,
143-1 68, 's Gravenhage 1923.
BROUWER, H. A. (1923 e): Bijdrage tot de Geologie van
Groot Kei, en de kleine eilanden tusschen Ceram en
de Kei eilanden. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1921, Verh.
11, 143-168, Batavia 1923.
BROUWER, H. A. & BEAUFORT, L. F. DE (1923 f): Tertiaire
marine afzettingen met fossiele visschen van Zuid
Celebes. Verslagen Kon. Acad. v. Wetensch., Amster-
dam, 32, 1923, 3340.
BROUWER,H. A. (1924 a): Bijdrage tot de geologie der
Obi-eilanden. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1923, Verh. 5-62,
's Gravenhage 1924.
BROUWER,H. A. (1924 b): Bijdrage tot de geologie der
Radja Ampat eilandengroep (Waigeoe, Salawati, etc.).
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1923, Verh., 63-136, Batavia
1924.
BROUWER, H. A. (1924 c): Geologische beschrijving der
omgeving van de tertiaire fossielrijke lagen nabij
Patanoeang Asoe E in Z Celebes. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned.
Ind. 1923, Verh., 153-165, 's Gravenhage 1924.
BROUWER, H. A. (1925 a): The Geology of the Netherlands
East Indies. Macmillan Co., New York, 160 pages.
BROUWER, H. A. (1925 b): Over insluitsels en cordieriet-
gehalte van bronzietdacieten van het eiland Amboina.
Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen., Geol. Ser., 8, 1925, 73-79.
BROUWER, H. A. (1926): Geologische onderzoekingen op
de Soela Eilanden 11. Jaarb. Mijnw. N.I. 1925, Verh. I,
3-1 1, 's Gravenhage 1926.
BROUWER, H. A. (1927): Over mesozoische afzettingen en
eenige vulkanische gesteenten van het eiland Ambon.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 55, 1926, Verh. 111, Den
Haag 1927.
BROUWER, H. A. (1928): Alkaligesteenten van den vulkaan
Merapi (Java) en hun ontstaan. Versl. Kon. Akad. v.
Wetensch., Amsterdam, 37, 2, 330-344.
- LITERATURE R E F E R E N C E S
.4 :
BROUWER, H. A. (1930): The major tectonic features of
Celebes. Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetenschap., Amster-
dam 1930, 338-343.
BROUWER, H. A. (1931): Paleozoic. Feestbundel Martin.
Leidsche Geol. Meded. 5, 552-566.
BROUWER,H. A. (with W. H. HETZEL and H. E. G.
STRAETER) (1934): Geologische onderzoekingen op
het eiland Celebes. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Ned. &
Kol. Geol. Serie, 10, 39-171.
BROUWER, D. (1935): Bijdrage tot de Anthropologie der
Alor eilanden. Doctorate thesis Univ. of Amsterdam
1935.
BROUWER, H. A. (1938): The tectonic evolution of the
Lesser Sunda Islands, near Australia. Abs. Proc.
Geol. Soc., London 1938, 6-9.
BROUWER.H. A. (1939 a): On the tectonic evolution of
the Gsser ~ u n d a~slandsnear Australia. Quart. J.
geol. SOC.,95, VI-IX.
BROUWER,H. A. (1939 b): Leucite rocks of the active
volcano Batoe Tara (Malay archipelago). Proc.
K. N. Ac. Wet., Amsterdam 42, 1, 23-29.
BROUWER,H. A. (1939 c): Exploration in the Lesser
Sunda Islands. Geogr. J., 94, 1, 1-10.
BROUWER,H. A. (1940): Geological and petrological
investigations on alkali and calc-alkali rocks of the
islands Adonara, Lomblen and Batoe Tara. Geol.
exp. to the Lesser Sunda Islands, Vol. IT, Amsterdam,
94 pages.
BROUWER,H. A. (1941): Tektonik und Magma in der
Insel Celebes und der indonesische Gebirgstypus.
Ned. Ak. v. Wet., Proc. 44, 3, 253-261.
BROUWER, H. A. (1942 a): Granodioritic intrusions and
their metamorphic aureoles in the Young-tertiary of
Central Flores. Geol. Exp. to the Lesser Sunda
islands Vol. IV, page 291-317, Amsterdam.
BROUWER,H. A. (1942 b): Summary of the results of
the expedition. Geol. Exped. to the Lesser Sunda
Islands under leadership of H. A. BROUWER, Vo1. IV,
345-402.
BROUWER, H. A. (1943): Leuciethoudende en leucietvrije
gesteenten van den Soromandi op het eiland Soem-
bawa. Versl. Ned. Ak. v. Wet., Amsterdam, Afd.
Natuurk. 52, 6, 303-307.
BROUWER,H. A. (1945 a): The association of the alkali
rocks and metamorphic limestone in a block ejected
by the volcano Merapi (Java). Kon. Ned. Akad. v.
Wetensch., Amsterdam, Proc., 47, 1945, 166-189.
BROUWER,H. A. (1945 b): Over vulkanische gesteenten
van Oost-Flores. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Geol.,
Serie 14, 95-103.
BROUWER, H. A. (1947): De metamorphose der gesteenten.
Lecture April 14, 1947. Jaarb. Kon. Ned. Akad. v.
Wetensch., 1946-1947, 16 pages.
BRUGGEN, G. TER (1935): De eocene Fylliet formatie in
Centraal Borneo. Diss., Delft 1935.
BRUGGEN,G. TER (1936 a and b): De eocene fylliet
formatie in Centraal Borneo. Een wedenvoord. De
Ing. in Ned. Ind., 3,7, sect. IV, 124, and ibidem, 9, 181.
BRUYNE, D. L. DE (1941 a): Sur la composition et la genkse
du bassin central de Timor. Doctoral Thesis, Amster-
dam, Geol. Exp. Lesser Sunda Islands, Vol. 111,
98 pages, Amsterdam 1941.
BRWNE,D. L. DE (1941 b): Plioplistocene tektoniek in het
centrale bekken van Timor. Hand. 28e Nat. & Geneesk.
Congres, Utrecht, 4e Afd., 245-247.
BUBNOFF,S. VON (1942): Die Tektonik Japans und der
Bau des pazifischen Saumes von Ost Asien. Die
Naturwissenschaften, 30, 38/39 569-576, Sept. 1942.
BUGGE,JENS(1946): The geological importance of diffusion
in the solid state. Norske Videnskaps Akad., Oslo,
1 Mat. Nat. Kl. 1945, 13, 5-59.
BYERLY,P. (1942): Seismology. Prentice-Hall inc., New
York.
7
CADMAN, J. et al. (1931): The Oil exploration work in
Papua and New Guinea. 4 Vol., London 1931.
CAUDRI,C. M. B. (1933): De foraminiferenfauna van
eenige Cycloclypeus-houdende gesteenten van Java.
Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen., Geol., Ser. 9, 171-204.
CAUDRI,C. M. B. (1934): Tertiary Deposits of Soemba.
Doct. Thesis Amsterdam, 1934, 223 p.
CAUDRI,C. M. B. (1939): Lepidocyclinen van Java. Verh.
Geol. Mijnb. Gen., Geol. Ser., 12, 135-257.
CHHIBBER, H. L. (1934): The Geology of Burma. Macmillan
and Co., Ltd., London.
CHINNERY, E. W. P. (1934): The Central Ranges of the
Mandated Territory of New Guinea from Mt Chap-
man toMt Hagen. Geogr. J. 84, (1934), 398-412.
COLBERT,E. H. (1943): Pleistocene vertebrates collected
in Burma by the American Southeast Asiatic Expedit-,
ion. Trans. Arner. Phil. Soc. Philadelohia. new ser.
z ,
32, 3, 395-429.
COLLINGS.H. D. (1938): Pleistocene site in the Malav
Peninsula. ~ a t u r e 142,
, London 1938, 575-576.
-
COSTER,CH. (1938): Bovengrondsche afstrooming en
erosie op Java. Tectona, 31, Sept.-Oct., 457-572.
Korte meded. v.h. Boschbouwproefstation No. 64.
COSIJN,J. (1932): Voorloopige mededeeling omtrent het
voorkomen van fossiele beenderen in het heuvel-
tertein ten N van Djetis en Peraing. Verh. Geol.
Mijnb. Gen., Geol. Serie, 9, 1932, 113-1 19 and
135-148.
COSIJN,A. J. (1938): Statistical studies on the Phylogeny
of some Foraminifera. Leidsche Geol. Med., 10, 1938.
Cox, L. (1924): Some late kaenozoic pelecypoda from the
Aru Islands. Geol. Mag. 1924, 56-63.
CURRIE,E. D. (1924): On fossil Echinoidea from the Aru
Islands. Geol. Mag. 1924, 63-72.
CUSHMAN, J. A. (1910-1917): Monograph of the Fora-
minifera of the North Pacific Ocean. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 71.
CUSHMAN, J. A. (1921): Foraminifera of the Philippines
and adjacent Seas. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 100, pl. 4.
CUSHMAN, J. A. (1918-1931): The Foraminifera of the
Atlantic Ocean. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 104.
DAMMERMAN, K. W. (1934): On prehistoric mammals
from the Sampoeng Cave, Central Java. Treubia,
14, 477-486.
DAVID,SIR T. W. ETHERIDGE (1932): Explanatory Notes
-
to accomDanv a New Geological Mav of Australia.
Sydney, i93i.
DENINGER.K. (1908): Zur Stellung des Pithecanthro~us
erectus DU'BOIS, auf Grund der neuesten ~esultate.
'
Zeitschr. f. induktive Abstamm. & Vererbungslehre, 1,
1908, 121-124.
DENINGER, K. (1910 a): Ueber einen Menkiefer a 4 den
Kendengschichten von Java. Centralblatt f. Min.
1910, 1-3.
DEMNGER,K. (1910 b): Einige Bemerkungen iiber die
Stratigraphie der Molukken etc. N. Jahrb. f. Min.
etc. 1910, 11, 1-15.
DENINGER,K. (1918): Zur Geologie von Mittel-Seran
(Ceram). Palaeontographica 4, 3, 2.
DICKERSON, R. E. (1922): Review of Philippine Paleonto-
logy. Phil. J. Sci., 20, 195-229.
DICKERSON, R. E. (1924): Tertiary paleogeography of the
Philippines. Phil. J. Sci., 25, 1, 11-50.
DIECKMANN, W. & JULIUS, M. W. (1925): Algemeene
geologie en ertsafzettingen van Zuidoost Celebes.
Jaarb. Mijnw. in Ned. Ind. 1924, Verh., 11-65,
Batavia 1925.
8 LITEE
DIETRICH, W. 0. (1924): Zur Altersbestimrnung der
Pithecanthropus-Schichten. Sitz. Ber. d. Ges. naturf.
Freunde, Berlin, 1-10, 1924, 133-138.
DIJK, J. W. VAN & VOGELZANG, W. L. M. (t)(1948): The
influence of improper soil management on erosion ve-
locity in the Tjiloetoeng Basin (Residency of Cheribon,
West Java). Comm. of the general agricult. exp. stat.
Buitenzorg, Java, No. 71, 10 p. Buitenzorg 1948.
DOCTERSVAN LEEUWEN, W. M. (1936): Krakatau, 1883
to 1933 Botanv. Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorn- 46/47, . .
1936, 506 ~ ~ . , - pl. 35
DOEDERLEIN. L. (1911): Ueber Echinoidea von den Aru
Inseln. ' ~ b h : ~enckenberg Naturf. Ges. 34, 1911,
237-248.
DOLLFUS,G. F. (1917): PalBontologie du voyage ZL I'ile
Celebes de M.E. Abendanon. In Abendanon: Geol.
-
& Geoer. doorkruisingen van Midden Celebes I11
(1917), 355-958.
DOEGLAS.D. J. (1931): Ostrakoden van NO-Borneo.
~ e t e n s c h .~ e d e d ~. i e n s Mijnb.,
t Ned. Ind., No. 17,
1931, 2548.
DOEGLAS, D. J. (1940): The importance of heavy mineral
analysis for regional sedimentary petrology. U.S.
Nat. Research Council, Washington 1940.
DOEGLAS, D. J. (1947): De ontwikkeling van de sediment
petrologie. Inaugural lecture Wageningen 1947,
H. Veenman & Zonen, Wageningen.
DOORNINK, H. W. VAN (1932): Tertiary nummulitidae from
Java. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. 9, 1932 (Thesis Univ.
of Amsterdam).
DOUVILL~, H. (1911): Les foraminifkres dans le Tertiair
des Philippines. Phil. J. Sci. sect. D, 6, 1911, 53-80.
DOUMLL~, H. (1912): Les foraminifires de I'ile de Nias.
Samml. geol. Reichsmus Leiden, 8 (1912), 5, 253-278.
DOUVILLB, H. (1912 b): Quelques foraminifkres de Java.
Samml. Leiden (I), 8, 1912, 279-294.
DOUVILL~, H. (1923): Sur quelques foraminifkres des Molu-
ques orientales et de la Nouvelle GuinBe. Jaarb. Mijnw.
in Ned. Ind., 1921, Verh. 2, 109-116, Batavia 1923.
DOZY, J. J. (1938): Eine Gletschenvelt in Niederlandisch
Neuguinea. Zeitschr. f. Gletscherkunde 26, 1938,
112, 45-51.
DOZY, J. J. (1939): Geological results of the Carstensz
Expedition 1936. Leid. Geol. Meded. 11, 1, 68-131.
DRESCHER,F. (1921): Eruptivgesteine der Insel Flores.
Doctoral Thesis Univ. of Bble (Basel). Stein (Aargau),
1921, 49 p.
DRUIF,J. H. (1932): De bodem van Deli I. Inleiding tot de
geologie vanDeli. Med. Deli Proefst. 2eSerie75, pp. 158.
DRUIF,J. H. (1934): De bodem van Deli 11. Mineralogische
Onderzoekingen van de bodem van Deli. Bull. Deli-
Proefst. 32, pp. 195.
DRUIF,J. H. (1935 a): Over gesteenten van Poeloe Berhala
(Straat van Malakka, Gouv. Sumatra's Oostkust).
Proc. Kon. Acad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 38, 6,
639-649.
DRUIF, J. H. (1935 b): Some remarks about soil mapping
in Deli by aid of microscopical mineralogical in-
vestigation. Hand. VIIde Ned. Ind. Natuunv. Conar. - 24. First edition, Wageningen 1941. Second edition
666-1679, Batavia Oct. 1935.
DRUIF.J. H. (1939 a): De bodem van Deli 111. Toelichtinn
b i de a~ogeologischekaarten en beschrijving van
de grondsoorten van Deli. Meded. Deli-Proefstation,
3e Serie 4, pp. 74.
DRUIF,J. H. (1939 b): De bodem van Deli (slot). De Deli-
gronden en hun eigenschappen. Buitenzorg, pp. 140.
DRUIF, J. H. (1948 a): On the occurrence of diaspore
and zunyite in detrital sediments of Palembang.
Comm. gen. agricult. exp. stat., Buitenzorg, No. 67,
5 p. Buitenzorg 1948.
DRUIF, J. H. (1948 b): On the occurrence of the mineral
orthite on Sumatra. Comm. general agricult. exper.
stat. Buitenzorg, No. 68, 8 p., Buitenzorg 1948.
REFERENCES
D R ~J. ,H. (1948 c): On the occurrence of a new mineral
species in the deposits of the river Pekoeringan,
District Masamba, Celebes (Wisaksonite). Comm.
general agricult. exp. stat. Buitenzorg, No. 69, 8 p.,
Buitenzorg 1948.
Duaors, E. (1892): Voorloopig bericht omtrent het onder-
zoek naar de pleistocene en tertiaire vertebraten-fauna
van Sumatra en Java gedurende het jaar 1890. Nat.
Tijdschr. N.I., 51, 1892, 93-100.
DUBOIS,E. (1907): Eenige van Nederlandschen kant ver-
kregen uitkomsten met betrekking tot de kennis der
.Kendeng-fauna (Fauna van Trinil). Tijdschr. Kon.
Ned. Aardr. Gen. 24, 1907, 449458.
DUBOIS.E. (1908): Das geol. Alter der Kendenn- oder
Trinil-~auna..Tijdsch;. Kon. Ned. Aardr. en. 25,
1908, 1235-1270.
DUBOIS, E. (1922): The Proto-Australian fossilman of
Wadjak, Java. Proc. Kon. Acad. Wetensch., Amster-
dam 23, 1013-1051.
DUBOIS, E. (1924): On the principle characters of the
brain, the mandible and the teeth of Pithecanthropus
erectus. Proc. Kon. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam,
27, 265-278, 459-464.
DUFOUR,J. (1941): Eenige opmerkingen uit de practijk van
een micro-paleontoloog. Geol. & Mijnb., 5, 68-74.
DURHAM, J. W. (1940 a): Oeloe Aer fault zone, Sumatra.
Bull. Am. Ass. Petr. Geol., 24,2, Febr. 1940), 359-362.
DURHAM, J. W. (1940 b): Aturia in the Upper Miocene of
Java. J. of Paleont. 14, 160-161.
DUTERTE,E. & FELICIANO, J. M. (1930): The Geology
of Southern Cebu. Univ. of the Phil. Nat. and appl.
Sc. Bull., 1, 1930, Manila, 41-61.
DWFJES, J. (1936): Zur Geologie und Stratigraphie des
Kendenggebietes zwischen Trinil und Soerabaja
(Java). De Ing. in Ned. Ind. 3, 1936, 8 sect. IV, p. 136.
DUYFJES, J. (1938 a): Toelichting bij blad 109 (Lamongan).
Geol. Map of Java 1 : 100,000, Dienst Mijnb. Ned.
Ind., Bandoeng 1938.
DUYFJES,J. (1938 b): Toelichting bij blad 115 (Soerabaja).
Geol. Map of Java 1 : 100.000, Dienst Mijnb. Ned.
Ind., Bandoeng, 1938.
DUYFJES,J. (1938 c): Toelichting bij blad 110 (Modjokerto).
Geol. Map of Java 1 : 100,000. Dienst Mijnb. Ned.
Ind., Bandoeng 1938.
DWFJES,J. (1938 d): Toelichting bij blad 116 (Sidoardjo).
Geol. Map of Java 1 : 100,000, Dienst Mijnb. Ned.
Ind., Bandoeng 1938.
EARLE,W. (1845): On the physical structure and arrange-
ment of the islands of the Indian Archipelago. J.
Royal Geogr. Soc. of London 15 1845, 358-365.
EATON,J. E. (1932): Decline of Great Basin, Southwestern
United States. Bull. Am. Ass. Petr. Geol. 16, 1,149.
EDELMAN, C. H. (1941 a): Studien over de bodemkunde
van Nederlandsch-Indie. Publicatie v.d. stichting
"Fonds Landbouw Export Bureau 1916-1918", Nr.
1947 (unaltered).
EDELMAN, C. H. (1941 b): De bodemkunde van Neder-
landsch Oost Indie. Verleden, heden en toekomst.
Hand. 28ste Ned. Nat. Geneesk. Congr., Utrecht
1941, 262-264.
EDELMAN, C. H. (1946 a): Fragmenten van het college
"bodemkunde van Nederlandsch Indie", deel I,
asgronden. Publ. 5 v.d. Centr. Comm. v. Wagening-
sche Studenten, 34 p., 1946.
EDELMAN, C . H. (1946 b): De voornaamste gronden van
Java. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr. Gen. 62, 764-771.
EEK,D. VAN (1937): Foraminifera from the Telisa- and
Lower Palembang Beds of South Sumatra. Ing. in
Ned. Ind. 4, section IV, 47-55.
 LITERATURE REFERENCES
EGELER,C. G. (1946): Contribution to the petrology of
the metamorphic rocks of Western Celebes. Doctoral
Thesis Univ. of Amsterdam, 165 pages, 1946, Noord
Holl. Uitg. Mij.
EGELER,C. G. (1948): On amphibolithic and related
rocks from Western Celebes and the Southern Sierra
Nevada, California. Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. v.
Wetenschappen, Amsterdam 51, 1, 100-105.
EHRAT,H. (1928 a): Geologisch-mijnbouwkundige onder-
zoekingen op Flores. Jaarb. Mijnw. 1925, Verh. 11,
221-315, Batavia, 1928.
EHRAT,H. (1928 b): Die Tiefengesteine der kleinen Sunda
Inseln. N. Jahrb. f. Min. etc. Beil. Bd. 58 A, 1928,
433-452.
EHRAT, H. (1929): Die tatigen Vulkane des G. Api
. (Sangean) bei Bima, Niederlandisch-Indien. Z. f.
Vulkan. 12, 8-14.
ELBERT,J. (1911/1912): Die Sunda Expedition. Frankfurt
am Main, Vol. I, 1911, Vol. 11, 1912.
ERM, A. (1944): Ein Cenoman Ammonit Cunningtoniceras
holtken nov. sp. aus Neu Guinea, etc. Ecl. Geol.
Helv. 37, 468-475.
ERNST, A. (1934): Das biologische Krakatauproblem.
Vierteljahrschr. Naturf. Ges., Zurich 79, 1934, 187 pp.
Es, J. L. C. VAN (1925): Relations between the new volcano
of "Isle des Cendres" (Annam) and extinct volcanoes
in Borneo. Bull. volc. 1925, 516, 4 p.
Es, L. J. C. VAN (1931): The age of Pithecanthropus.
Thesis Delft. M. Nijhoff, the Hague, 1931.
Es, L. J. C. VAN (1938): Erosie (Voordracht te Malang,
21 April 1938). Tectona, 31, 297-321.
ESCHER,B. G. (1919): De Krakatau groep als vulkaan.
Hand. l e Ned. Ind. Natuurwetensch. Congr. Batavia,
Oct. 1919, pp. 28-35 and 198-219.
ESCHER, B. G. (1920): Atollen in den Nederlandsch Oost-In-
dischen Archipel. Med. Encycl. Bur. Batavia 22, 1921.
ESCHER,B. G. (1925): L'kboulement prbhistorique de
Tasikmalaja et le volcan Galoungoung (Java). Leid.
Geol. Meded. 1, 8-21.
ETCHER,B. G. (1927): Vesuvius, the Tengger Mountains
and the problem of Calderas. Leidsche Geol. Meded.
3, 2, 1927.
ETCHER,B. G. (1931 a): Gloedwolken en Lahars. Tropisch
Nederland, 3, 19/20, pp. 291-304 and 307-320.
E~CHER, B. G. (1931 b): Over het vulkanisme in Java in
verband met de uitbarsting van den Merapi. De
Ingenieur 1931, 46, 37, A 357-369.
ESCHER,B. G. (1933 a): On a classification of central
eruptions according to gas pressure of the magma and
viscosity of the lava. Leidsche Geol. Med. 6, 1, 45-49.
ETCHER,B. G. (1933 b): On the relation between the
volcanic activity in the Netherlands East Tndies and
the belt of negative gravity anomalies. Proc. Kon.
Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 36, 1933.
ETCHER,B. G. (1937): Rapport sur les phenomknes volca-
nologiques dans 1'Archipel Indien pendant les annbes
1933, 1934 et 1935 et sur les ouvrages de volcanologie
publiCes durant ces annCes concernant les volcans
des Indes NCerlandaises. Bull. volc. 1, 124-177, 1937.
ESCHER,B. G. (1948): Grondslagen der Algemeene Geo-
logic. N.V. Wereldbibl., Amsterdam, 7th edition,
1948, 442 pages.
BENWEIN, P. (1930): Petrographische Untersuchungen
an Gesteinen von Paloeweh. Vulk. & Seism. Meded.,
No. 11, Bandung 1930.
BENWEIN, P. (1933): Die Eruptiv-, Sediment- und Kon-
taktgesteine der Karimata-Inseln. Wetensch. Meded.
Dienst Mijnbouw in Ned. Ind., No. 24.
ESKOLA,P. (1932): On the origin of granitic magmas.
Mineral. Petrol. Mitteil. 42, 455-48 1.
ESKOLA,P. (1948): Nature of metasomatism in the process-
es of granitization. 18th. Int. Geol. Congr., London
1948, Abstr. p. 13.
9
EVANS,R. D. and KIP, A. F. (1938): The Radium content
of marine sediments from the East Indies, the Philip-
pines, and Japan, and of the mesozoic fossil clays
of the East Indies. Am. J. Sc. 36, 321-336.
EVANS,P. & CROMPTON, W. (1946): Geological factors
in gravity interpretation, illustrated by evidence from
India and Burma. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. London,
102, 3, No. 407, 212-249, Dec. 1946.
EVERWIJN, R. (1872): Verslag van een onderzoek naar
tinerts op eenige eilanden behoorende tot de residentie
Riouw. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 1872, 11.
FAIRBRIDGE, R. W. & GILL, E. D. (1947): The study of
Eustatic Changes of Sea-level. The Austr. J. of Sci.,
10, 3, 63-67.
FAIRBRIDGE, R. W. (1948 a): The juvenility of the Indian
.
Ocean. "Sco~e"., J. of Sci. Union. Univ. W. Austr.
1, 3, 29-35.
FAIRBRJDGE.R. W. (1948 b): Gravitational tectonics at
~horncliffe,S.E. ~ueensland.Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens-
land, 59. 10, 179-201.
FAUSTINO, L:A. (1926 a): Stratigraphy of the coalmeasures
of the Philippine Islands. Proc. IIIrd Pan Pac. Sci.
Congress, Tokyo 1926, Vol. 11, 1535-1539.
FAUSTINO,L. A. (1926 b): History of the strandline of
the Philippine Islands during Pleistocene and Post-
pleistocene time. Proc. IIIrd Pan Pac. Sci. Congr.,
Tokyo 1926, Vol. 11, 1807-1811.
FAUSTINO, L. A. (1928): Correlation of the tertiary for-
mations of the Philippines with those of Europe,
Asia, and America. Phil. J. Sci., 35, 119-125.
FAUSTINO, L. A. (1931): Coral reefs of the Philippine
Islands. Phil. J. Sci., 44, 1931, 291-305.
FEHN,H. (1933): Die Oberflachenformen der Insel Borneo.
Mitt. Geogr. Ges. Munchen, 26, 1-52, 1933.
FELICIANO, J. M. (1926): A study of thermal springs in
the Philippines. Proc. 3rd Pan Pac. Sci. Congr. Tokyo
1926, VO~.I, 804-81 1.
FELICIANO, J. M. & PELAEZ,V. (1940): Pleistocene orogenic
movements in the Philippines. Sixth Pac. Sci. Congress
1939, Vol. 11, pp. 811-814, Univ. of Calif. Press 1940.
FELIX, J. (1915/1920): Jung tertiare und quartare Anthozoen
von Timor und Obi. I und 11. Pal. von Timor I1 and
XIII, edited by Wanner, 1915 and 1920.
FENNEMA, R. (1887): Topogr. en geol. beschrijving van
het noordelijk gedeelte van het Gouvernement
Sumatra's Westkust. Jaarb. Mijnw. 1887, Verh.,
129-252.
FENNEMA, R. (1897): Over de oorzaken van aardbevingen.
Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 56, 59-80.
FENNER,C. N. (1923): The origin and mode of emplace-
ment of the great tuff deposit of the Valley of the
Ten Thousand Smokes. Paper Geoph. Lab. Carn.
Inst. of Washington, No. 480, 1923.
FERGUSON, H. G. (191 1): The geology and mineral re-
sources of the Aroray district, Masbate. Phil. J.
Sci., A 6 (1911), 397-425.
FERSMANN, A. (1929): Geochernische Migration der
Elemente, etc. Abh. prakt. Geol. Bergwirtsch. Bd.
18, Part I, 1929.
FEUILLETAU DE BRWN, W. K. H. (1921): Contribution
la gCologie de la Nouvelle-GuinCe. Thkse, Lausanne,
1921.
FEUILLETAU DE BRUYN,W. K. H. (1937): Komen er in
het Arfak gebergte vulkanen voor? Tijdschr. Nieuw
Guinea, 1, 268-269.
FISCHER,P. J. (1927): Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Plio-
zaenfauna der Molukken Inseln Seran und Obi.
Palawntologie von Timor, No. 15,Edited by J. Wanner,
1927.
10 LITERATURE REFERENCES
FISHER,N. H. (1937 a): Geological Report on the gold
bearing area of the Wewak District. The Rabaul
Times: July 30, Aug. 6-13-20-27, Sept. 3-10-17-24,
1937.
FISHER,N. H. (1937 b): Benembi plateau, Mt. Hagen area.
The Rabaul Times, Dec. 10-17, 1937.
FISHER,N. H. (1939 a): Report on the volcanoes of the
Territory of New Guinea. Geol. Bull., 2, Territory
of New Guinea (1939).
FISHER,N. H. (1939 b): Ore geology of the Day Dawn
Mine, New Guinea. Economic Geol., 34, 173-189,
1939.
FISHER, N. H. (1939 c): Metasomation associated with
tertiary mineralization in New Guinea. Econ. Geol.
34, 890-904.
FISHER,N. H. (1940): The volcanoes of the mandated
territory of New Guinea. Six Pac. Sci. Conress 1939,
Vol. II, 889-894, Univ. of Calif. Press 1940.
FOURMARIER, P. (1944): Principes de GBologie. 2e Cd.
Masson, Paris-Libge, 1944.
FOURMARIER, P. (1946): Effort tangentiels et efforts verti-
caux dans la tectogenbse. Ann. de la Soc. GBol.
Belgique, 69, B 87-182, 1946.
FOURMARIER, P. (1947): Les forces en action dans la
genese du relief tectonique. Bull. Soc. belg. d'Etudes
neonr.,
- - . 17, 112. 19-57, 1947.
FOURMARIER, P. 0948 a); AsymmBtrie stmcturale des
' Djokja auf Java. Proc. Kon. Ak. v. Wet., Amsterdam
tectogknes. Ann. Soc. GBol. Belg., 71, B 179-193, 1948.
FOURMARIER, P. (1948 b): La rbgle de la compensation
approchk des volumes. Ann. Soc. GBol. Belg., 72,
pp. B 77-85, 1948.
FRECH,F. & MEYER,0. E. (1920-1922): Mitteljurassische
Bivalven von Sungi Temalangim Schieferbarissan
(Residentschaft Djambi). Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen.
v. Ned. en Kol. Geol. Serie, 5, 223-229.
FRIJLING,H. (1928): Geologisch-mijnbouwkundig onder-
zoek in den omtrek van de Asahan- en Koeala-
rivieren (Toba landen, Oost Sumatra). Jaarb. Mijnw.
Ned. Ind., 1925, Verh. 11, Batavia 1928.
FROMAGET, G. (1939): Essai sur la structure et la tectonique
de I'Indochine. Report XVIIth session Int. Geol.
Congr. at Moscow in 1937, Vol. 2, 459-518, Moscow
1939.
FYAN,E. C. (1916): Eenige jongpliocene Ostracoden van
Timor. Versl. Gew. Verg. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch.,
Amsterdam, Afd. Wis- en Natuurk. 23, 1916.
G man top in Centraal Nieuw Guinea. Versl. Kon.
GEE, E. R. (1926): The geology of the Andaman and
Nicobar Islands, with special reference to Middle
Andaman Island. Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. 59, 2, 1926,
208-232.
GEILMANN,W. & B n ~ z W. , (1931): Ueber die Zusammen-
setzung vulkanischen Schwefels vom Papandajan
(West Java). Zeitschr. f. anorg. und allg. Chemie
197, 1931, 422-428.
GENTILLI,J. (1948): Present day volcanicity and climatic
change. Geol. Mag. 85, 3, 172-175.
GERMERAAD, J. H. (1941): On the rocks of the isle of
Koendoer, Riouw Archipelago, Neth. East Indies. Proc.
Ned. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam 44, 1227-1233.
GERMERAAD, J. H. (1946): Geology of central Seran.
Geol., petrogr., and paleont. results of explorations
carried out in 1917-1919 in Ceram by L. RWEN
and W. HOTZ.Third series No. 2, 1946. Doct. thesis
Utrecht.
GERTH,H. (1910): Fossile Korallen von der Molukken
Insel Buru etc. N. Jahrb. f. Min. etc. 1910, 11, 16-28
GERTH,H. (1915): Die Heterastridien von Timor. Pal
v. Timor, II, 1915.
GERTH,'H. (1921): Die Anthozoen der Dyas von Timor.
Pal. v. Timor, 1921.
GERTH,H. (1923): Die Anthozoen des Jungtertilrs von
Borneo. Samml. Reichsmus. Leiden, 10, 1923.
GERTH, H. (1925): Jungtertiare Korallen von Nias,
Java und Borneo, nebst einer ubersicht iiber die
aus dem Kanozoikum des indischen Archipels be-
kannten Arten. Leidsche Geol. Meded. I, 1926.
GERTH, H. (1926): Die Korallenfauna des Perms von
Timor und die permische Vereisung. Leidsche Geol.
Meded. 2, 1, 1926.
GERTH,H. (1927 a): Die Spongien aus dem Perm von
Timor. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 1926, Verh. I,
Batavia 1927.
GERTH,H. (1927 b): uber einige pliocln-quartlre Echi-
niden von Timor. Pal. v. Timor, 15, 26, 1927.
GERTH,H. (1927 c): Ein Heterastridium mit eigenartiger
Oberflachenskulptur aus der Trias von Timor.
Leidsche Geol. Meded. 2, 1927.
GERTH,H. (1927 d): Eine Favosites Kolonie aus dem
Palaeozoicum von q e u Guinea. Leidsche Geol.
Meded., 2, 1927.
GERTH,H. (1929 a): The stratigraphical distribution of
the larger Foraminifera in the Tertiary of Java.
Proc. 4th Pac. Sci. Congr., Java 1929.
GERTH,H. (1929 b): Die Spongien aus dem Perm von
Timor. Pal. v. Timor 16, 1929.
GERTH, H. (1930): Ein neues Eodnvorkommen bei
33, 392-395.
GERTH; H., (1931 a): Porifera & Coelenterata. Feestbundel
Martin, Leid. Geol. Meded. 5, 115-1 19 & 120-151.
GERTH,H. (1931 b): Der geologische Bau Javas. Geol.
Rdsch. 22, 188-200 (and in Geol. & Mijnb. 10,
193112, 226-230).
GERTH,H. (1933): Neue Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Koral-
lenfauna des Tertiars von Java I. Die Korallen des
Eocaen und des alteren Neogen. Wet. Meded. Mijnb.
25, 1933.
GERTH,H. (1944): Die wissenschaftliche Bedeutung des
Lebenswerkes von Prof. Dr K. MARTIN.Leidsche
Geol. Meded. 14, 1, 1-9.
GEURSEN. G. J. (1933): Kaksa. "und kein Ende". De
~ij&ngenieur;14,' 1933, 176-178.
GHEYSELINCK, R. F. C. R. (1937): Permian trilobites from
Timor and Sicily, with a revision of their nomen-
clature and classification. Thesis Univ. of Amsterdam,
1937.
GISOLP,W. F. (1923): Over het gesteente van denDoor-
Akad, v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, Febr. 24, 1923,
160-1 67.
GISOLF,W. F. (1923): On the rocks of Doorman top in
Central New Guinea. Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch.,
Amsterdam, 26, 195-197.
GISOLP, W. F. (1924): Microscopisch onderzoek van
gesteenten van Noord Nieuw Guinea. Jaarb. Mijnw.
Ned. Ind. 1921, Verh. I, 133-161, Batavia 1924.
GISOLF,W. (1925): Mikroskopisch onderzoek van gesteen-
ten uit ZO Celebes. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1924,
Verh. 66-1 13, Batavia 1925.
GLAESSNER, M. F. (1943): Problems of stratigraphic
correlation in the Indo-Pacific Region. Proc. Roy.
Soc. Victoria, 55, (N.S.) pt. I, Art. 3, pp. 41-80.
GLAESSNER. M. F. (1944): Princiules of Microvalaeon-
to1ogy: Ed. 1944. '
GLANGEAUD. L. (1946): Introduction A 1'6tude thermo-
dynarnibue de larpBtrogen&se profonde. Bull. Soc.
GBol. de France 5e sBrie, 16, 1946, 563-584.
GLANGEAUD, L. (1948): Thermodynamique de la pktro-
genkse profonde et du mBtamorphisme. 18th. Int.
Geol. Congr. London 1948, Abstr. p. 13.
GOLDSCHMIDT, V. M. (1933): Zur Geochemie des Ger-
manium~. Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen Math.
Phys. IU. 1933, p. 141.
 LITERATURE
GOLLNER, E. R. D. (1925): Verslag over de uitkomsten
van niijnbouwkundig-geologische onderzoekingen o p
Poeloe Laoet. Jaarb. Mi.jnw. Ned. Ind.. 1921, Verh. I.
2F8 295, Batavi:~ 1925.
C;OOL)SPEED, G . E. & COOX~BS, H. .A. (1937): Replacement
breccias of the Lo\ver Keechelus. Amcr. J. Sci.,
Julv 1937, 12-~23.
GOODSPEED, G . E. (1937 a ) : Dc\eloprncnt of quartz
porphyroblasts in n siliceous hornfels. Amer. Mineral-
ogist. 22, 2. 1937.
GOODSPEED, G. E . (1937 b): Dcveloprncnt of pl~cgiocl;~se
porphyroblasts. Amer. Mineralogist. 22. 12. 1937.
GOODSPEED, G . E. (1039): Prsterliary mctnsnmatic proccss-
cc in the sout11eastc:n portion of the M'~~llo\v;~ Vloiint-
ains of Oregon. Proc. sixth P:!c. Sci. C o n ~ r . .1039,
399--422.
GOOOSPEED, G . E. (1940): D i l a l a t i o ~ ~and rcp1:lccmenl
(likes. J. of Geol. 48, 2, 1940, 1 7 5 195.
GOODSPEED, G. E. & FULLER,R. E. & C0051~5, H . .4.
(1941): Metasomatism of n coaly wdiment into nn
igneous-appearing rock. J. of Geol.; 49, 2, 1941.
190-198.
GOUWFNTAK, C. J. (1939): Dc Exploratic naar goud in
Nederlandsch Zuidwcst Nieuw Guinea. Tijdschr.
Kon. Ned. Anrdr. Gen. 56, 1939, 2, 220-235.
G I I A N D J ~ AJ. N , B. (1931): Bijdrage tot de kennis der
gloedwolken van den Merapi van Midden Java.
Ile Mijningcnicur, 12, 219-228, and 13, p. 13.
G R E G O R YJ ,. W. (1900): The fossil corals of C!~ristmas
Island. I n Andrcws, .A nionogrnph of Christmas
Islnnd. London 1900.
GKEGORY.J. (1924): The Aru Islands. Introductory
remarks and relations of the Islands. Geol. Mag.
1924, 52-56.
GROND,G . J. A. ( 1948): Over ontspanningsverschijnselen
in het gebcrgte bij mijnbouw, belicht uit het standpunt
w n dcn minmetcr. Gcol. & Mijnb., 10, 10. Oct. 1948,
240 -290.
GROOT.P. F. D E ( 1 940): Korl versing o\.er dc werkzaam-
I~cdenvan dc lllde Fxpcditie dcr N.V. Mi,inbou\v
Maatsch~lppij Nederlandsch Nieuw-Ciuinca in I938
en 1939. De Tng. in Ned. Ind., 7, 1940. scct. IV. 9,
123 -135.
GHOIJT,F. F. (1931): Formation of igneous looking rocks
by metasomation: a critical review and suggested
research. Bull. Gcol. Soc. America, 52, 1525--1576.
GSOLLPOINTNFR, K . (1925): Aanteekcningen omtrent het
Rindjnnigebergtc o p Lombok. Jaarb. Top. Dienst
1924, 1 -8, Batavia 1925.
G U T I U B E R GB., & RICHTEK,C. F . (1937): Dcpth and
Geographical Distribution of Deep-focus Earth-
quakes. Bull. Gcol. Soc. America, 49. 239 288, 1937.
GUTENBERG, B. & RICHTER, C . F. (I939 a ) : Second paper
on: "Depth and geographical distribution of deep-
focus earthquahcs. Bull. Geol. Soc. Americu, 50,
1511-1518, 1939.
~ I ' T E N B E R G ,B. c? RICHrt.R, C. F. (1939 b): NCMcvidcnce
for a change in physical conditions at depths near
100 kilometres. Bull. Seism. Soc. America 29, 4,
53 1-537.
GUTENBERG, B. & RICHTER,C. F. (1941): Seismicity ol'
the Earth. Gcol. Soc. of Amcrica, spec. papers,
Nr. 34, Aug. 30, 1941.
G U T ~ N B E RB. G . (1945): Seismicity of thc Earth (Supplc-
~ n c n t ) .Bull. Geol. Soc. America. 56. 1945. 603 668.
G U T I I N B E R B. G , (1948): On the layer o r relalively low
velocity at :I depth of about 80 kilometres. Bull.
Seism. Soc. America 38. 2, Apr. 1948, 121-148.
GUTENRERG, B. & RICHTER,C. F. (1938): Deep-focus
earthquakes in the Mediterranean rcgion. Geofisica
pura e applicata 12, (1948), 3-4, 4 p.
HAAN,J. tl. D E (1933): Boschhydrologische problemen en
onderzoekingen o p Java. Tecton,~,26, 1 1/12, 56 pages.
Korte niedcdcclineen - van het Boschbouw oroef-
station, No. 39.
HAAN.J. H. DE (1936): Afvoerverlioudinren van rivieren
in het ~ l ~ e n l a nend o p Java. ~ e c t o ~ i29,
i . JulijAug.,
559-588.
HAAN,W. DE (1929): De Mangnni breccie. De Mijninge-
nicur. 10, 62-65, Bandoeng 1929.
HAAN, W. DE & SCHOUTEN. C. & MATTHIJSEN, P. M.
(1933): Monografie van de erts afzcltingcn te Mangani
(Sumatra) o p dc concessies der Mijnbouw maal-
schappij Equator. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gcn., Mijnbk.
serie, Deel 111, 1933, pp. 212.
H A ~ NW. , DE (1935): Gestcenten van Sumatra's Westkust.
De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 2, 10, section IV, 88-97.
HA?\\. W. DE (1937 a ) : J ~ n g ~ t c r t i a i rertstypen
e en crts
brengers op Sumatra's Westkust. De Ingenieur, 52,
2 M. 11-~16,1937.
Hn+,s, \it. DE (1937 b ) : Adularis.?tie tc Gocnoeng Aroem
(S.W.K.). De Ing. in Ned. Lnd., 4, IV, 173.
H A A N ,W. D E (1942 a ) : Ovcr dc srr;itigrafie en tektoniek
van het Maneani - gebied.
- Gcol. & Miinb. 4 (Ncw
Series), 2, 2 1-30.
HAAN.W. D E (1942 b ) : Hydrothermalc vcrnndcringen te
~ a n g a n i Geol.
. L ~ i j n b 4,
? . 9 1 0 , 65 77.
H A A N W., DE (1943 a ) : Over de goud- en zilververhouding
in de jonge cdelmctaalformatic o p Sumatra. Geol.
& Mijnb. 5 (New Ser.), 5 6 . 33-47.
HAAN,W. DE (1943 b): Gissingen omtrent de gcologische
gesteldheid in de omgeving van het Singkarah mecr
(S.W.K.). Geol. & Mijnb. 5 ( N e w Ser.). 11-12, 86-89.
H . ~ A N W.
, DL (1945): Albitisatie te Goenoeng Aroem
(S.W.K.). Gedenkbock Tesch, Geol. Mijnb. Gen.,
Geol. Scr. 14, 215 218.
HAANSTRA, U. & SPIKER.E. (1932): ~ b c rFossilien alis
dem AltmiocSn von Rcinbang (Nord-Java). Proc.
Kon. Ac. Wet., Amsterdam 35, 8, 1932.
H A A R ,C. T ~ R(1034): Homo soloensis. Dc Ing. in Ned.
Ind., 1. 1934, scct. IV, 51-57.
HAAR,C. ter (1935): Toelichting bij blad 58 (Boemiajoe).
Geol. kasrt van Java I : 100,000. Dienst Mijnbouw
Ned. Indie. Bandoeng-Bntavia 1935.
HAARMANN, E. (1930): Die Oszillations-theorie (Eine
Erklarung der Krustenbewegungen von Erde und
Mond). F. Enke, Stuttgart, 1930, 260 pages.
HAARMANN, E. (1933): Die Zeitlichkeit der Erdkruslen-
bewegungen. N. Jahrb. f. Min. etc. Bcil. Bd. 71,
Abt. B. 48-87. Stuttgart 1933.
HAARMANN, E. (1 935): Um das gcologische Weltbiltl.
F. Enke, Stuttgart, 1935, 108 pages.
HANIEL,G . (1915): Ammoniten aus dem Perm der lnsel
Letti. Janrb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1914, Verh. I, 161-166,
the Hague 1915.
H A \ Z A W AS. . (1931): Notes o n some eocene foraminifera
found in Taiwan (Formosa) with remarks on the age of
the Hori slate formation and crystalline schists. Sci. Rep.
Tohdku Imp. Univ. Sendai 2nd Series, 12, ?a, 1931.
HARDENBERG. J. D. F. (1938): Zweedsche dicp-zee expcditie
te Soerabaja. Chronica Naturae, 104, 6, June 1938,
p. 192.
HARLOFI,CH. E. A. (1929): Loh Oeloh. Exc. guide, IVth
Pac. Sci. Congress. Java, Bandung 1929, 1-17.
HARLOFF.CH. E. A. (1930): Over her kruipen van den
hodem in het noordeiijk dccl van het Regentschap
Bandjarnegara. Dc Mijningenie~~r11, 1930, 96 101.
HARLOFF, CH. E. A. (1933): Toelichting bij blad 67 (Band-
jarnegara). Geol. kaart van Java I : 100.000. Bandung,
1933.
HARLOFF,CH. E. A. & PANNEKOEK, A. J. (1940): De om-
gcving van den Boroboedocr. T.K.N.A.G. 57, 1. 13-23,
12
-- - - -
LITERATURE
- - --
HARREVELD-L.\KO. C. H. x . 4 ~I 193 l l : Grondkaartecring
in Nederlandsch I n d ~ ? .Dc Ind. M e r c ~ ~ u r.April
, 15,
1931. 29 1 2 9 4 .
HARTING, A. ( lLI25):H~.idragetot dc geologie van Beraoe.
Verh. Geol. hli!nb. Gen. v. Ned. & Kol.. Geol. Serie
8, 1925. 2 0 5 212.
HARTING. .4. (1929): Tngognpoe. Excursion Guide, 1Vth
Pac. Sci. Congress Java, Bandung 1929, 1-14.
fi,i~nsc;. 4. (1930 a ) : Verslag van het mijnbouwkundig-
geologisch onderzoek in de omstreken van Tambang
Saa-ah in de jaren 1924-1927. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned.
Ind. 1929. Verh., Batavia 1930.
HARTING. A. (1930 b): Enkele geologische waarnemingen
langs de S. Ka-ian. De Mijningenieur, Bandung 1930,
p. 176.
HART MAS^. E. (1916): Kurze Mitteilung iiber Ueber-
schiebungen o ~ l fNied. Timor. Batavia, 1916.
HARTMANN, M. 4. (1933): Bijdrage tot de kennis van
gassen, sublimatie- en inkrustatieproducten, en
thermale wateren in de Merapi-ladocs. Vulk. &
Seism. Meded. 12, 117-131. Dienst Mijnb. Ned.
Tnd. 1933.
HARTMANN, M. A. (1935 a): Die Ausbruche des G . Merapi
(Mittel Java) his zum Jahre 1883. Neues Jahrb. f.
Min. etc.. Beil. Bd. 75, Abt. B, 127-162.
HARTMANN, M. A. (1935 b): Dcr Vulkan Batoe Tara.
Z. f. Vulk. 26, 180-191.
HARTMANN, M. A. (1935 c): De werkende vulkanen van
het eiland Lomblen (Solor Archipel). Tidschr. Kon.
Ned. Aardr. Gen. 52, 817-836.
HARTMANN. M. A. (1936 a): Der tiitige Feuerberg Siroeng
auf Pantnr. Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Tnd. 96, 1936,
89-121.
HARTMANN, M. A. (1936 b): Die Lavadomgebilde des
Merapi ( M . .I.) nach dem grossen Ausbruch im
Jahre 1930. Z. f. Vulk. 16. 248-258.
HARTMANN, M. A. (1938): Die Vulkangruppe im Sud-
westen des Salak-Vulkans in West-Java. Natuurk.
Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind. 98. 1938, 216-249.
H , ~ Y A S A KICHIRO
A, & KAZUHIRO, ISHIZAKI (1939): On the
occurrence of eocene foraminifera in the neigh-
bourhood of Bcsleo, Timor. Mem. Fac. Science a .
Agric. Taihoku Imp. Univ. 22, 2, Geol., Nr. 15,
9-17, 1939.
HAYASAKA, 1. (1939): On a piece of Fusulina-limestone
found in the Niki Niki region, Timor. Science. 9,
86-87.
HAYASAKA, I. & C A N ,S. (1940): A notc o n Carriarophorin
"purcloni" from the Permian of Timor. Transact.
Paleont. Soc. Japan 101, 19-24.
HEDBERG,H . D. (1937): Foraminifera of the Middle-
Tertiary Carapita Formation of Northeastern Vene-
zuela. Journ. of Pal.. 11, 8, 661-697.
HEEK,J. V A N (1910): Biidrage tot de geologische kennis
van het eiland Lombok. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.
1909, Wetensch. Ged., 1-82, Batavio 1910.
HEEK.J. V A N (I91 I ) : Onderzoek van een loodertsvoor-
komen in Zuid-Lombok. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Tnd.
1909, Techn. Adniin. Ged., 177--201, Batavia 191 1 .
HEER,0. (1880): Beitriige zur fossilen Flora von Sumatra.
Neue Denkschr. der Schweiz. naturf. Ges. 1879.
(See also Jaarb. Mijnw. 1880. Verh. 1, 169-202).
HEERING,J . (1941 a): De eruptief gesteenten van het
eiland Wetar. Hand. 28e Nat. & Geneesk. Congres,
Utrecht, 4e afd., 248-249.
HEERINC;,J. (1941 b): Cordieritpseudomorphosen in
Sanidin-Albit-Rhyoliten von Tandjoeng lllipoi, Wetar
(Nied. Ost Indien). Proc. Ned. Akad. v. Wetensch.
Amsterdam 44. 102-108.
HEERING,J. (1941 c): Geological investigations in East
Wetar, Alor and Poera Besar. Geol. Exp. to the
Lesser Sunda Islands undcr the leadership of H. A.
Brouwer, Vol. IV, 125 pages, VI maps. 1941.
REFERENCES
-- --
HEIM, ALD. & P O T O N I ~R,. (1932): Beohachtungen uber
die Entstehung der tertiiiren Kohlcn (Humolithe und
Saprohumolithe) in Zentral Sumatr;~.Geol. Rdsch.,
23, 145-172.
HELM,A. (1940/1942): Lebende diapir lnseln in den sud-
ostlichen Molukken. Ecl. Geol. Helv. 33, 183-184.
and 35, 225-233.
HEISE,G . W. (1917): The radio activity of the waters of
the mountainous region of northern Luzon. Phil.
Journ. Sci., Vol. 12-A (1917), 295-297.
HEISKANEN. W . (1941): On the figure and structure of the
earth. Publ. of the Isostatic Inst. of the Int. Ass. of
Geodesy, No. 8, Ann. Ac. Sci., Fennicoe Scr. A.
57, 5.
HELBIG,K. (1938): Bali, eine tropische Insel Landschaft-
licher GegensHtze. Z. f. Erdkunde, 7, 357-379.
HELBIG, K. (1940): Beitriige zur Landeskunde von Sumatra.
Beobachtungen zwischen Asahan i ~ n d Barumun,
Tobasee und Malakka-Strasse. Wissensch. Veroffentl.
des deutschen Museums fiir Linderkunde. Neue
Folge, 8. 133-251.
HCNNY.G . & TOXOPEUS.L. J. (1922): Eerste verslagen
de; Boeroe Expeditie. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. ~ a ; d r .
Gen. 1922, 42-53.
HENRICI,H. (1934): Foraminiferen aus dem Eoziin von
Timor. Palaeontographica, Suppl. Bd. IV, 4. Abt.,
1934, 1-56.
HERMFS, J. J. & VLETTER. D. R. D E (1942): Contribution t o
the petrography of Bintan. (Riouw Lingga Archipel-
ago). Proc. Ned. Akad. v. Wet., Amsterdam, 45, I,
82-88.
Hrss, H. H. (1939): Island arcs, gravity anomalies, and
serpentine intrusions. A contribution t o the ophiolite
problem. Proceedings XVIIth Int. Geol. Congr. 1937,
Moscow 1939, Vol. 2, 263-283.
HESS, H. H. (1948): Major structural features of the
Northwestern Pacific. Bull. Geol. Soc. of Am. 59.
5, 1948.
HETTINGA TROMP,H. V A N (1926): De riftapping van hct
Kloetmeer. Lecture "Kon. Tnst. van Ingenieurs" Dee.
29, 1925. De Ingenieur 1926, 7, 26 p.
HCTTINGA TROMP,H. V A N (1945): Zuid-Sumatra, het goird-
en zilver-eiland der Ouden. De Ingenieur, 57, 7,
M 1-4.
HETZEL,W. H. (I930 a ) : Over de geologie der Toekang-
Besi eilanden. De Mi.iningenieur, 11, 51-53.
HETZEL,W. H. (1930 b): Over de geologie der eilanden
in de Flores Zee. De Mi,iningenieur, 11, 53-56.
HETZEL. W. H. (1934): Toelichting bij blad 54 (Madjenang).
Geol. Kaart van Java, l : 100.000, Dienst Mijnb.,
Bandung 1934.
HETZEL,W. H. (1935): Enkele hritische aanteekeningen
bij een recente publicatie over de Geologie t a n den
Oostarm van Celebes. D e Ing. in Ned. Ind., 2, 4,
sect. IV, 29-31.
HETZFL,W. H. (1936): Verslag van het onderzoek naar
het voorkomen van asfaltgesteenten op het eiland
Boeton. Versl. & Med. v. Ind. Delfst. etc., No. 21.
Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Ind., Bntavia 1936.
HETZEL,W. N.(1938): Boetoniet, een bijzonder gesteente
van het eiland Boeton (ZO Celebes). Dc Ing. in Ned.
Ind., 5, 10 section IV, 151-155.
HEURN,F. C. V A N (1923): Studien betreffende den bodem
van Sumatra's Oostkust. zijn uiterlijk en zijn ontstaan,
N.V. De Bussy, Amsterdam, 1923, 121 pages.
HINDE,G . J. (1908): Radiolaria from triassic and other
rocks in the Dutch East Indies. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned.
Ind., 1908, Wetensch. Ged., 692-736.
HIRSCHI,H. (1907): Zur Geologie i ~ n dGeographie von
Portug. Timor. Neues Jahrbuch etc., Beil. Bd. 24,
1907. 460-474.
HIRSCFII,H. (1910): Geogr. geol. Skizze des Nordrnndes
von Sumatra. T.K.N.A.G. (2), 27, 1910, 741-763.
 -- - ----
LITERATURE REFERENCES
- -
HIRSCHI,H. ( I Y 15): Geol. Reiseskizze durch das aequatori-
ale Sumatra. T.K.N.A.G. 1915, 476-508.
HOBDAY,J. R . & MALLET,F. R. (1885): The volcanoes
of Barren Island and Narcondarn in the B : I ~ ol'
Bengal. Mem. Geol. Survey of India, 21, 4, 1885. 1-30.
HOCHSTETTER, F. VON (1866): Geologic der Nikob~iren.
Voyage of the Austrian frigate Nov:tra. Gcol. Part.
Vol. 11, 1866, 83-1 12.
'T HOEN, C. & ZIEGLER, K. (1917): Verslag over dc ~-esuli,~tr.n
van geol. niijnb. verkenningen in ZW Celebei. Ja,!r-t..
Mijnw. in Ned. Ind., 1915, Verh. 2, 253-363. Bat:i\i:i
1917.
'T HOEN, C. W. A. P. (1922): De tertiairc pet!-olcu:~; l+Ci\ I G . P. ( I9 18): Contactmetamorphe ijzerafzettingen aan
terrcinen ter Oostkust van Atjeh (Atjeh 1 1 ) . .l:~.!i-b.
Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 1919, Verh. I. B~lta\i,l IL?22.
'T HOFN,C. W. A. P. 6t Es. L. J. C. v . 1 ~ (19281: De op-
sporingerl ii.aar delfstofc11 o p het cilunci Tinlor.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. lncl. 1025. Verh. II. I $ 0 . B,IL,:\I,I
1928.
'r HOEN,C. W. A. P. (1930): Geolog~scheO\crzichtskaart
van den Ned. Indischen Archipcl schaal I : I.000,000
Toelichting bij Blnd XVl (Midden Java). Jaarb.
Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1929, Verh. 1-72, Batavia, 1930.
HOLMES, A. & HAKWOOD, H. F. (1937): The petrology of.
the volcanic area of Bufumbira. Geol. Survey of
Uganda. Mem. 111, Part 11, 1937.
HOLMES,A. (1945): Natural History of Granite. Nature,
1945, 155, 412.
HOOIJER,D. A. (1942): On the nomenclature of some fossil
Hippopotami. Extr. Arch. Neerl. Zool., 6,213, 279282.
HOOIJER,D. A. ( 1 945 a): Over subfossiele neushoorns
van Sumatra en Borneo. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen.,
Geol. Ser. 14, 249-258.
HOOIJEK, D. A. (1945 b): On recent and fossil Hippopotami.
Archives Neerl. Zool., 7, 1945, 289-290.
HOOIJER,D. A. (1946 a): The evolution of the skeleton
of Rhinorc~r-ussondaicrrs DESMARET. Proc. Kon. Akad.
v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 49, 6, 671-676.
HOOIJER, D. A. (1946 b): Some remarks on recent, pre-
historic, and f'ossil porcupines from thc kl:~luy
Archipelago. Zool. Medcd. 26. 1946, 251 -267.
HOOIJER,D. A. ( 1 9 4 6 ~ ) :Prehistoric and fossil Rhino-
ceroses from the Malay Archipelago and India.
Zoologische Meded. 26, 1946, 134 pages, X pl.
H O O I ~ ED.R , A. (1947 a): A femur of Mii~ii.spalaeo-jtirawica
DUBOISfrom Western Java. Proc. Kon. Aknd. v.
Wetensch., Amsterdam, 50, 4, 413-418.
HOOIJER, D. A. ( I 947 b): Pleistocene rcmains of panthera
tigris( LINNAEUS) subspecies from Wanhsien, Szechwan,
China. compared with fossil and recent tigers from
other localities. American Museum Novelties Publ.
by Am. Mus. of Nat. Hist., New York, No. 1346,
May 8, 1947. 17 pages.
HOOIJER,D. A. ( 1 9 4 7 ~ ) :On fossil- and prehistoric
remains of Tupii.~r.c Sroni J a ~ a .Sunx~traand China.
Zool. Mcded., 27, 253 299, Leidcn 1947.
HOOIJER,D. A. (I947 d ) : Pitliecrrtirli~opris. . L l r ~ r ~ ~ i r l i ~ ~ r ~ p r iNucula-klergel
cn Gigantopirl~~cus.Geol. 6t blljnb. 9, 12. 230 239.
I ~ O O I J ED.
R , A. (1 948 a): Rliinoc,e~.o~
soiirloic~iir ilt \\I.\r<l-: J \ \ \ O R S K IE.
from kitchen middcns of Bindjai Tuni~any ihorrli
Sumatra). Geologie & Mijnb., 10, 5. 115-1 16.
HOOIJFR,D. A. (I948 b): Prehistoric teeth of man and o i J F INKET.A . 22 MARIIV,R. (1937): Ueber mesozoische
the orang-utan from central Sumatra with notes o11
the fossil orang-utan from Java and Southern China.
Zool. hleded. 29, 175-301. E. J. Brill, Lciden, 1948. .It\\lscs. .A. \'. (1S8S): \ore on the orbitoidal limestone
HOOIJER,D. A. (1948 c): Pleistocene Vertebrates fro111
Celebes.
I. Celeborhacrris hec,herini no\.. spec., nov. gen.
11. Testudo wiargal nov. spec.
111. Anoa ciep~essicol.iiis (Smith) subsp.. ant1 Birhi-
rousa hahir-u.~saberuc~t/sisnov. subsp.
Proc. Kon. Acnd. v. Wetensch.. Amsterdam, 51.
8, 1024-1032; 9, 1169-1182; 10, 1321-1330.
---- -
13
HOOIJER,D. A. (1948 d): Evolutie van zoogdieren in het
quartair van ZO-Azie. Vakblad v. Biologen, 28, 7,
Juli 1948, 117-122.
HOOYEH,D. A. (1949): Pleistocene vertebrates from
Celebes. 1V. Archidiskodotz cc~lebetrsis nov. spcc.
ZooI. Meded. Leiden 1949, 30, 14, 205-226.
HOKSTINK, J. TH. (1926): Eenige aanteekeningen bij de
kaart van den top viin het Rindjani gebergtr. Jaarb.
Top. Dienst 1925, 1-2, Batavia 1926.
HOTZ. W. (1913): Vorliiuligc Mitteilung ubcr geologische
Beobachtungen in Ost Celebes. Zeitschr. deutsch.
Geol. Ges. 65 (1913), 329-334.
de Salo Talimbangan en de Salo Pebatoean, Centraal
Celebes. Jaurb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1916, Verh. 11,
25 38, Batavi:~ 1918.
H o \ I c ; , P. 1934): Dc goudmijnbouw in Britsch Nieuw
Clu~ne~l. l)c Ingenic~rr,49, Afd. Mijnb. 1-14. 1934.
HLIH\ER\\ ~ D L L . T. 11. f 1921 ): Die Eruptivgesteinc von
\ o r J hlittel Sumbn~ra.Doctoral Thesis Basel, 1921
( c o l i e ~ ~ i oP,innckoek
i~ \ a n Rhcdcn).
HCIIXIEL,K. I 19231: Die Osford-TulFite der Insel Uuru
und ih1.c F,~uii,l.P ~ ~ l ~ e o r i t ~ ~ g r ~Suppl.
~ p l ~ i cIV.
' a , 1923.
ICKE,H. & MARTIN,K. (1907): Over tertiairc en kw;~l.tnirc
v o r m i n ~ e n O D het eiland N I ' I ~ .Sanirnl. Leiden 8.
1907, 2 0 4 - x i .
IDDINGS,J. P. (1910): The petrography of some igneous
~.ocksof the Philippines. Philipp. J. Sci., A 5, 1010,
155-170.
IDDINGS, J. & MORLEY,E. W. (1915): Contributions to
the petrography of Java and Celebes. Journ. of Gcol.
23, 1915, 231-245.
IDENBURG, A. G . A. (1937): Systelnatische grondknrtecring
van Zuid Sumatra. Doctoral thesis 1937, Wageningen,
168 pages.
IRIDAHL,H. ( 1'122): Beitrag Lur Petrographic von West
Timor. Centralbi. f. Min. etc., 1922, 65-76.
IONGH,A. C. DE ( 192911930): lnleiding tot eene systematiek
der Sumatragronden. Alg. Landbouw weekblad v.
Ned. Jnd. (14), 11, 1929/1930, 955-958 and 987-990.
IONGH,A. C. D E (1933): Voorwoord Blad 14 (Bajah).
(Prelimann~ystratigraphical divisions of the Tertiary),
Toelichting bij Blad 14 (Bajah), Geol. Map of Java,
1 : 100,000, Bnndung, 1933.
JTEKSON, F. K. TH. V A N (1948): The theory of rock pressure
o n coal mining. Geol. 8 .1 Mijnb. 10, 10, Oct. 1948,
198-215.
J
JAGGAR, T. A. (1945): Volcanoes decl:!re wzlr (Chapter X,
Taal and Muyon are killers). Honolulu, Paradise of
the Pacific Ltd.
J ~ W O H S K E. I . ( 1915): Die Fauna der obcrtriadischen
~ von Misol. In: Palneontologie von
Timor. editcd by Wanner, 11, 1915, 73-174.
, (1927): Obertriadische Brachiopoden von
Ambon (Irlolukken). Jaarb. Mi.jnw. Ncd. Ind. 55,
1926. \erh. 111, Haag 1917.
Ech~noideaaus dem SiederlSndiscn-lndischen Ar-
cti~pel. Leidjche Geol. Mc~led., 18, 926--948, 19-37,
of \orth Borneo. Geol. M'ig. 1888? 529 532.
S o \ ( ; . H . u t (1923): Studien uber Eruptiv- und Misch-
gestein? des Kaibobogebietes. Gcol. Petrogr. and
Pal. Results of Explol.ations in Ceram by RUTTEN
61 Horz, 1917-1919. 1st series, No. 1, 1923.
JOK. J. D. IIE (I941 a ) : Gcologische onderzoekingen in
het ~estelijkcdcel van het riland Wetar. Hand. 28e
Nat. Rc Geneesk. Congres, Utrecht, 4e afd., 247-248.
 LITERATURE REFERENCES
-- - - --
JONG,J. D. DE (1941 b): Geological investigations in West
Wetar, Lirang and Solor (Eastern Lesser Sunda
Islands). Doctoral Thesis Amsterdam. Geol. Exp.
to the Lesser Sunda Islands under the leadership of
H. A. Brouwer, Vol. 111, 241-376, Vlll maps.
JON(;,J. D. DE (1942): Hydrothermal metamorphism in
the Lowo Rio region, Centr;il Flores. Geol. Exp. to
the Lesser Sundn Islands, H. A. Brouwer, Vol. IV,
3 19--343.
JON(;, J. K. DE (1938): Een en ander over Enggano. Nn-
t u ~ l r k .Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 98, 1, 3-46, Batavia 1938.
JONG,W. J. (1939): Description of rocksamples, see DOZY
(1939). Leidsche Geol. Meded. 1X, 1939.
JONGMANS, W. J. & GOTHAN, W.(1925): Beitrige zur Kennt-
nis dcr Flora des Oberkarbons von Sumatra. Vcrh.
Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Geol. Ser. 8, 1925.
.LUNGMANS, W. J. & GOTHAN,W. (1935): Die paliobota-
nischen Ergebnisse der Dj;rnibi-Expedition 1925.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.. 1930, Verh. 11, Batavia 1935.
JONGMANS, W. J. (1940): Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Knr-
bonflora von NiederlLindiscl~Neu-Guinea. Jaarverslag
I938 en 1939 van het Geol. Bur. v.h. Mijngebied te
Heerlen, 1940, pp. 263-274.
JONGMANS, W. J . (1931): Elementen der Glossopteris-
flora in het Carboon van Nieuw-Guinea. Hand. 28e
Natuurk. & Gencesk. Congr., Utrecht, 4e afd., 267-271.
J U N K E RH. , J. W. (1873): Rapport van het voorloopig
onderzoek naar de aanwezigheid van kopererts o p
het eiland Timor. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1873,
Vol. I, 157 186.
JUGOVICS.L. (1940): Der Granodiorit von Goront~rloa ~ ~ f Piih~c~it~thropus
Nordcelebes. Foldani Korlony. 70, 163- 176. 772 23 1 ,
1940 (Hungarian and German).
JUNGHUHN,F. (1853/1854): Java. deszelfs gedaante,
bekleeding en inwendige structuur. Amsterdam, 1st
ed., 3852-1854, 2nd ed. 1853 -3854. Four parts.
KEMMERLINC;, G. L. L. (1916): De aardbeving van Maos
o p 9-10 September 1916. Jrb. Mijnwezen Ned. Indie.
1916, Verh. 2, Part 2, 21.
KEMMERLINC;, G. L. L. (1918 a): De aurdbeving van Boli
o p 21 Januari 1917. Jrb. Mijnwc~en Ned. IndiG,
1917, Verh. 1, 1--49, Batavia 1918.
KEMMERLING, G . L. L. (1918 b): De vulkaan Batoer en
Agoeng o p Bali. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Indie, 1917,
Verh. 1, 50-77, Batavia 1918.
KEMMERLING. G. L. L. (1921): De uitbarsting van den
G . Keloet in den nacht van den 19den o p den 2Osien
Mei 1919. Vulkanologische Mededeelingen No. 2,
Dienst Mi.jnb. Ned. Indie, Batavia 1921.
KEMMERLING. G . L. L. ( 1927): Les volcans actifs de l'ilc de
Flores. Bull. Volc. Nos. 11-12 du I r et 2e trim. 1927,
Napoli, 1927.
K F M M E R L I NGG., L. L. (1929): Vulkanen van Flores.
Vulk. & Seismol. Meded. No. 10, Bandung 1929(one
volume with text :~nd one with photos and plates).
KEYZER,F. G. (1940): A contribution to the geology of
Bawean. Proc. Kon. Ak. v. Wet.. Amsterdam 43.
5, 619-629.
KEYZER.F . G. (1941): Fossielen van het Palacozoicum
van' zuidelijk Central Nieuw-Guinea. Hand. 28e Nat.
& Geneesk. Consr.. Utrecht, 4e afd., 271-272.
KEYZER,F. G. (1945): Upper cretaceous smaller Fora-
minifera from Buton. (Neth. East Indies). Proc. Ned.
Akad. v. Wctensch., Amsterdam, 48, 338-339.
KIMPE,W. F . M. (1944): De eruptiva van hct Siboemboen-
gebergte en bun contactgesteenten (Padangsche
Rovenlanden, Sumatra). Doct. thesis Amsterdam.
KINCMA,J. TH. (1948): Contributions t o the knowledge
of the Young Caenozoic Ostracoda from the Malayan
Region. Doctoral Thesis Utrecht, 1948, 119 p.
- - - -- - -
KISSLING,E. A. (1948): Enkele stratigrafische mede-
declingen over de eilanden voor de Z W kust van
Sumatra. Ref. in Geol. & Mijnb. 10, 5, Mei 1948,
p. 118.
KLEIN,W. C. (1918): De Oostoever van het Toba-meer
in Noord-Sumatra. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 46. 1917,
Verh. I, 136-187, Batavia 1918.
KI-EIN,W. C. (1937): Vlakten in het binnenland van derl
Vogelkop o p Nieuw Guinea. Tijdschr. "Nie~lw
Guinea", 15 Oct. 1937.
KLEINPELL,R. M. ( 1938): Miocene Stratigraphy of
California. A. A. P. G .
KLINKEIIT. J. P. (1937): De catastrofale overstroo~ningen
op Java in l ~ e jaar
t 1861. Tectona, 1937.
KNOPF,A. (1948): The geosynclinal theory. Bull. Geol.
Soc. America 59, 649-670, July 1948.
KOBAYASHI, T. (1941): The Snkawa orogenic cycle ant1
its bearilly o n the. origin of the Japanese Islantls.
J. of Fac. of Sci., Imp. Uliiv. of Tokyo. Sect. 11,
Vol. V, Part 7, 1941, 230-578.
KOBER,L. (1928): Der BZILI der Erde. Scc. cd. Borntr,legel.,
Berlin, 1928, 4U9pp,lges.
KOCH, R. ( 19-73): Die junptcrtiiire Folaminifere:lfi!~~na
von K a b ~ ! (Res. S~~r;rb,ija. J ~ l v a ) .Ecl. geol. iirlv.
18. 2. 347 .36 1 .
KOCH, R. (1925): E I I ~ jungtertiiire
C Foran~iniferenTaurlil
aus Ost Cerani. Ecl. gcol. Helv. 19, 1, 207-213.
KOCH,K. (1926): Mitteltertiare Forlrniiniferen aus Bulon-
gan, Ost Borneo. Ecl. geol. Helv. 19, 3, 722-751.
KOEXIGSWALD, G . H. R. V O N (I931 a): Sinatirhrop~is,
en de ouderdom van de Trinil-lagen.
"De Mijningenieur", p. 198-202.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1931 b ) : Fossielen uit
Chineesche Apotheken in West Java. De Mijninge-
nieur, p. 189-193.
KOENIGSWALD, G . H. R. VON (I932 a): Versteinerungen
als Arzneimittel bei den Chinesen auf Java. "Natur
und Museum" 62, p. 292-295.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1932 b): Over het gebruik
van fossielen en niilieraleli als genecsmiddel bij de
Chineezeli in Insulinde. Pharmac. Tiidschr. Ned.
Indie. 2, p. 1-4.
KOENIGSWALD. G. H. R. VON ( 1933 a ) : Beitrar zur Kennt-
nis der fdssi~enWirbeltieie Javrls. I ~ e i i .Wetensch.
Mcded., 23, Dienst v/d Mijnb., Batavia.
KOENIGSWALD, G . H. R. VON (1933 b): Soendaplat en
poolverpla;rtsing. Proeve eener verklaring. De Mijn-
ingenieur, 14, 124-130.
KOENIGSW.\LD, G . H. R. V U N (I933 e): Ein neuer Urmenseh
aus dem Diluvi~lrn Javas. Ccntralbl. f. Min. etc.
Abt. B. p. 29-42.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1933 d): Over het zoo-
genaamde voorkomen van Spirifir vrrnr~iili MURCH.
o p Celebes. "De Mijningenieur". p. 14-1 5.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. vohl (1934 a): Zur Stratigraphic
des javanischen Pleistozins. D e Ing. in Ned. Ind., 1,
1934, sect. TV. p. 185-200.
K O E X ~ G ~ ~G A .LH.
D ,R. VON (1934 b): Die Spezialisatio~l
des Incisivengebisses bei den jnvanischen Fiippoporci-
midae. Proe. Kon. Altad. v. Wet., Anisterdnm, 37,
p. 653-659.
KOENIGSW.~LD, G. H. R . V O N (1935 a ) : Die fossilen SBugc-
tierfaunen Javas. Proc.. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch..
Amsterdam 38. 188 - 198.
KOENIC;SWALD, G. H. R. VON (1935 b): Das Neolithicum
dcr Umgebung von Bandoeng. Tijdschr. v. Ind.
Taal-. Land- en Volkcnkunde, 75, p. 394-413.
KOENIGSWALD, G . H. R. VON (1935 c): Eine fossile Siiuge-
tierfauna mil Simia aus Siidcliina. Proc. Kon. Akad.
Wetensch.. Amsterdam, 38. 2, 872-879.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H. R. VON (1935 d): Bemerkungcn zur
fossilen Siiugetierfauna Javas. De Ing. in Ned Indi?,
2, 1935, sect. IV, 67-70 and 85-88.

KOENIGSWALD, G . H. R. V O N (1935 5 ) : VorI;I~~figeMit-
ieilung dber das Vorkomnlen \ o n Tect~tena ~ J~~ l fv a .
Proc. Kon. Ak. v. Wetcnsch., Amsterdam, 38, 3,
1935. 287-2Y9.
K O E ~ I G S ~ AGL.DH, . K. V O N (1935 f): Dcr gegenwiirrige
Stand des Pithecanthropus Problems. Hand. Vllde
Ned. Ind. Natuurw. Congr. 724-735, Batavia Ocl.
1935.
K O E ~ I G S W A LGD. , H. R. V O N (1935 g): Over enkcle
fossiele zoogdieren van Java. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned.
Aarc!:.. Gen. 52, p. 539--543.
KOE~IGSWAL GD. ,H . R. VOK (I936 a): Ein fossilcr Homi-
nide aus dern Altpleistocin Ostj,tvos. De Ing. in Ned.
Ind. 1936, sect. IV, 8, 149 157.
K O E N I ~ ~ S W A6L. DH., K. vor; (I936 b): Erste Wlitteilung
iibcr einen focsile~liioniiniden :lus dc~;iAltpicistocin
Ostjavas. Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch., A n ~ s t e r d a n ~ ,
39, p. 1000-1009.
KUENIGSWALD, G . H . R . v o s (1936 c): Cbcr altpalaeoli-
thischc Artefakte von Java. T~jdschr. k o n . 4 e d .
Aardr. Gen. 53, p. 41-44.
KUENIGSWALD, G . H. R. VON (I936 d ) : Early p,ll,icoiithic
stone implements from Java. Bull. Raflles M ~ ~ \ c u n i ,
Singapore, Ser. B., no. I, p. 52 -60.
KOENIGSWALD, G . H . R . VON (1937 a): A revie\\ ol' the
stratigraphy of Java and its relations to Early Man.
In: George Grant Maccurdy, Eariy M J ~ Philade!phia,
. Paper, Arner~can k l ~ ~ s e u l nk ~ t u r a l History, N e b
1937, p. 23-32.
K O E ~ I G S W A LGD. , H. R . VON (1937 0): Ein Unterkicfer
fragment des Piikecunil~rup~r.~ aus tlen Trinilschichten
Mittel-Javas. Proc. Kon. Akad. Wetensch., Amster-
dam 40, 883-893.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H . R. VON (1938 a): Ein neuer Piihe-
car~rhrop~w-Schidel.Proc. Kon. Akad. Wetensch.,
Amsterdam 41, 185-192.
KOENIGSWALD, G . H . R. VON & W ~ I D E N R E I FR.
C H ,(1938 b):
Discobery of an additional Piihecanlhro~~risskull.
Nature, 142, No. 3598, p. 715.
KOENI(;SWALD. G . H . R. VON (I938 c): An~hropological
and Historical Stuclics relating to the earliest evidence
of Man (11). Year Book Carncgie Institution of
Washington, 37, p. 351-352.
KOEN~C~SWALD, G. H. R. v o (1938 ~ d ) : Ncue Pithccan-
thropus-Funde. Forschungen und tortschritte, 14,
p. 218-219.
KOE~IC~SWA GL. DH., R. V O h (I938 e): De nieuwe Pithe-
canthropus-vondsten en hun betekenis voor de af-
starnming van den n~znsch. Handel. Achtste Ned.-
Ind. Natuurw. Congres, Soerabaja, p. 486-488.
KOLNIGSWALD, G. H. K. VON (1938 f): Nieuwe Pithe-
canthropus-vondsten ujt Midden-Java. Nat. Tijdschr.
Ned. Indie, 38, p. 195-207.
KOENIGSWALD, G . H. R . V O N (1938-1939): The relation-
ship between the fossil mammalian tjunae of Java
and China, with special rekrelice to early man.
Peking Nat. H ~ s t .Bull., 13, 293-298.
KOENIGSWALD, G . H. R. VON & WEIDENKEICH, FR. (1939):
The relationship between Pithccat~fhrop~is and Sinutl-
fhrop~ts. N a t ~ ~ r e114,
, no. 3657, 926-929.
KUENIGSWALD, G . H. R. VON (1939 a): Neue Menschen-
aKen- und Vormenschenfunde. Die Naturwissen-
schaftcn, 27. p. 617-622.
KOENIGSWALD. G. H. K. vou (1939 b): Uber einige Am-
n~oniten~ ~ Aptychcn
n d nus der unteren Kreide vonBor-
neo. Jaarb. M~jnwezenNee!. Ind., Verh., p. 162-170.
KOENIGSWALD, C . H . R. V C ) ~(1939 c): Das Plcistocan
Javas. Quartir, vol. 2, 28-53.
KOENIGSWALD, G. H . R. V O N (1939 d): Hippurion und die
Grenze zwischen Miociin und Pliocin. Zentralblatt
f. Min. etc., 1939, Abt. B. 6, 236 245.
KOENIGSWALD, G . H. R. VON (I940 a): Neue Pithecan-
rhropus-Funde 1936- 1938. Wetensch. Meded., 28,
1-125, Dienst v/d Mijnb., Batavia.
REFERENCES
- - - . - - - ---
15
K O E K ~ G S W A LGD. , H. R. V O N (1940 b): Uit de oudste
geschiedenis van Solo. Suppl. Triwindoe Gedenkboek
Mangkoe Negoro VII, p. 72-78.
KOENIGSWALU, G . H. R. V U N ( 1940 c): Preliminary note
on neh remains of Pirhec~it~rhropus from Central J a w .
Proc.. Third Congress I'rei~i>tori,ins of the Far East,
Singapore 1938. Rctffles ivluseum Singapore, p.
91 -95.
K O E ~ I G S W A LGD. ,H . R. \'oh (1942): 'The South African
man-apes and Pirkecut~rlrrupus.Carnegie Inst. Wash.,
Publ. no. 530, 205-222, 1942.
K O E N I G S ~ A LG.
D , H. K. -+ON,(1947): Search for Early
Man. Natur,!l History, h e w Yorh, vol. 56, pp. 8-15, 48.
U , H. R. VON (19480): Aantekeningen
K O ~ N I G S W A LG.
bij het Pithecanthropus-vraagstuk. Inaugural lecture,
Univ. of litrecht, Nov. 29, 1948, 19 pages. N.V.
Dekker & van de Vegt.
K U ~ ~ I G S W AG , R. Y O N (1948 b): Fossil Ho~ninids
L .D H.
from the Lower Pleistoceile of Jaba. XVlllth Int.
Geol. Congress, London.
K u r u ~ ~ s wG ~ .~ H.
u , R . V O N (1948 c): Remarks on the
lower ct~nincot' P1esirr111hrol1u.sr~.citr.s~~cicil~~nsis
BROOM.
R. Broom Commemorntivc Volume, Royal Soc. of
South Africa, pp. 159-164.
K o t s r ~ s w .G ~ .~H.
~ , R. L O \ & WLIDLNRLICH. F K . (1949):
Fossil Haminids from J . ~ v aancl South China. Anthrop.
York (untler the press).
KOHLER,A. (1942 a): Die Abhingigkeit der Plagioklas-
optik vorn vergangenen Wiirn~everhalten.Min. Petr.
Mitt. 53, 24-48.
KOHLER,A. (1942 b): Drehtischmessungen an Plngioklas-
zwiliingen von Tief- und Hochtemperaturoptik.
Min. Petr. Mitt. 53, 157-179.
KONINO,L. P. G . (1941 a): tiet mechanis~nein den hanrd
van diepe aardbevingen. Hand. 28e Nat. & Geneesk.
Congres Utrecht, 4e afd., 252-254.
KONING,L. P. G . (1941 b): Over hct mechanisme in den
haard van diepe uardbevingcn. Doct. thesis Amster-
dam, 1941. 104 pages.
KONING KNIJFI, J. DE ( 1914): Geologische gegevens
omtrent gedeelten der Afdeelingen Loewoe, Park-park
en Boni van het Gvt. Celebes, etc. (with petr. contr.
of H. A. BROUWER). Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. lncl., 1912,
Verh., 277-3 12, Batavia 1914.
KOOLHOVEN, W. C. B. (1929): Geology of the Gandocl
Hill near Borobudur (Central Java). Exc. guide lVth
Pac. Sci. Congress Java, Bandung 1929, 1-6.
KOOLHOVEN, W. C. B. (1930): Verslag over eene vcr-
kenningstocht in den Oostarlu van Celebes e n den
Banggai-archi~el. Jaarb. Miinw. Ned. Ind.. 1929.
~ e r ; , 187-228.
KOOLHOVEN. W. C. B. (1932): D e Geologic van het Malili-
terrein idde den celebis). Jaorb. ~ i j n w .Ned. Ind.,
1930, Verh. 111, 127-153, Batavi'i 1932.
KOOLHOVEN, W. C. B. (1933 a): Toelichting bij blad 14
(Bajah). (With a n introduction by A. C. de longh.)
Geol. kaart van Java 1 : 100,000, Dienst Mijnb.
Ned. Ind., Bandoeng 1933.
KOOLHOVEN, W. C. B. (1933 b): Beschouwingen orntrenl
voorkomen, genese, ouderdorn en exploratie van
goud e n edelmetaalhoudende ertsen op Java. D e Mijn-
ingenieur, 1933, Nos. 1-2-3, pp. 6-14, 26-30, 47-51.
KOOLHOVEN, W. C. B. (1933 c): Het primaire diamant
voorkornen in Z-Borneo. D e Mijningenieur 14,
Bandung 1933, pp. 138--144.
K O O L H O V EW.~ , C. B. (1935): Het primaire voorkomen
van den Zuid-Borneo diamant. Verh. Geol. ~Mijnb.
Gen. v. Ned. & Kol., Geol. Serie 11 (1934-1936),
189-232. Publ. Nov. 1935.
KOOLHOVEN, W. C. B. (1936): Het Paleogeen 01) J n . 1
(een kritiek). D e Ing. in Ned. Ind., 3, 9, Sept. 1936.
sect. IV, 161-164.
16 -- -.
-
LITERATURE REFERENCES
- . - -- -- --
KOOMANS,CATH.(1938 a ) : On tektites and pseudotektites
from the Dutch East Indies and Philippines. Leidsche
Geol. Meded. 10, 1938, 63-81.
KOOMANS,CATH. (1938 b): A tournlaline-zoisite rock
from Loh-Oelo, Java. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 10,
104-109.
KOPERBERG, M. (1925): Opmerkingen over de geologie
van de residentie Menado. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen.,
Geol. Seric, 8, 1925, 312-328.
KOPERBEKG, M. (1929/1930): Bouwstoffen voor de geologie
van de Residentie Menado. Jaarboek Mijnw. Ned.
Ind. 1928, Verh. I (Batavia 1929) and Verh. I1 (Batavia
1930).
KOPEKBEKG, Ella, J. (1931): Jungtertiiire und quartare
Mollusken von Timor. Doct. Thesis Univ. of Amster-
dam 1931.
KOSSMAT,F. (1937): Der ophiolitische Magmagiirtel in
den Kettengebirgcn dcs Mediterranen Systems. Sitz.
Ber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. phys. math. M1. 1937, 24,
308-325.
KRAEFF,A. (1949): The rocks of the northwestern slope
of the Tambora volcano. Appendix t o the paper by
W. A. PETROESCHEVSKY ( 1949).
KRAUS,E. (1928): Das Wachstum der Kontinente nach der
Zvklus-Theoric. Geol. Rdsch. 19., 516. , 353-386.
4i1-492, Bonn 1928.
KRAUSE.P. G . (1897): Ueber tertigre. cretaceische u.
alte're ~ b l a ~ e r u n ~aus
e n West-Borneo. Samml. Gcol.
R. Museum Leiden, 5, 1888-1899, 169.
KRBusel, R. (1925): Der Stand unserer Kenntnisse von
der Tertiiirflora Niederliindisch Indiens. Verbeek
Volume, Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Genootsch. Gcol. Ser. 8.
the Hague, 1925. 329-342.
KREKELER, F. (1932 a): Over ecn nieuw voorkomen van
fossielhoudend Palaeozoikum in Midden en West
Borneo. De Mijningenieur, 13, 167 172.
KREKELER, F. (1932 b): Critische beschouwingen over ecn
nieuwe door Ing. L. H . KROL gepropagecrde kaar-
tceringsmethode voor de rnesozoische formatics in den
Ned. lndischen Archipel en omgeving. D e Mijn-
ingenieur, 13, 206-21 1.
KREKELER, F. (1933): Aanvullende mededeelingen omtrent
het voorkomen van Paleozoicum in West-Borneo.
De Mi.jningcnieur 14, 19 1-19?,
KRENKEL,E. (1940): Der geologischc Bau der deutschen
Kolonien in Afrika und in der Sudsee. Deutscher
Boden, 11, 1940.
KRIJNEN.W. F. (1931 a): Het genus S~iroclvoeusin het
Indo-~acifische gebied. ~ e r h .Geol. ~ i j n b . Gen.,
Geol. Ser. 9, 1931.
KRIJNEN, W. F. (1931 b): Annotations to the map of the
more important fossil localities in the Netherlands
East Indies. Feestbundel Martin. Leidsche Geol.
Meded. 5, 509-55 1.
KROL, L. H. (1920): Over de geologie van een gedeelte
van Zuid-Oost Borneo. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.
1918, Verh. I, Batavia 1920.
KROL, L. H. (1922): Bijdragc tot de kennis van den oor-
sprong e n de verspreiding der diamanthoudende
afzettingen in Z O Borneo. Jaarb. Mijnw. 1920, Verh.
I, p. 250, Batavia 1922.
KROL, L. H. (1925): Eenige cijfers uit de 3 Ctages van het
Eoceen en uit het Jong Tertiair van Martapocra. Verh.
Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Geol., Serie 8 (1925). 343-356.
KRUIZINGA, P. (1921): De belemnieten uit de jurassische
afzettingen van de Soela eilanden. J a ~ r b . Mijnw.
Ned. Indie, 1920, Verh .2, The Hague 1921.
KRUIZINGA,P. (1926): Ammonieten en eenige andere
fossielen uit de jurassische afzettingen der Soeln
eilanden. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Indie, 1925. Verh. I,
Batavia 1926.
KRUIZINGA,P. (1931): Cephalopoda of the Netherlands
Indies. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 5, 297-389.
- - - - - -- - . -.
KRUIZINGA, P. (1939): Two fossil Cirripedia of the pleis-
tocene marls of Sumba. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen.,
Geol. Ser., 12, 259-264.
KRUMBECK, L. (1913): Obere Trias von Buru und Misol.
Palaeontogr. Suppl. IV, 2te Abt., lster Abschn., 1913.
KRUMBECK, L. (1922): Zur Kenntnis des Juras der Insel
Rotti. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1920, Verh. 111,
Leiden 1922.
KKUMBECK, L. (1923 a): Brachiop., Lamellibr. und Gastrop.
aus der oberen Trias der Insel Seran (Mittel Seran).
Palaeontographica 4.
KRUMBECK, L. (1923 b): Zur Kenntnis des Juras der lnsel
Timor. Palaeont. von Timor, Edited by J. Wanner,
No. 12, 1923.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1928): Geologische Problemen in verband
met de Toekang-Besi eilanden. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned.
Aardr. Gcn., 2de scrie, 45, 2, 236-247.
KUENEN,PH. H..(I933 a): Geology of coral reefs. The
Snellius Expedition in the eastcrn part of the Neth.
E. lndies 1929-1930 under leadership of P. M. van
Riel. Vol. V, Geol. Results, part 2, Kennik & Zn.,
Utrecht, 1933.
KUENEN,PH. H. (1933 b): The formation of the atolls in
the Toekang-Besi-group by subsidence. Proc. Kon.
Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam. 36, 3, 331-336.
K U E N E NPH.
, H. (1935 a): Geological interpretation of
the bathymetrical results. The Snellius Expedition,
Vol. V, Part I, Brill, Leidcn.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1935 b): Contributions t o the Geology of
the East Indies from the Snellius Expedition, part I
Volcanoes. Lcidsche Geol. Med., 7, 2, 273-283.
KUENEN,PH. H. (1936): The negative isostatic anomalies
in the East lndies (with experiments). Leidsche Geol,
Meded. 8, 2, 169--214.
K U E N E NPH.
, H. (1938): Submarine slopes of volcanoes
and coral reefs in the East Indian Arcllipelago. Congr.
Intern. Geogr., Amsterdam, C.M., Vol. IIb, 73-99.
KUENEN,PH. H. (I941 a): Major geological cycles. Proc.
Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 44, 3, 333-338.
KUENEN,PH. H . (1942): Obilatoe, Kisar and Siboetoe.
Geologie en Mijnb., 4, 11-12, p. 81-90.
KUENEN.PH. H. (1943): Collecting of the samples and
some general aspects. The Snellius Exp. in the eastern
part of the Netherlands East-lndics 1929-1930,
Vol. V, part 3, section 1, 1-46.
, H. (1945): Volcanic iissures, with examples
K U E N E NPH.
from the East Indies. Geologie en Mijnbouw, 7.
31'4, 17-23.
KUENEN,PH. H. (1946): Het gehalte a a n kalk e n orga-
nische stof van de Indische diepzee-afzettingen. Hand.
28ste Ned. Nat. Gen. Congr., Utrecht, Apr. 1946,
258-259.
KUENEN,PH. H. ( 1 947): Two problems of marine geology.
Atolls and canyons. Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. v. Wet.,
Afd. Natuurkunde, 2nd section, 43, 3, 5-69, IV pl.,
1947.
KUENEN, PH. H. (1948 a): Influence of the earth's rotation
on ventilation currents of the Moluccan deep-sea basins.
Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. v. Wetensch., 51, 4, 417-426.
KUENEN,PH. H . (1948 b): Ambon en Haroekoe. Verh.
Ned. Geol. Mijnb. Gen., Geol., Serie XV, 1948.
KUCLER. H. (1922): Gcologie des Sangir-Batanghari
gebietes (Mittel Sumatra). Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen.
Gcol. Ser. 5, 1920-1922, 135-201, The Hague, 1922.
KUHN, W. & RITTMANN,A. (1941): u b e r den Zustand
des Erdinnern und seine Entstehung aus einem
homogenen Urzustand. Geol. Rdsch. 32. 215--256.
KUNDIG,E. (193111932): Morphologic und Hydrographie
der Toili Ebene (Ostcelebes). Geogr. Ethnogr. Ges.
Zurich 32, 193 1/32, 105-134.
KUNDIG, E. (1932): Versuch einer petrographischcn
Characteristik des kristallinen Grundgebirges von
Celebes. Schweiz. Min. u. Petr. Mitt. 12, 450-507.
 - - -
LITERATURE
K U P P ~ RH, . (1931): Bijdrage tot de stratigrafie van hct
Tagogapoe - Gg.Masigit gebied. D e Ingenieur in
Ned. Ind., 8, 12, section IV, 105-!09.
KUTASSY, A. VON (1931): Triadische Fossilien vom portu-
giesischen Timor. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen. Geol.,
Ser. 9, 49-56, Thc Hague 193 1.
KUTASSY,A. VON (1934): Het Paleozoicum en de Trias
van Oost Celebes. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen., tieol.
Ser., 10, 1933 - I 934. 295-305.
LACROIX,A. (1930): Remarqucs sur les materiaux de pro-
jection des volcans et sur la genese des roches pyro-
clastique qu'ils co~lstituent.Livre jubilairc Soc. Geol.
de France, 1830-1930, Tome 11, 431 472, Paris 1930.
LACROIX. A. (1932): i t u d e chimico-minera~ogique dc
certaines roches intrusives de Sumatra. Bull. Soc.
f r a n ~ a i s ede Min., 1932, 788.
LACROIX,A. (1933): Contribution a la connaissance de
la composition chimique et mineralogique des roches
eruptives de l'lndochine. Bull. Serv. geol. Indochine
20, 3, 208 pages, 1933.
LAM,H. J. (1948): Botany. Report of the scientific work
done in the Netherlands on behalf of the Dutch over-
seas territorics ( 1918-1 943), pp. 44-59. North Holl.
Publ. Cy., Amstel-dam 1948.
LAMBRECHT, K. (1 93 1 ): Pro/oplo/lr.s Ucnl!lbr/i n.g.. n.sp.
Ein Schlangenhalsvogel aus dcm Tertiiir von bl.-
Sumatra. Wetensch. Medcd., No. 17, 15-24, Dienst
Mijnb. Ned. Ind.
LAPPARENT, J. DE (1941): Logique des mineraux du granite.
Revue Scientifique, 1941, 5 -6, 285-292.
LEAHY,M. (1936): The Central Highlands of New Guinea.
Geogr. J. 87, (1 936), 229-260.
LECKIE,A. J. & WOLTJER,H. R . (1937): Note o n the
occurrence of Helium in volcano gases. Nat. Tijdschr.
N.1. 97. 58, Batavia 1937.
L E H M A N NH., (1933): Kultur-gcogruphischc Wandlungen
in Siidost-Sumatra. Z. dcr Cicc. fiir Erdkundc zu
Berlin, 1933, 2 6 . 161-175.
LEHMAKN, H. (1936): Morphologischc Studien auf Java.
Geogr. Abh. 3, 9, 1936.
LEHMANN, H. (1937): Ueber ciszeitliche Kiistenbewegungen
im Sunda-Archipcl. Frankfurter Geogr. Hefte, 11,
75-80, 1937.
LEHSIANN,E. (1941): Eruptivgesteine und Eisenerze im
Mittel- und Oberdevon der Lahnn~uldc.Wctzlar, 1941.
LEITH,A. (1938): The geology of the Baguio gold district.
Tcchn. Bull. No. 9, Dept. Agriculture and Commerce
Manilla. 1938, 91 pages, 5 fig., 2 plates.
LEJAY, R. P. (1939): L'Ctude gravimetrique des lles
Philippines, and Gravity Survey of the Philippines.
Respectively Shanghai, 1939, and Manila Obs.,
Publ. No. 1, Vol. 4. 141 p.
LE ROY, L. W. (1938): A preliminary study of the micro-
faunal facies along a traverse across Peper Bay, West
Coast of Java. D e Ing. in Ned. Ind. 5, TV, 130-133.
kt: ROY,L. W. (1 939): Some small Foraminifera, Ostracoda
and Otholiths from the Neogenc of Rokan-Tapanoeli,
area. Centr. Sumatra. Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind.
99 (1939), 6, 215-296.
1-E ROY, L. W. (1940): The ostracode genus Cytherelloidra
from the late Tertiary of the Netherlands East Indies.
Natuurwet. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 100, 179-196, 1940.
LE ROY, L. W. (1941 a): Small Foraminifera from the
Late Tertiary of the Sangkoclirang Bay area, East
Borneo, Netherlands East Indies. Colorado School
of Mines Quarterly, 36, 1, 1-62, 3 pl.
LE ROY, L. W. (1941 b): Small Foraminifera from the
Late Tertiary of Siberoet Island of the West Coast
of Sumatra, Netherlands East Indies. Colorado
School of Mines Ibidem, e, 63-106, 7 pl.
REFERENCES
-- - -- --
17
Lb ROY, L. W. (1941 c): Some small Foraminifera from
the type locality of the Bantamian substage, Bodjong
Beds, Bantam Residency, West Java, Netherlands
East Indies. Ibidem, 107-132, 3 pl.
LE ROY, L. W. (1944 a): Miocene Foraminifera of Central
Sumatra, Netherlands East Indies. Colorado School
of Mines Quarterly, 39, 3, 1-69, 8 pl.
LE ROY, L. W. (1944 b): Small Foraminifera from the
Miocene of West Java, Netherlands East Indies.
Ibidem, 70-1 13, 7 pl.
LE ROY,L. W. (1948): The Foraminifer Orbulina Univrrsa
D'ORBIGNY,a suggested middle Tertiary Time indica-
tor. Journ. of Pal.. 22, 4, 500-508.
LEUPOLD, W. & VAND E R VLERK,1. M . (1931): The Tertiary.
Leidsche Geol. Meded. 5, 1931, 61 1-648.
LIGNAC-GRUTTERINK, L. H. (1943): Some tertiary coral-
linaceae of the Malaysian Archipelago. Verh. Geol.
Mijnb. Gen., Geol. Ser. 13, 283-297, 1943.
LOCZY,L. VON (193311934): Geologie van Noord Boengkoe
en het Bongka gcbicd tusschen de Golf van Tomini
en de Golf van Tolo in Oost Celehes. Ver!l. Geol.
Mijnb. Gen., Geol. Scr.. 10 (1933--1933). 219-22-.
LOHUIZEN, H. J. V A N (1918): Over de ~rijze\,in \ool.hon~en
van tincrts in het dlstrict BtIiIlj0c ap B.l!~pk,~.J.I.I!-b.
Mijn\v. bed. 111~1..lLj17. \ . a l l . I , lL12-20-. BL1t.tt~.t
I9IX.
L O H U I L ~H
\ .. J . \ A \ (1'1241: C i ~ ~ l ~ g ~r~cli'~.zoeh
~zih \,in
cen gedeelts \ a n het I.~nci>ch:~p Langk,ir tOojtku.it
van Sumatra). Juarb. Mijnlr. \ed. Ind.. 1921, \'erh. 1.
Batavia 1924.
LONSDALE, KATHLEEN (1947): The structure of real crystals.
Science Progress, 35, 1-22.
LOTH, J. E. (1920): Verslag over de resultatcn van geo-
logisch-mijnbouwkundige verkenningen en opspo-
ringen in dc residentie Westerafdeeling van Borneo.
Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 191 8, Verh. 1, 224-80,
Batavia 1920.
LUDWIG, 0 . (1933): Toelichting bij blad 30 (Poerwakarta).
Gcol. Map of Java I : 100,000. Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Ind.
LUGEON,M. (1943): Une nouvelle hypothese tectonique:
la Diverticulation. Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sc. Nat., 62, 1943.
MAAREL,F. H . V A N DER (1932): Contributions to the
knowledge of the fossil mammalian fauna of Java.
Wetensch. Meded. Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Ind. No. 15,
The Hague, 1932.
MAC GRECOR,M. & WILSON,G . (1939): On granitization
and associated processes. Geol. Mag. 76, 1939,
193-215.
MACKE,CH. A. F. (1925): Resultaten van ccn geologisch-
mijnbouwk. onderzoek in Zuidoost Borneo. Jaarb.
Mijnw. Ned. Ind., 1921, Verh. 1, 269-287, Batavia 1925.
MACLA~N PONT,
E A. (1928): Oricntecring in dc historische
topografic der Sidoardjo-delta. Hand. Ned. Ind.
Natuurwetensch. Congres, 1928, 508-5 1 1.
MAR:-L. H. W. V A N D E R (1941): Onderzoek omtrent het
voo,!tomen van de mineralen orthiet en zirkoon in
de liparietgronden van Sumatra's Oostkust. De Ing.
in Ned. Ind., 8, 4, section IV, 33--41, Batavia 1941.
MAREL,H. W. V A N DER (1947): Diatomeenaarde afzet-
tingen in de omgeving van het Toba meer. De In-
genieur, 59, 48, Afd. Mijnb. 58-63, 1947.
MAREL,H . W. V A N DEK (1948 a): Het Tobameer. Geol.
& Mijnb., 10, 4, 80-89.
MAREL,H. W. V A N D E R (1948 b): Volcanic glass, allanite
and zircon as characteristic minerals of the Toba
Rhyolite Tuff at Sumatra's East Coast. J. of Sed.
Petr. 18, 1, April, 1948, 24-29.
MAREZOYENS,F. A. H. WECKHERLIN DE (1913): De geologie
van het eiland Babar. Nat. & Geneesk. Congr. 1913.
463-468.
18 - - - - - -- --
LITERATURE REFERENCES
-- -- - --
MAREZOYENS,F. A. H. WECKERLIN DE (I 938): Preliminary
note o n the occurrence of a new ammonoid fauna of
Permian age in the island of Tirnor. Proc. Kon. Akad.
v. Wetcnsch., Amsterdam, 49, 1938.
MAREZ OYENS,F. A. H. WECKERLIN DE (1940): Neae
perrnische Krinoiden mit Angaben uber deren Fund-
stellcn in1 Basleo Gebiet (Nied. Timor). Cieol. Exp.
to the Lesser Sunda Islands, Vol. 1, 283 348, Arnstcr-
darn 1940.
MARTIN,K . (1884): Ueberreste vorweltlicher Proboscidier
von Java und Banka. Samml. Geol. Reichsrnus.
Lciden. Serie 1. 4. 1, 1-24.
M A I ~ T I YK,. (1889 a): Ueber d ~ Vorkornmen
s einer Ru-
disten fuhrenden Kreidefo~.mation im sud6stlichen
Borneo. Samrnl. Geol. Reichsmus. Leiden, 1 Ser..
4, 1884-1889, 1 1 7-125.
M A R T I N ,K. ( I 889 b): Die Fauna der Krcideformation
von Martapoera. Samml. Gcol. Reichsmus. Leiden,
1 Ser., 1884--1889, ,l,26~-197.
M A I ~ T I ~K., (1895): Uber tertiire Fossilien \ o n den
Philippinen. Samml. Geol. Reichsm~rs. Leiden, 1,
5, 52--69.
M A R T I N ,K. (1899): Die Fauna der M e l a w i g r ~ ~ p p eeiner
, 123 -1 94. Issued July 1 1, 1944.
tertiaren (eocinen?) Brackuasser-Ablagerung aus den1
lnnern von Borneo. Samml. Geol. Reichsmus. Leiden,
Serie 1. 5, 6, 257-315.
M A I ~ T I NK., ( 1 8 9 7 1903): Reisen i n den Molukken. Geol.
Teil. I 8 9 7 1903.
MARTIN, K. f 191 1 b): Palaeozoische, mesozoische und
kanoroischc Sedimcnte aus dem sudwestlichen Neu-
Guinea. Samml. Geol. Reichsmus. Leiden, Serie I.
9, 1 , 84 107.
MARTIN,K. (1914!I915): Die Fauna dcs Obereociins von
Nanggulan auf Java. Sarnml. Geol. Rcichsmus. Leiden.
N e i ~ cFolge 2, 4,'5, 107 222.
M A R T I NK., (191 6 1917): Die altmiociinc F a u n a des West-
Progogebirges auf Java. Samml. geol. Reichsmus.
Leiden, N.F. IT, 6 & 7, 1916-~1917.
MARTIN, K. (1017): Die Gattung Viccrryu d',-lrchiu.c.
Samml. Reichsmus. Leiden, Neue Folge 11, 7, 1917.
MARTIN,K. (1917/1918): O n the miocene fauna of the
Wcsl-Propo Mountains in Java. Proc. Kon. Akcrd.
v. Wetensch., Amsterdam 20, 6, 1917jl918.
MARTIS, K. (1910): Unsere palacontologische Kenntnis
von Java, mit cinleitenden Bemerkungen uber die
Geologie der Insel. Samml. Reichsmus. Leiden,
Suppl. 1919.
M.\RTIN, K. f 1922): Die Mollusken der Njnlindung-
schichten. Gastropoda (Fortz.). Samml. Reichsmus.
Leiden, neue Folge I. 2, 4, 1922.
MARTIN,K . (1926): Plioceene versteeningen van Cheribon
in Javri. Wetensch. Meded., Dienst Mijnb. Ned.
Indie, No. 4, Batavia 1926.
MARTIN,K . (1928 a): Mollusken aus dern Neogen von
Atjeh i n Sumatra. Wetensch. Meded. Dienst Mijnb.
Ned. Indi%, No. 10, Batavia, 1928.
M A R T I N . K. (1928 b): Eine Nnchlese zu den Neogcn
Mollusken von Java. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 3, 2, 1928.
M A R T I N ,K. (1929): Ein neues Argonauten-Gcschlecht
von Sun~cctra. Leidsche Geol. Meded.. 3, 5. 1929.
MARTIN,K. (I931 ;I): Mollusken clus dem Obereociin von
Nangguian. Wetensch. Meded. Dicnst Mijnb. Ned.
Ind., No. 18, 1931. 1 5 6 .
M A R T I N ,K. (1931 b): W a n n ldste sich das Gebiet des
lndischen Archipels von der Tethys? Leid. Geol.
Meded., 4. 1, 1-8.
MARTIN,K. (I931 c): Mollusken aus dem Obereocdn von
Nanggoelan. Wet. Medcd.. Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Tnd.,
No. 18, 1931.
MARTIK,K . (1932): De ouderdom der sedimenten van
den door dr. J. Cosijn opgenomen antiklinaal in de
Residentie Soerabaja. Verh. Geol. Mijnb. Gen., Geol.
Serie 9, 1932, 149-151.
-- -- -
MARTIN, K . ( i 9 3 3 ) : Eine neue tertiire Molluskenfauna
aus den1 lndischen Arcliipcl. Leidsche Geol. Meded. 6 ,
1, 7-32.
MARTIN,K . (1935): Oligociine Gastropoden von Boeton.
Leidsche Geol. Meded. 7, 2, 11 1-1 18.
M A R T I NK, . (1937): D i e oligocaenen Mollusken von Buton
als Auswurflingc eines Schl~inirnsprudelsbetrachtet.
Leidsche Geol. Meded. 8, 1937, 31 1 3 1 4 .
MASO,M. S. & S;LIITH,W. D. (1 91 3 ) : The relation of seismic
disturbances in the Philippines t o the geological
structure. Philipp. J . of Sci., 8. 4, Sect. A, M;inila
1913.
. ~.
MASO, M. S. (1926): Stcam as immediate cause of the last
eruptions of Trial a n d Bulusan volcanoes. Proc.
IIIrd I'an Pac. Sci. Congr. Tokyo, 1926, Vol. I,
761-767.
M A Y R ,E. (1944 a): Wallace's line in the light of rcccnt
zoogeographic studies. Quarterly Kcview of Biology
19. 1-14, 1944. Reprinted in Science a n d Scientists
in the Neth. Indies, New York, 1944. 241-250.
M A Y R ,E. (I944 b): Notes o n the zoography of Tirnor a n d
Sumba. Bull. A m . Museum of Nat. Hist. 83, art. 2,
MENTEN,J . H. (1877): Vcrslag van eel1 onderroek naar
tinerts o p het eiland Singkep. Jiral.b. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.,
1877, 11.
MILAAN,P. W. V A N (1942): B e s c h o ~ ~ w i n g eover
n het 17e
eeuwsche Mataramse wegennet. Soc. Geogr. Meded.
1942, 4. 205-239.
MILCH, 1 . (1899): Ueber Ciesteine von der Battak-Hoch-
f i c h e (Central Sumatra). Zeitschr. Deutsch-Geol.
Ges. 1899.
MOFRM~\N C., (1916): Verslag van e r n geol. rnijnbouwk.
verkenningstocht in een gedeelte der Residenties
Benkoelen en Palembang. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind.,
1915, Verh. I, Batavia 1916.
MOHLER, W. A. ( 1946 a ) : Sigtnoilinn personata n.sp.,
eine Lcitform uus dem Eociin von Sudost Borneo
~ l n dJava. Ecl. Geol. Hrlv. 39, 2. 298-300.
MOHLLR,W . A. (1946 b): Uber das V o r k o m ~ n e n von
Trocl~ulirraP A A L Z ~ W in der Unterkreide von West
Borneo. Ecl. Geol. Helv. 39, 2, 300 302.
MOHLER,W. A. (I946 c): Lepidoc.r.clinu o r i c i f i r u n.sp.
aus den? Burdignlien von Ost-Borneo. Eel. Geol.
Helv. 39, 2, 302--309.
MOHLER,W. A . (1946 d ) : Z u r Strntigraphie dcr siugetier-
fuhrenden Schichten von Java. Experientia, 2, 287-
292. 1946.
MOHR. E. C. .I. (1919): Sedimenten vcin de Java Zee.
Hand. Ic Ned. Ind. N a t ~ ~ ~ l rCongr.,
w. Batclvia 1919.
219 223.
MOHR, E. C. J . (1922): D e grond van .lava e n Sumatra.
Anlsterdam. 1922, 220 pages.
MOHR,E. C . J . (I933/1938): D e bodem der tropen in het
algemeen e n die van Nederlandsch lndie in het bij-
zonder. Medcd. X X X l Kon. Ver. Kol. Inst. Afd.
H;~ndelsmuse~lm N o . 12 (sis parts).
MOHR, E. C . J . (1938 a): Climate a n d soil in the Nether-
lands Indies. Bull. of the Colonial Inst. of Amsterdam
I : 241-251 (1938). Reprinted in Science a n d Scien-
tists in the Neth. Indies, New York, 1945, 250-254.
MOHR, E. C . .I. (I938 b): The relation between soil ant1
polulation density in the Netherlands Indies. Comptes
R. du Congr. Int. de Geogr. Amsterdam, 1939,
Vol. 11, Sect. lllc, 478-493 (Reprinted in Science
a n d Scientists in the Netherlands Inciies, 1945, 254-262.
MOHR, E. C. J . (1948): Soil Science. Rep. Scient. work
done in the Neth. o n behalf o f the Dutch overseas
terr. (1918-1943) publ. by ass. o f scient. org. in the
Netherlands, pp. 237-215. North Holl. Publ. Cy.,
Amsterdam 1948.
MOLENGRAAFF, G . A. F. (1900): Gcologisehe verkennings-
tochten in Centraal Borneo. Amsterdam, 1900.
 LITERATURE
-- --- .--
M O L I : \ I C ~ K A ,t \i ~. FA, . F. (1902): Ucber dic Gcologie dcr MUSPER.I<. \ . F. K . I
Umgegcntl von Sumalata, auf Nord Cclebes und
ubcr die dorr vorkoinmcn~iengoldfiihrenden Erz-
giinge. Z . I: pr:tkt. Gcol. 1902, 239 257.
M O L L Y G R A AG~ .F .A. F. (IOl2): O n recent c r u s ~ a lmove-
mcnts o n the Island of Tilnor and their bearing o n the
geological history of the E j s t Indian Archipelago. Proc.
Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch.. A m s t e r d ~ m ,June 28, 1912.
?V~~LENC~R G .. ~ ~A.F FF., (19i 3 a): Folded Mountdin
Chains, Overthrust Sheets : ~ n dBlock-faulted Mount-
ains in the East Indian Archipelago. X l l t h Int. Geol.
Congr. Toronto 19 13, 689-702.
MULENGRAAFF, G. A. F. (1913 b ) : Dekbladenbouw in den
Timor Archipel. Versl. Geol. Sectie Geol. Mijnb.
Gen. Vol. I, The Hague 1913; 140-141.
MOLENCIRAAFF, G . A . F. ( 101 3 c): Overschuivingen e n
oversci~uivingsbladcn o p de eilanden Timor e n Leti.
Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardr. Gen. 30, 1913. 273~-274. MUSPELI,K. A . F . R. (1934 b): Nieuwe fossielresten e n ~ 1 e
MOLENGRAAFF, G . 4. F;. (1914): D c Fatocs van Timor.
Versl. Cieoi. Sectie tieol. Mijnb. (;en. I, 1914.
MOLENGRAAFI'. G. A. F. (1915): Geogrsfischc en geo-
logischc bcschrijving van het eiland LeLti. Joarb. Mijnw.
Ned. Ind. 43, 1914, Verh. I, 1 87, T h e Hague 1915.
M ~ L ~ K G R A AGF. F.A. , F. (1917): De Tinlor Expeditie en
hare paleontologische resultatcn. Hand. XVlde Nat.
& Geneesk. Congr. 1917, 245S256.
MOLENGRAAFF, G . A . F. (191 8): De vulkaan Woerlali o p
Dammer. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 1916, Verh. I,
3-10, The Haguc 1018.
MOLENGRAAFF, G . .4.F. & WEBER,M. (1919): Het verband
iusschen den plistoceenen ijhrijd e n het ontstaan der
Soenda-Zee e n de invloed daarvan o p de verspreiding
der horaalriffen cn o p de land- e n zoetwater fauna.
Versl. gew. verg. Wis- e n S a t . Afd. Kon. Akad. v.
Wctensch., Amsterdam, 29 Nov. 1919, 28, 497-544.
MOLENGRAAFF. G . A. F. (1920): M~tng;tunknollcnin meso-
roische dicpzee-afzettingen van Nedcrl. Timor. Vcrsl.
Kon. Akarl. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam, 29. 1920,
688-689.
M ~ L E N G R A AGF.F A , . F. (19221: De Cicologie dcr zcccn
van Ned. 0. Indi?. In "De Zceiin can Ned. 0. Indii'",
edited by Kon. Ncd. Aardr. Gun.. 1972 (translated in
Proc. IVrh Pac. Sci. Congr. 1 9 3 , Vol. 2, pp. 55 99).
MOLENGRAAFF, G . A. F. (1029 a ) : The coral reefs in the
East Indian Archipelago, their distribution and mode
of development. Proc. IVth Pan Pac. Sci. C., Java
1929, Vol. I I A, 55-89. Translation o f $ VI of: ,,De
zeeen van Nederl:indsc!l IndiP", 1922.
MOLEYGRAAFF, G . A. F. (1929 h ) : T h e recent sediments
in the seas o f the East-Indian Archipelago, with a
short discussion o n the condilion of those seas in
former geological periods. Proc. lVth Pan Pac. Sci.
C. .lava 1929. Vol. I 1 B, 9 8 9 1008 & 1010-1021.
MOORE( 1948): Strstigraphicctl P:~lcontology. Bull. Geol.
Soc. Am. 59, 301 326.
Movrus. H. L. (1944): Early man and Pleistocene strati-
grclp!ly in Southern and Eastern Asia. Paper of the
f'e~ibody Museum o f Amer. .Archeol. and Ethnol.
Harv. Univ. Vol. 19, No. 3, Cambridge U.S.A., 1944.
M U H L H O ~ EF. K , (1938): Steinwerk7euge aus den1 Muschel-
hugel von Bind,jai-Tami~ing.Wiener Priihist. Zcitschr.
25. 1938.
M~JLLER J. , (1895): Nota betreffendc de verplaatsing van
eenige triangulatie-pilare11 in de residentie Tapanoeli,
t.g.v. de aardbeving van i7 Mei 1892. Natuur. Tijdschr.
v. Ned. Ind., 54, 1895. 299 307.
M U S P E R ,K. A. F. R . (I928 a ) : Indragiri e n Pclalawan.
(L1itkomsten van het niijnbouwk~rndig-geologisch
onderzoek in de jaren 1922 -1 926). Jaarb. Mijnw.
1927, Vcrh. I. 1-247, Batavi;~1928.
MUSPER,K. A. F. R. (1928 b): Over den ouderdom der
intrusie-gesteenten van Florcs. De Mijningenieur, 9,
163- 165, Bandung 1928.
-
; I ) : Cicologi~chcwaarnenlingcn
in de P : r d , ~ ~ ~ g i c hE3oicnlnndr.n
s 11. Het Si Karikir
tieberyle. \ l ~ j n ~ n g c n ! ~ i1~0 !. - 1. 1 7 118.
MUSPER,li. A . F. R . I 1 0 2 ~ )b ~ Geologie : und Bcrgbau in
Niederliindiscl~ !lii?~en. "Uer Grologc", No. 46,
1338-1340, L c ~ p r 192.). ;~
MUSPER,K. A . F. R. I lil.701: Bsh~iopt \crslrig o \ c r uit-
komsten van nleu\\s gcolog~.;chs ~~ncierzochingcnin
d e Padangschc Bo\ eni.ril~len. .I,i.trb. tl!.~iii\. 192'1,
Verh., 265-33 1, Batat l c l 1930.
MUSPER,K. A. F. R. (1933): T ~ e l ~ i l l l i r i j71j s bl,tci I5
(Praboemoelih). Geol. knart Sur~i.ltl-,t 1 : 200.000.
Dienst Mijnh. Ned. Ind., Bandung 193.:.
MUSPER.K. A . F . R. (I934 a): Een bezock :):In cle grc,t
Soeroeman Besar in het Goema~nebergre( P ; ! I c m b a n ~ ,
Zuid-Sumatra). Tijdschr. Kon. ~ e d e l - I :\r~rdr. . ~ ~ 1 7 .
2d SCI... 51, 4, 511-531.
ouderdom der kalksteenen in het Prctertiair van het
I V , 1 3 4-742. - -
Goemni-echerate. De I n r . in Ned. Ind.. 1. 8. section
MUSPER.K. A . F. R . (1935): Dic fischfuhrende Brcccien-
und Mergclschiefcrabteilung des Tertiiirs der Padangcr
Hochltindc (Mittel Sumatrrl). Vcrh. Geol. Mijnb.
G e n . Ned. 61 Kol. Geol. S e r ~ c .11. h o v . 1935, 145-188.
MUSPER.K. A. F'. I<. (1936): Einige Bemcrkungcn z u r
fossilcn Fischl;tun:~ von P ; ~ d a n g( S u m , ~ r r ; l )DLI . Inge-
nieur in Ned. Ind., 3,1.wetion lV, 70--74, Batavia 1V36.
MUSPER,K. A. F. R. (I937 a ) : Toelichting hlad 16 (Lallat).
Geol. kaarl Sumatra, 1 : 200,000, Dienst Mijnb.
Ned. Indii;.
MUSPER,K. A. F. R. (1037 b): DLISErdol und seine Vcr-
wandten in den Philippinen. D e Ing. in Ned. Ind.
4, 8, Sect. IV, 131-157.
MUSPCR, K. A . F. R. & N E L J M A NVN A N PADANG, M . (1937):
Ncue ubersicht der tstigen Vulkanc und Solfrttaren-
felder in den P h i l.i .~ ~ i n c nDe . Inc. - in Ned. Ind.., 4.,
5. sect. IV. 67-85.
ML:SPFK,K. A. F. R . ( I 9 3 7 1938): Geologischc und lager-
stiittenkundliche Ncuigkeiten aus dem ostindisci~en
Archipel i l IV). Z.dtsch. Geol. Gcs. 89, 361 3 6 3 and
659-661 (1937); 90, 287-290 and 662-667 (1938).
MUSPER,K. A. F. R . (I938 a ) : Over het voorkornen van
Hcl/ysitc..r Wrrllic/zi REED o p Nieuw Guinea. Ing. in
Ned. Ind., section IV, 5, 156-157.
MUSPER,K. A. F. R. (1938 b): Fundorte und stratigra-
phisches Lager neuer Aufsammlungen tertiircr
Landptlanzen - besonders Kieselholzreste auf Su-
matra und Java. D e Ing. in Ned. Ind., 5, sect. IV,
193s. 12, 1 6 9 1 8 1 .
MUSPER,K. A. F. R. (1938 c): Z u r Luge des Vulkans
Calayo auf Mindanao (Philippinen). D e Ingenieur
in Ned. Ind., 5, 12, Sect. IV, 169-181, Batavia 1938.
MUSPER, K. A . F . R. (1939 a ) : Nochm:lls der "Vulkan
Calayo" a u f Mindanao. De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 6, 4,
sect. IV, 42-43.
~ I U S I ' E KK. , A. F. R. ( I 9 3 9 b): Kritische Bctrachtungen
iiber Hcrkunft ~ l n d genaueres Alter der aus dcm
T c r t i i r Nicderliindisch Indiens beschriebenen Holzer.
Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., 99, 1, 1L21.
MYERS,EARL H. (1945): Recent studies of sediments in
the Java Sea and their signific~lnce in relation to
stratigraphic and petroleum geology. Science : ~ n d
scientists in the Netherlr~nds Indies, edited by Honiy
and Verdoorn, New York, 265-269.
NATLAND,M. L. (1933): T h e temperature- and depth-
distribution of some recent a n d fossil IForanii~i~ie~~,t
in the Southern Californian region. Bull. Scripps In.:
Ocean, California, Tech. Ser., 3, 10, 225 230.

STILLE.H. (1919): Alte und junge Saumtiefen. Nachr.
Kon. Ges. d. Wiss. GBttingen, f. 1919. 337-372.
STILLE,H. (1920): Die angebliche junge Vorwirtsbewegung
im Timor-Cerambogcn. Nachr. Kon. Ges. d. Wiss.
Gottingen f. 1920, 174-150.
STILLF, H. ( 1 924): Grundfragen der vcrgleiclicnden
Tektonik. Borntraeger, Berlin. 1924, pp. 443.
STILLE,k1. (1935): Der derzeitige tektonischc Erdzust;lnd.
Sitzungsber. Preuss. Ak. d. Wiss. Phys. Math. KI.
1935, 13, 4, 179-219.
STILLE,H. (1940): Zur F r w c der Hcrk~lnftder Magmcn
Abh. Preuss. Akad. ~ i s s . ,1939, Math. ~ a t u r i i , .KI.
19. 1 - 31 (1940).
STILLE,H. (1943): Malaiischer Archipel ~ l n dAlpen. Abh.
Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1943, Math. Naturi?.. KI. I .
16 pages.
STILLE,H. (19.14 3): Geotektonischc Gliederung dcr Erd-
geschichte. Abh. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Math. Naturw.
K1. No. 3, presented in 1942, published Berlin 1944.
STII.LE,H. (1944 b): Geotektonische Probleme des pazifi-
schen Erdmunies. Abh. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1944,
Math.-naturw. KI.. No. I I, presented in 1943, p ~ ~ b l .
Dee. 1944.
STILLE.H. (1948 a ) : Dic tcktonischc Entwicklung der
hinterindischen Festlands- und Tnselgebiete. Geotekt.
Forschungen. Heft 718, 34-153. Borntraegcr Berlin,
1945 (Issued in 1948).
STILLF, H. (1938 b): Die tektonische Entwicklung der
neo-australischen Insclwelt. Gcotekt. Forsch. Heft
718, 2 10-260, Born!raeger Berlin. 1945 (Tssucd 1948).
S.I.ILLE,H. (1948 c): Die zirkumpazifischen F ~ l t u n g e nin
Raum und Zcit. Geotekt. Forsch. Hcft 7'8, 261-323,
Borntraeger Berlin, 1945 (Issucd 1948).
STINY,J. (1929): Faltungen und Uberschiebungen (Rut-
schung groszten Maszstabes). Centralbl. f. Min. ctc.
1929, Abt. B, 4, 116125.
S.~OLLEY, E. ( 1 934 a): Ueber mesozoische Beleninitc
fuhrende Schichten von Celebes. Verh. Gcol. Mijnb.
Gen., Gcol. Ser., 10, 1933-1934. 172 -179.
Si-OLLEY, E. (1934 b): Zur Kenntnis dcs Jura und der
Unterltreidc von Misol. I Strntigr. Teil. N. Jahrb.
f. Min. ctc., 71 B, p. 470.
STREMME, H. (1911): Die Siiugetierfauna dcr Pithecan-
thropus-Schicbten. Ccntralbl. f. Min. 1911. 54-60
and 83-89.
STROMERVON REICHENBACH, E. (1931): Die erstcn alt-
tertiircn Saugctier-Reste aus den Sunda Inseln.
Wetensch. Meded., No. 17, 11-14. Dienst Mi.jnb.
Ned. Tnd.
STUTTERHEIM, W. F. (1929): Het oude riik van Pedjeng,
- "
Dee1 I. Ed. Kirtia Liefrinck-van der Tuuk. Sinsaradia.
Bali, 1929 (NO& 1 on p. 22).
S u ~ s s .E. (1886): Das Antlitz der Erde. 1-117. Wien &
Leipzig. 1886, Transl. E. de Margerie, Colin, Paris, 1921.
SZFMIAN, J. (192911930a): Over het proccs der bodem-
vorming ondcr tropisch oerbosch. Alg. Landbouw
weekbl. v. Ned. Tnd. (14). 11, 192911930. 5-6.
SZEMIAN, J. (1 929; 1930 b): Beginselen en werkwijze der
agrogeologische opnnme van Sumatra. Alg. Land-
bouw weekbl. v. Ned. [nd. (14). 11, 192911930,
503-509.
SZEMIAN,J. (1930): A~~nteekcningenvan een ugrogeo-
logische vcrkenningsreis door het gebicd der residentie
Palembang. De Bcrgculturcs, 4, Vol. 1, 1930, 79-81
a n d 107-1 10.
SZEMIAN, .I. (1933): Dic systeniatischc Bodenkartierung
von Sumatra. Soil Research, Vol. 111 (1933), No. 4,
202-22 1.
T 4, sect. TV, (3) 35-45, (6) 87-111.
TAMS, E. (1932'1937): Gr~lndziige dcr physikalischen
Verhaltnissc der fe5ten Erde. Geologlc der Erde,
Vol. 1, 1932 and Vol. 11, 1937. Borntracger Berlin.
REFERENCES
--
TANAKADATE, H. (1929): The problem of Caldera in the
Pacific Region. Proc. IVth Pan Pile. Sci. Congr.,
Java 1929, Vol. 11 B. 729~-744.
T A N SIN HOK (1926): Over een jong-tertiairc kalksteen
van het eiland Rotti, etc. Versl. Kon. Akad. Wetensch.,
Amstcrdani, 35, 1926, 771 -781.
TAN SIN HOK (1927 a ) : L?i,sconsrerir/ac, incerrne sc,di.r
Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdcim 30.
1927, p. 41 1.
T A N SIN HOK (1927 b): Over dc s;tnicnstelling en het
ontstaan van krijt- en mergelgcsteenten van dc
Molukken. Jaarb. Mijnw. Ned. Ind. 55, 1926. Verh.
111, 1-165, The Hague 1927.
T \ s SIN HOK (1930 :i): Enkele opmerkingen over de
stratigraphische verspreiding van "Trif~/io/epidincr"
v. D. VLERK.De Mijningenieur, 11, 144--146.
TAN S I N HOK (1930 b): Over "Spirocl~pcrrs" mct opmer-
kingcn over zijn stratigraphische verspreiding. Dc
Mijningenieur, 11, 180-184.
T A N SIN HOK ( 1 9 3 0 ~ ) :Over C i ~ c l o c l j ~ p ~ uvoorloopige
s:
rcsultatcn eener biostratigraphische studic. De Mijn-
ingenieur, 11, 233-242.
TAN SIN HOK (193 1 ): Discoastc~ri(/ar,Coccofirhiitac a n d
Radiolnricr. Leidsch Gcol. Mcded. 5. Feestbundel
K. Martin, 193 1, 92-1 14.
T A US I U HOK (1932): On the genus C ~ ~ c f o c l v p C e ~A~RsP E N -
TER. Part 1. Wetensch. Meded.. 19. Dienst v!d Miinh.,
Bntavia, 1932.
T A N S I N HOK (1934): Ueber mikros~hiireLe~idocyclinen
von Ngampel. Rembang, M. ~ n v a .De ins. in Ncd.
Tnd., 1 . sect. 1V. 203-21 1.
T A N SIN HOK (1935 a): Ueber Lrpidocvclina gi,~anrc?n
K. M A R T I Nvon Sud. Priangan (West Java), Tegal
(Mittel-Java) und Bcnkoelen (Siid Sumatra). De Ing.
in Ned. Ind.. 2. sect. IV, 1-8.
T A N SIN HOK (1935 b): Ziwi neue mikrosphiire Lcpido-
cyclincn von Java. De Ing. in Ned. Tnd., 2, sect. IV,
9-1 8.
T A N SIN HOK (1935 c): Dic peri-embryonalen aquatorial-
kammern bei einigen Orbitoiden. De Ing. in Ned.
Ind., 2. sect. IV, 113-126.
T Z N S I N H O K (1935 d): Over ouderdomsbepalingen o p
grond van radiolaritn van Oost Celebe3. De Ing.
in Ncd. Tnd., 2, 4, sect. IV, 31 33.
T A US I N HOK ( 1936 a): Lcpiclocj~clinciZevltnan.~inov. sp.
einc polylepidine Orbitoidc von Zentral-Borneo,
ncbst Bcmerkungen iiber dic verschiedenen Eintei-
lungswcisen der Lepidocyclinen. Tng. in Ned. Tnd.,
3, 1, Sect. TV, 7-14,
TAN SIN HOK (1936 b): Over verschillende palaeonto-
logische criteria voor de geleding van het Tertiair.
De Tng. in Ncd. Ind.. 3. TV, 173-179.
TAN SIN HOK (1936 c, d and e): Zur Kenntnis der Mio-
gypsiniden. De Tng. in Ned. Tnd. 3, sect. TV, (3)
45-61, (5) 84-98. (7) 109-123.
TANSIN HOK(1 936 f ) : Bemerkungen uber die Cycloclypeen
von Sipoera (Mentawei Tnseln). Geol. & Mijnb.,
1936, 15, 57-58.
T A N SIN HOK (1936 g): Zur Kenntnis der Lcpidocyclinen.
Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Tnd. 94. 4, 235-280.
T A NS I N HOK (1936 h): Beitrag zur Kenntnis dcr Lepido-
cyclinen. Proc. Kon. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amsterdam,
39. 8, 990-999.
T A N S I N HOK (1937a): Notc on Miog.vpsintr Xot6i
HANZAWA.De Ing. in Ned. Ind., 4, secl. IV, 2,
31-2.
T A X S I N HOK (1937 b): Weitcre Untersuchungen uber
die Miogypsiniden 1 and IT. De Ing. in Ned. Ind.,
T A N SIN HOK (1937 c): On the Genus Spiiocf~'pcrrsH.
D O U V I L Lwith
~ n description of the Eocene Spiro-
c!,.pcrrs vo.nzicrrlaris n.sp. from Koetai in East Borneo.
De Tng. in Ncd. Ind., 4, sect. IV, 10, 177-193.

- --- -
Fig.
I20 Geological sketchmap of the Djebus District
(North Bangka) and outline map of
Bangka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (315)
Geological map of the Penjabung Promon-
tery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
The distribution of thc tin-ores on Billiton 319
Tectonic map of the Klappa Kampit tin mine
in Billiton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Bathymet~icalchart of the Thousand Islands 322
lsobaths and course of the pleistocelle river
systems in the western palt of the Java Sea 323
Structural belts in the Sunda area . . . 324
BORNEO
Outline map of Borneo. . . . . . . . .
Simplified geological map o r Borneo. . .
Geological map of Central Borneo . . .
Structural map of Bornco . . . . . . .
Section across the neogene trough near
Engkilili . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section across the western part of the
Ketungau Basin . . . . . . . . . . .
Section across the Kembajan Mts and the
central Mengkijung rlrerl . . . . . . .
Section across the Seberuwang Crctaceous .
Facies distribution of the Paleogene in West
Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section across the Sadong drainage basin in
the Bau-Bugo area . . . . . . . . .
Section across the Kalan drainage area in the
Schwaner Mts. . . . . . . . . . . .
Sections I-V111: Schematical representation
of the geological evolution of West and
Central Borneo . . . . . . . . . . .
Geological sketch111ap of a part of SE-
Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geological map of the Martapura area. . .
Geological detail map of the drainage area
of the Pamali River . . . . . . . . .
Detail map and section of the diamond-
bearing Pamali-pipe . . . . . . . . .
Geological detail map of the Djawa River
Seven schemetical sections illustrating the
pre-tertiary evolution of the Meratus
orogene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geological map of E- and NE-Borneo (three
sheets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bathymetrical chart of the legion around
Muaras Atoll . . . . . . . . . . . .
The northwestern part of British North
Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schematical paleogeographical pictures of
the tertiary and quaternary evolution of
Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geological map of Malaya . . . . . . .
Six schematical sections illustrating the
orogenic evolution of the Annrnbas System
in the Sunda Land. . . . . . . . . .
THE CIRCUM-SUNDA SYSTEMS
(PHILIPPINES)
151 Simplified structural sketch of the Philippine
Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
LIST OF F I-G U R E S --- - -
3<
Page Plate Fig, F ~ c cIJ1.ire
152 Geological sketchmap of Luzon . . . . . 3-0 16
153 Eight schematical sections illustrating the
formation of the Philippine Archipelago 376 I;
THE NORTHERN MOLUCCAS
154 Geological sketchm,ip and section of the
Sula Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
155 Block diagram of Tidore and M a i t a ~ a. . 383
1 156 Two hypothetical sections across the North-
- ern Moluccas . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Perspective sketch of the transition between
the Philippines and the Northern Moluccas 387
CELEBES
The region North of Tinombo in the northern
part of the "Neck" . . . . . . . . .
Schematic section across the "Neck" of
Celebes between Tompe and Toribulu. .
Schcmatic section across the extreme south-
ern end of the "Neck" between Palu Bay
and the Gulf of Tomini . . . . . . .
Geological map of the Togian Islands. . .
Geological sketchmap of thc East arm of
Celebes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Two schematic sections across North Bungku
in the East arm of Celebes. . . . . .
Section across the tertiary Basin of Kolo
Kolo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seven schematical sections illustrating the
evolution of the northern part of the Cele-
bes System . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schematic map illustrating the distribution
of granodioritic and gabbro-peridotitic
rocks in Celebes . . . . . . . . . .
Schematic representation ol' the region near
the median line, North of the Bada Basin
Geological sketchmap of a part of Central
Celebes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The glaucophane-schist facies and the distri-
bution of potash-feldspar, East of the
median zone in Central Celebes. . . .
Granod~oritic intrusion in metamorphic
tertiary rocks of Salo Talimbangan . .
Geological sketchmap of Central Celebes.
Eight schematical sections, illustrating the
orogenic evolution of Cent1 al Celebes. .
The southeastern peninsula along the Latou-
Lake Towuti-Bahumpombini traverse .
Strongly pressed serpentines thrust ovel a
flysch-like sedimentary series (dotted) with
Globigerinidae and remains of larger per-
forate Foraminifera . . . . . . . . .
Section across South Buton . . . . . . .
Bathymetrical chart of the Tukang Besi
Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structural sketch of the Buton Archipelago,
and the Tukang Besi Group . . . . .
Seven schematic sections, illustrating the
evolution of the southern part of the Cele-
bes Orogene. . . . . . . . . . . . .
179 Four schematical sections, illustrating the
tertiary and quaternary evolution of the
southern part of the South arm of Celebes 434
180 Schematic blockdiagram of the Spermonde
Archipelago ............. 436
36
-. pp pppp .-
LIST OF FIGURES
.-
Fig . Page Plare
181 Bathymetrical chart of the region of Tijger
Atoll and Taka Garlarang Atoll . . . 438
182 Structural outlines of Celebes . . . . . . 439
SOUTHERN MOLUCCAS
183 Geological skctchnlap of Ceram . . . . . 442
184 Five sections across West Ceram . . . . 445
185 Five sections across Central Ceram . . . 448
186 Geological sketchmap of Buru . . . . . 452
187 Physiographic sketchmap of the Northern
Banda Basin and adjacent areas . . . . . 454
188 Geological sketchmap of Ambon and the
Uliassers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
189 Geological map of Misool . . . . . . . 459
190 Geological sections of Misool . . . . . . 460
I91 Stratigraphical columns of Misool . . . . 460
192 Ten schematic sections, illustrating the evo-
lution of the northern part of the Banda
arcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
193 Scheme of the combined effect of a negative
geo-undation and meso-undations in the
Banda area . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
194 Five schematical sections illustrating the
orogenic evolution of the eastern part of
the Banda arcs . . . 468
195 Blockdiagrams illustrating slides on the
Api Volcano . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
196 Blockdingram showing an abortive slide on
the northern Cape of Serua . . . . . .
197 Block diagram of Kisar . . . . . . . .
198 Map of Kisar . . . . . . . . . . . . .
471
472
473
199 Six schematical sections illustrating the
evolution of the southern part of the
Banda arcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
200 Sections A-H, illustrating the evolution of
the Banda System . . . . . . . . . . 480 23
201 Gravity anomalies of the profile across the
eastern part of the Banda arcs . . . . 484
THE LESSER SUNDA ISLANDS
202 Section A of Tandjong Illipoi . . . . . . 488
203 Locality B of Tandjong Illipoi . . . . . 488
204 Geological sketchmap of Tandjong Illipoi . 489
205 Left bank of the Sau River . . . . . . . 489
206 Right bank of the Sau River . . . . . . 489
The Batu Tara seen from the East . . .
Geological sketchmap of the Island of Flores
Structural sketch of East Flores . . . . .
Schematic section across East Flores . . .
Longitudinal section of the Lesser Sunda
Islands from Sumbawa to the Weber Deep
Structural sketchmap of the western part of
the Lesser Sunda Islands . . . . . . .
Schematical section across the Sanggar
Peninsula with the Tambora volcano .
Perspective sketch of the western part of the
Lesser Sunda Islands . . . . . . . . .
The volcanic fissure of East Bali . . . .
The location of the parasitic eruption centres
of the Batur . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section across Central Sumba . . . . . .
-
Fig . Page
218 Geological sketchmap of Timor . . . . . 510
219 Section of the hills between Batuputih and
Fatu Kabelah . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
220 Geological sketchmap of the Booi Region 513
221 Section of the Pitaek River . . . . . . . 514
222 Section showing the overthrusting of the
Sonnebait Series over the Kekneno Series 5 15
21 223 ~ ~ ~map lof the~ ~ ~ ~ i l ~. . l .~ ~l
515
224 Six sections across the Mollo Mts . . . . 516
225 Schematic representation of the main struc-
tural units in the Mollo region . . . . 517
226 Suggested section across the Mollo Mts .. 517
227 Ideal section of the superposition of the main
structural units in the middle part of
Netherlands Timor . . . . . . . . . . 519
12 228 Three sections through the Noil Toko
18 fault-trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
229 Geological sketchmap of the Nun Pene . 518
230 Section across the Nun Pene . . . . . . 519
22 231 Transverse fault in young neogene strata in
the Piaboke River . . . . . . . . . . 519
232 Section along the Sebau River . . . . . 520
233 Ideal section across the middle part of
Netherlands Timor . . . . . . . . . . 520
12 1 234 Section of the western slope of the Laisahe
near Wehor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
1 235 Geological sketch of the Hili Manu District 523
236 Geological map of the Aliambata District 524
I
!
1
237 Drilling log of an uncompleted well in the
Aliambata District . . . . . . . . . .
238 Geological map of the Suete District . .
239 Section of the Suete-Iriamo Districts . .
525
526
527
1i 240 Geological detail map of the Pualaca
21 ; District . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
241 Geological detail map of the Cribas District 529
242 Geological sketchmap of Roti . . . . . . 531
243 Geological N-S section across Roti . . . 531
1
I
244 White marls and c o r d limestones of the Tege 533
245 Geological sketchmap of Sawu . . . . . 533
1 246 Geological sketchmap of Raidjua . . . . 533
247 Section across Raidjua . . . . . . . . . 533
248 The Westralia-Timor-E Celebes geosyncline.
according to TEICHERT. . . . . . . . 536
249 Ten schematical sections. illustrating the
geological evolution of the Timor Oro-
I gene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
250 Trendlines of the young mesozoic Timor
Orogene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
251 Schematic ideal section across the present
Timor Orogene . . . . . . . . . . . 541
252 Theoretical possibilities for the formation
of overthrust structures . . . . . . . 543
253 Structure of the Timor Orogene. if it is sup-
posed to have originated by crustal
buckling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
254 Situation to be expected if the overthrusts
of Timor were the result of a buckling-
down of the crust . . . . . . . . . . 544
J A V A A N D MADURA
255 Geological sketchmap and orographic map
of Java . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
 . . . .
LIST OF FIGURES
Fig. Page Plare
256 Map of Java, showing the position of maps
and sections belonging to the subchapter
o n J a v a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
256a Physiographic sketchmap of Java and
Madura. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
257 Section of the Southern Mts, South of the
Raung volcano . . . . . . . . . . . 547
258 Geological sketchmap of the Idjen volcano-
complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
259 Schematic geological map of Malang . . 549
260 Longitudinal section of the Java geanticline
in the eastern s p u ~of the island . . . 550
261 Geological sketchmap of the Semeru
Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 1
262 Section across the Semeru-Tengger Complex 552
263 Geological map of the Lurus-Ringgit-Beser 552
264 Isometric blockdiagrani of the Ringgit-Beser
Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
265 Geological sketchmap of the transitional
area between East- and Central Java . 555
266 Geological map of the Djiwo Hills and the
Southern Mts , , , , , . , , , , . , 555
267 Sections across Djiwo Hills . . . . . . 556
268 Geological sketchmap of the Surakarta area 557
269 Geological sections of the Surakarta area 557
270 Schematical blockdiagram of the Genteng
Graben near Banaran . . . . . . . . 559
271 Development of the volcanic structures of
the transverse row Ungaran-Merapi . . 560
272 Geological map and section of the Merapi
and its western foot . . . . . . . . . 561
273 Differences in the levels of the Progo- River 562
Geological sketchmap of the Merbabu. . 563
Schematical blockdiagram of the Soropati-
Telemojo Complex. . . . . . . . . . 564
Section across the Soropati Complex . . 564
Section of the East flank of the Sangiran
dome near Bapang. . . . . . . . . . 566
Unconformable position of Notopuro cong-
glomerates and breccia o n the Kabuh
Layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (569)
Photo of the crater lake of Sarangan . . . (569)
Section A-B across the Solo Zone between
Gesi and the Lawu Complex . . . . . 569
Schematic tectonogram of the volcano-
tectonic collapse of the Old Lawu volcano
at the end of the Notopuro period . . 569
Facies alterations in the Putjangan Layers
in the Kendeng Zone . . . . . . . . 570
Schematic section across the Ardjuno-
Welirang group . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Two sketches of structural details in the
Kerek Beds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
Scheme of the fncies alterations in the
Young Neogene of the Western Kendeng
Z o n e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Geological section of Trinil. . . . . . . 576
Section across G. Butak -- G . Atasangin . 578
Composite section across the eastern
Kendeng and the Solo Valley near Babad 579
Scctions across the anticlines of Kedungwaru
and Gijangan . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
........-.-........
37
Fig. Page Plate
!
1 290 Sections across the anticlines of Gunung-
bang and Ratji near Bangil. . . . . . 581
25 291 Three sections across the Solo Valley near
Tjepu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
292 Sketchmap of NE Java. . . . . . . . . 588
293 Eight schematical sections illustrating the
1 evolution of East Java . . . . . . . . 589 35
' 294 Isometric diagram of the Muriah . . . . 593
295 Panoramic view of the West-Progo Mts . (608)
296 Geological map of the West-Progo Mts 597
297a Geological sections of the West-Progo Mts 599
/ 297b Geological sections of the West-Progo Mts 600
!! 298 Schematic blockdiagram of the West-Progo
32 dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
299 section the Nanggulan
32
Eocene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
j 300 Geological section of the Lukulo Region
I
I (HARLOFF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602 25
301 Map and tectonogram of the Karangkobar
Region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605 32
' 302 Synorogenetic intrusion of essexitic basalt
33 in the southwestern part of sheet 74
(Ungaran) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
34 303 ~ ~ ~map land sections
~ ~ of ithe ~~ , i ~~ l ~ l k
28 ~ Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
304 Dragfolds in the Upper Penjatan Beds and
in the Bodas B e d s . . . . . . . . . . 609
305 Structural relation of the Simpar upthrusts
with the Pawinihan volcano . . . . . 610
306 Panoramic view of the Karangkobar Rcgion (609)
307 Physiographic sketchmap of the Ungaran
area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 1
I 308 Schematic block diagram of the volcnno-
tectonic structure of the Old Ungaran
I 309 Map of the Ungaran fault system and
1
I northern anticlinorium of Tjandi . . .
I 310 Schematical sections illustrating the struc-
tural evolution of the Ungaran Complex
3 1 1 Schematic representation of the processes
i of sedimentation, volcanism and tecto-
genesis in the Karangkobrrr region . .
3 12 Scven schematical sections illustrating the
structural evolution of Central Java
during the Neogene and the Quaternary
28 313 Geological sketchmap of the Djampangs
1 3 14 Geomorphological sketchmap of the Djam-
~
I
I pang Plateau . . . . . . . . . . . .
315 Simplified geological sketchmap of the
Djampang region . . . . . . . . . .
1 3 16 Schematical sections of the Djampang region
; 3 17 The Bengbreng escarpment seen from the
North . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 18 Geological sketchmap of the quartz-diorite
intrusion of the Tjilaju . . . . . . . .
I I9 Section A-B across the Tjibodas quartz-
diorite intrusion . . . . . . . . . . .
320 Preliminary geological map of the Karang-
nunggal region . . . . . . . . . . .
321 Section across the Karangnunggrrl region
322 Geological section across the Baja Region
28 323 Physiographic sketch of the Bajah Dome
324 Tectonic trendlines of thc Strait Sunda
area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38 -- - - --
LIST OF FI
Fig. Page Plate
325 Three sections across the Sunda Mountain
System in the Strait Sunda area . . . 635
326 Bottom relief of the southwestern part of the
Java Sea and Sunda Straits. . . . . . 636
327 Morphological sketchmap of the Rongga
P l a t e a u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
328 Section of the Tjitarum River in the Batu-
djadjar Plain . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
329 Four schematic sections. illustmting the
successive stages of evolution of the
volcanic complex North of Bandung . 641
330 Schematic stnictural map of the Sunda
Comp!ex, North of Randung . . . . . 642 32
33 1 Sections across the Tambakan anticline . 642
332 Schematic section across West Java . . . 643
333 Geological sketchmap of the Danau Group
in Bantam . . . . . . . . . . . . 647 35
334 Three sections across the Danau Group in
Bantam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
335 Southwestern part of the G. Gedeh intrusion
in the S E corner of sheet 13 (Rangkas-
betung) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
336 G . Gedeh. Intrusive contact between clay
shales and trachytic rock . . . . . . . (648)
337 Microphoto of the contact in fig. 336 . . (648)
338 Section across the Tambakan Beds, SE of
Subang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
339 Geological sketchmap of the Cheribon area
in the eastern part of the Bogor Zone . 652
340 Geological sketchmap of the Tjareme
volcano. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
34 1 Geological map and section of the western
part of the Bentarsari Basin . . . . . 655
342 Geological map of the eastern part of the
Bentarsari Basin . . . . . . . . . . . 656
343 Seven schematical sections across West Java
near Tjiandjur. . . . . . . . . . . . 657 37
SUMATRA
344 Orographic sketchmap of Sumatra. . . . 659
345 Geological sketchmap of Sumatra . . . . 659
346 Tectonic trendlines of the Sunda Land.
South, and Central Sumatra . . . . . 662
347 Section across the Upper Djambi Nappe 664
348 Section across the Triassic of the Lurah
Tambang River . . . . . . . . . . . 665
349 Three sections across the Batu Besi Ridge 666
350 Section across the Gumai Mts . . . . . 667
35 1 Five schematical sections illustrating the
pre-tertiary evolution of the Malay Penin-
sula and Sumatra . . . . . . . . . . 671
352 Geological sketchmap of Mangani. . . . 675
-- -
~
Fig. Page Plate
353 Schematic section of the Paleogene NE of
the Alas Valley . . . . . . . . . . . 676
354 Schematized section across the area between
Lake Tawar and the coast near Lho
Seumawe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
355 Tectonogram of South Sumatra . . . . 678
356 Piracy of the Semangko River after the
Ranau tuff-eruption . . . . . . . . . 679
~
i 357 Isometric block diagram of the volcano-
tectonic Ranau depression . . . . . .
358 Block diagram of the Gedongsurian de-
680
pression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
359 Geological map of the Bukit Mapas and
! Pg Semut area . . . . . . . . . . . 682
360 G l i d ~ n gstructures in the quaternary deposits
of black clays and white tuffs in the
Pilomasin Basin . . . . . . . . . . . 683
361 Section across the Garba Mts . . . . . 683 39
362 Three sections across the N E flank of the
Barisan in Central Sumatra. . . . . . 686 39
363 The Barisan Range of northern Sumatra
with the Batak culmination and the
Semangko rift-zone . . . . . . . . . 687
364 Isomet~icblock diagram of the Toba trough 688
365 Geological sketchmap of the Toba area . 690
366 Three schematic sections across the Batak
tumor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
367 Simplified geological map of South Sumatra 697
368 See fie. 34. opposite t o p. 117 . . . . . 697
369 Section across the Muaraenim anticlinorium
and the Lematang syncline . . . . . . 697 39
370 Section of the Kampung Minjak-
Minjakitam anticline . . . . . . . . . 698
371 Section of the eastern part of the Gumai
anticline along the Musi Valley . . . . 699
372 Section across the Tigapuluh Mts . . . . 700
373 Section across the Limau Mts . . . . . 700
374 Nine schematical and composite sections
38
I illustrating the tertiary and quaternary
evolution o f the Sunda Orogene . . . 703 40
38
ANDAMANS AND NICOBARS
375 Geological sketchmap of the Andamans . 708
39 376 Crater or Caldera of Barren Island . . . (649)
THE CIRCUM-AUSTRALIAN SYSTEM
377 Schematical sections illustrating the tertiary
39 1 and quaternary evolution of New Guinca 718
CHAPTER VI. SUMMARY
378 Geotectonic map of the East Indies and
adjacent areas . . . . . . . . . . . . 725 41
 -
LIST OF TARLES
LIST O F TABLES
Table Page
CHAPTER I. PHYSIOGRAPHY
I. Islands larger than 10,000 sq k m . . . . . .
2. Number of rain-gauges in thc East Indies . .
3. Volcanoes and intermontane plains in the Solo
Zone in East Java . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Volcanoes and intermontane plains in the
eastern spur of Java . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Structural elements of Central Celebes . . .
6. Dimensions of the Lesser Sunda Islands . .
7. Dimensions of the islands in the festoon West
of Sumatra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 11. STRATIGRAPHY
8. Stratigraphy of the Seberuwang Cretaceous .
9. Mesozoic stratigraphy of Misool . . . . . .
10. Agc of the non-metamorphic sedimcntal mem-
bers in the four tectonic units of Timor . .
I I. Distribution of the larger Foraminifera in the
East Indian Tertiary at the proposal of the
Letter-classification in 1927 . . . . . . . .
12. The revised Letter-classification as proposed
in 1931 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13. The Letter-classification according to RUTTEN
and V A N DER VLERKin 1948. . . . . . . .
13a. Correlation of the mammal-bearing deposits
in Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14. Correlation of the European stratigraphy with
the molluscan firunae (by OOSTINGH) and the
vertebrate faunae (by V O N KOENIGSWALD) . .
15. Percentage of recent coral species in the Neo-
gene and Quaternary . . . . . . . . . . .
16. Stratigraphical division of the Tertiary and
Quaternary by means of corals . . . . . .
17. Pleistocene stratigraphy in Java according t o
DE T E R R A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18. Pleistocene stratigraphy of Java according to
Movrus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19. Glacial chronology of the Quaternary in Java
and Sumatra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20. Percentages of fossil diatom species in neogene
formations of Java . . . . . . . . . . . .
21. Percentage of recent molluscan species in
tertiary faunae from Java . . . . . . . . .
22. Classifications of the Tertiary in the East Indies
and their provisional correlation with the
European stratigraphy. . . . . . . . . . .
23. Lower Tertiary of the Bajah Region (West Java)
24. Stratigraphy of the Upper Eocenc of Nanggulan
25. Stratigraphy of the Eocene of the Djiwo Hills
26. Stratigraphical correlation table of the Tcrtiary
and Quaternary of J'lva . . . . . . . . 108/109
27. This number has been cancelled . . . . . .
28. Lower Tertiary stratigraphy of North Sumatra 112
- -- -- - - --- ---
39
Table Page
29. Tertiary stratigraphy of the Gajo-Lands . . 112
30.- Stratigraphy of the Tertiary, South Sumatra 116
31. Stratigraphical scheme of the Tcrtiary and
Quaternary in South Sumatra . . . . . . . 121
32. Tertiary stratigraphy of Indragiri-Pelalawan . 121
33. Thickness of the tertiary strata in Atjeh . . 122
34. Stratigraphy of thc Lower Tertiary in SE-
Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
1 35. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tcrtiary in West
I Pasir (SE-Borneo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
36. Strrrtigraphy of the Lower Tertiary in South
~ Kutai (E-Borneo) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary in North-
130
west Kutai (E-Bornco) . . . . . . . . . . 13 1
38. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary in the
Mangkalihat Peninsula (E-Borneo) . . . . . 132
i 39. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary in Bulungan
! and the Tidung Lands (NE-Borneo) . . . . 132
!
I 40. Stratigraphy of the Tcrtiary of the Upper
Barito area (Central Borneo). . . . . . . . 133
~
I
41. Preliminary correlation table for the Tertiary
I of Southeast and Central Borneo, composed
by MOHLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1381139
42. Stratigraphy of the Upprr Tertiary of the
i Bulungan-Berau Basin. . . . . . . . . . . 141
43. Tentative stratigraphical correlation of the
Philippine Islands. . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
I
44. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary in the South
arm of Celebes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
45. Stratigrriphy of the Lower Tertiary of Misool 153
1 46. Stratigraphy of the Upper Tertiary of Misool IS4
47. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary of Sumba 155
48. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary of Tinior 156
I 49. Generalized stratigraphy of Sumba . . . . . 157
50. Stratigraphy of the Young Neogene and
Quaternary of the Central Basin of Tinior 160
51. Tentative lithological correlation between the
N.P.P.M. and the B.P.M. stratigraphy for Nias 170
52. Correlation of the Nias-stratigraphy with the
Sumatra-stratigraphy . . . . . . . . . . . 17 1
53. Tentative lithological correlation between the
N.P.P.M. and the B.P.M. stratigraphy for
Simalur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17:
54. Tentative correlation of the Tertiary and
Quaternary in the Island-festoon West of
Sumatra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1741175
55. Stratigraphy of the Andaman Islands . . . 177
56. Stratigraphical correlation of the Tertiary in
1 southeastern Borneo and western New Guinea 183
57. Preliminary stratigraphy of the Tertiary and
Quaternary in the Upper Digul Region. . . 184
58. Stratigraphy of the Lower Tertiary in the Port
1 Moresby area (Papua) . . . . . . . . . . . 185
40 -. -~ ~~
L I S T 0I F T A B L E S
Table
59.
CHAPTER 111. VOLCANISM
Total number active volcanoes and solfatara
& fumarole fields in the Indian Archipelago
60. Classifications of glowing clouds (nukes
ardentes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
61. Submarine centres of volcanic activity in the
Indian Archipelago . . . . . . . . . . . .
62. Silica-content of Krakatau eruption-products
63. Periodicity of the Semeru activity . . . . .
64. Periodicity of the Merapi activity . . . . .
65. Relation between the Woro-solfatara tempera-
tures and the eruption of the Merapi in 1942-
1943. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
66. Genetic classification of volcanic forms . . .
67. Analyses of the water of the thermal springs at
Tjiater (West Java) . . . . . . . . . . . .
68. Fissures of the volcanic complex of Halmaheira
69. Scheme of the orogenic evolution of the Banda
Arcs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70. Low-level and high-level basic fronts . . . .
71. Scheme of the derivation of Mediterranean
volcanic rocks from the Pacific suite . . . .
72. Comparison of the average chemical composit-
ion of the Sukadana basalts with the Indo-
China basalts and the Plateau basalts . . .
73. Tentative scheme for the origin of the various
suites of igneous rocks in the Indian Archipelago
CHAPTER 1V. GEOPHYSICS
74. List of casualties and damages caused by the
earthquake of Central Java, July 23, 1943 . 267
75. Divisions of the tectonosphere . . . . . . . 283
76. This number has been cancelled . . ..
. .
77. Shells of the silicate mantle of the earth . . 285
CHAPTER V. GEOLOGICAL EVOLUTION
BORNEO
78. Tabular summary of the geology of Central
Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
79. Composition of the continental part of West-
and Central Borneo (Zone C) .
. . . . . . 335
80. Scheme of the orogenic evolution in Central-
and NW-Borneo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
81. General trendlines of the orogenic development
of West and Central Borneo . . . . . . . 339
82 Chemical analyses of Pamali Breccias. . . . 344
83. Scheme of the orogenic evolution of B o ~ n e oin
the Tertiary and Quaternary . . . .
. . . . 360
MALAYA
84. Provisional lithological subdivision of the
Permo-Carboniferous Formation in N W Pa-
hang (Malaya) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
PHILIPPINES
85. Structural phases in the development of the
Philippine Islands. . . . . . . . . . . . .
NORTHERN MOLUCCAS
86. Tentative correlation of the stratigraphy in
the Philippines and in the Talaud Tslands . .
87. Stratigraphy of the Sula Islands . . . . . .
88. Stratigraphy of the Halmaheira Group . . .
89. Scheme of the stages of evolution in thc three
parts of the Samar Arc . . . . . .
. . . .
--- -
Page Table Page
I CELEBES
90. Tentative stratigraphy of the North arm of
190 Celebes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
91. Evolution of the Gorontalo section. North arm
193 of Celebes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
92. Evolution of the North-Bungku and Bongka
203 area (western part of the East arm of Celebes) 397
205 93. Scheme of the tertiary and quaternary evolution
205 of the northern part of the Celebes Orogene 40 1
207 94. Progressive southward maturing of the Samar
Arc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
95. Structural units of the Central part of the
207 Celebes Orogene . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
213 96. Correlation of the structural units in the north-
ern and central parts of the Celebes Orogene 413
217 97. Mesozoic in Kendari facies in SE-Celebes . 417
221 98. Tentative stratigraphy of the northern part of
the South arm of Celebes (Tae-Toradja Lands) 427
228 99. Correlation of the structural units in the central
246 and southern parts of the Celebes Orogene . 43 1
100. Stages of evolution in the consecutive sections
251 of the Samar Arc. . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 1
101. Stratigraphy of the southern part of the South
arm of Celebes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
254
255
1 102. Geological history of Ceram . . . . 45 1
103. Volcanic islands of the Banda Inner Arc (South
of Banda) .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 1
I LESSER S U N D A ISLANDS
104. Geological evolution of the volcanic inner arc
' of the Timor Orogene. . . . . . . . . . . 498
105. Thickness of the Tambola ash layer, according
t o ZOLLINGER and NEEB. . . . . . . . . . 504
106. Generalized outline of the geological evolution
of Sumba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
107. Tentative stratigraphical cor~elation of the
Lesser Sunda Islands . . . . . . . . . . . 535
I JAVA A N D M A D U R A
108. Correlation scheme of the Kendeng Zone and
the Strait of1Madura Zone. . . . . . . . . 583
1 109. Stratigraphy of the Tertiary in the Tjepu area 586
110. Tentative correlation of the stratigraphy of the
Tertiary and Quaternary in East Java . . . 590
110a. Stratigraphical correlation of the Tertiary and
Quaternary in Central Java . . . . . . . . 595
I lob. Scheme of the development of the West-Progo
volcanoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
11 1. Development of the Bajah Mountains (South
Bantam) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 1
112. Stratigraphy of the Tjimandiri Valley (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
375
113. Stratigraphy of the Tjiandjur-Padalarang Sec-
tion of the Bandung Zone. . . . . . . . . 639
114. Stratigraphy of the central section of the
Bandung Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
379
382
384
1 I 15. Stratigraphy of the Bogor Zone in Central
Bantam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
640
646
116. Stratigraphy of the central and eastern part
388 of the Bogor Zone (West Java) . . . . . . 649
 LIST OF TABLES - - - . ~~-~
-
41
.- ~~ ~~
--p-p- ~ ~ - p ~ ---- ~ -- ~

Table Page Table Page

SUM.ZTRA 122. Tertiary and quaternary cycles of development
of the asthenolith ~ ~ n d e r n e a t hthe Barisan
117. Stratigraphy of the overtrust mass of Djan~bi 664 Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
118. Tectonic belts of the Malaya-, Sumatra-, a n d 123. The evolution of the Anambas System in time
Sunda Orogenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668 and space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
119. Scherne of the pre-tcrtiary evolution of Malaya,
and of Central- and South Sumatra . . . .
120. Volcano-tectonic depressions in South Surn;ltra
121. Oceanwarcl shift of the Ananibas System in thc
669
684 ~i 124. S t r ~ ~ c t ~ belts
NEW GUINEA

~ r a l of the nliddlc part of New

Tcrtiary and the Quaternary . . . . . . . . 703 i Guinea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
 42
... ....
A B D I L L A . Q . A . . . . . . 143. 144
A B E L L A> C A S A R I E C E; ~. . . . . 370
.
ABBOT J . H . . . . . . . . . . 75
ABENDANON. E . C . 78.402. 408. 41 7.
.
426 427
.4cnnthina . . . . . . . . . . 8 1
.4catlthion hrach?;rus ( L ) . . . . 94
.4carrthocladi a . . . . . . . . . 76
.4ceratheriunz hoschi . . . 9 1. 94. 650
Accration of coasts . 21 (Sumatra).
30 (Brantas. .lava). 298 a.f. (Sunda
.
shelf area) 702 ( N E Sumatra)
.4c!itinris sutnatracnsis . . . 77. 661
~ l i n a. . . . . . . . . 185
.-lctir~oc,~
Adalbert Range . . . . . . . 716
ADAM. J . W . H . . 12. 314. 318. 319.
415
ADAMS.G . .1. 144 (note I). 147. 370
ADAMS& PRATT . . . . . . . 370
Adonara (Lesser Sunda Tsl.) . . 52.
493 .494
Aeolian tuffs . . . . . . . . . 196
AERNOUT.W . A . .I. . . . . 3 19 320
Agalhiceras . . . . . . . . . . 475
Agrogeology (Soil science) . . . 13
AHLBURG.J . . . . . . . . . . 390
Ai-Pinang Beds (Simalur) . 172. 175
Airkuning Beds (Djambi Nappe
Sumatra) . . . . . . . . . . 664
AIRY . . . . . . 272. 293. 704. 706
Akimeugah area ( W . New Gui-
nca) . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
AKKERSDIJK. M . E . . . . . . . 31 8
Ak!inoc~~clina rrltic.ostrr!rr
(NUTTALL). . . . . . . . . 136
ALBRECHT.J . C . 13 . . . . . 134. 334
Algae . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Aliambata district (Port Timor) 73 .
524-527
Alino Formation (Meratus Range.
SE-Borneo) . . . . 64. 75. 226. 341
ALLAN. R . S . . . . . . . . . 90
Allied Mining Corporation (Por-
tuguese Timor) . . . . . . . 162
Alor . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 240
Alpaco Series (Philippines) 145. 146
.
AI~leolina 78. 53. 84 85. 104. fig . 410.
532. 603. 604
Alveolina bontangetlsis RUTTEN . 32 1
Alveolina boscii D E ~ R A N C.: 85 . 137
Alveolinella . . . . . . . 84. 87. 501
Alveolin(ellja hontangensis RUTT. 8 I .
84. 85. 180. 433. 629
AIveolinella (Flo.c.crtli~iella)globu-
Iosa M A R T. . . . . . . . 180. 598.
603. 629
Alveolinella q u o ~ l i (D'ORRIGNY)
fig . 41a. t a b. 4 1 . 168. 178. 179. 180.
181. 554 (note 2) 593 .
Alveolinellidae 84. 86. 1 35. fig . 4 1.1.
137. 140. 156
Alveolinidae . . . . . . . 183. 501
ALVIR. A . D . . 34 (note I). 142.
143. 144. 147. 227. 370. 371. 373
INDEX
INDEX
Amarasso Beds (Timor Permian) 74
Ambalau (Amblau; near B U ~ L 453 I)
Amboina (Ambon) G r o u p . . . 444
455 a.f.
. .4rca
Amfoan rcgion (Timer)- . . 73. 156
Ambonites . . . . . . . . 457. 488
Atnmobac~tlites calcareus BRADY 89
A m b o n Undation (Zonc) 477-478.
482.484. 488. 498. 499. 500
Atnmodiscus . . . . . . . 164. 182
Ammodiscus incertus (D'ORBIGNY) 89
An7monites . . . . . . . . . . 77
Ammonites ex gr . Ceratites . . . 419
Atninonites ex gr . Clioni1e.s . . . 419
An7nlonites lingula!us . . . . . 76
Amonotis . . . . . . . . . . . 72
AMPFERER.0. . . . . . . 287. 669
At7iphistegina 78. 149. 168. 169. 391.
.
467 474
Atnphisteginrr lessonii D'ORBIGNY89.
168
Amplexus covalloides . . . . . 533
Ampullina boettgeri M A R T. . . . I05
Ampullinopsis . . . . . . . . . 142
. Amusirrm hrrlshofi ( M A R T I N ) . . 646
Anambas & Tambelan Islands . 17.
225. 303
Anambas System (southwest-
ward evolution) 668..672. 703 7 0 7
. Anambas Zone (Sunda Land) 364.
662 . 702
Ancilla gerthi OOSTINGH. . . . 646
Ancilla paelel; BOETTGER . . . . 105
Ancilla renihangensis M A R T. . . 81
Arlcilla .rorl.poer1si.c . . . . . . . 105
Andaman Basin . . . . . 54. 709
Andamans 8: Nicobars 53. 177. 231.
.
707-709 728
ANDERSEN. . . . . . . . . . 300
ANDERSON CHARLESA . . . . . 191
Andjasmoro Volcano (.lava) . . 570
ANDRFWS.C H. W . A. . . . . . 187
"Annulatrrs" complex . . . . . 657
Anomalina . . . . . . . . . . 182
Anomalina ammonoides (REUSY)16 1
Anomia . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1
ANSEL,E . A. . . . . . . . 288. 293
Antamok volcanism (Philippines) 227
Antatai Basin (South Sumatra) 679
.4ntelopc moa'jokertensis . . . . 92
.Antelope saatensis . . . . . . . 92
.-lntlrozo a . . . . . . . . . . . 446
.-lritlrracotherirrm . . . . . . . 126
Anti-root (simatic) . . . . 288. 483
Apar-Laut syncline (SE Borneo) 130
Ape-Man . . . . . . . . 91, 108
Api Volcano of Sangeang (see
Sangeang) .
137
. .
Api Volcano North of Wetar
(see Gunung Api) .
Apoli'metes grimesi e l o r i g a l ~
(HAANSTRA & SPIKER). . . . 646
Aptyches . . . . . . . . . . . 64
.
Aquitanian 86, 88 1 14, 121. 125. fig .
.
41a & b, 137, 138, 146 657. 704
Arca . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
.-lrca nntiquata L I N N. . 161 (notc I)
.4rca l/ul.~hqfiMART. . . . . . 81
.4rca
ttranengten~ana. . . . . . 582
tirolen~raqffi MART. . . . 105
ARCHBOLDExpedition . . . . . 58
.
ARCHBOLDRAIZD.BRASS . . . 58
Ardjnwinangun syncline (Java) 575
Ardjuno Volcano (Java) . . . . 570
Area . . 1 (larger phys . units), 32
(larger Philippine Isl.). 51 (Lesser
Sunda Tsl.), 54 (Isl . W of Sumatra)
ARGAND,E . . . . . . . . 336. 370
Argobuccinritn . . . . . . . . . 81
Argonauts . . . . . . . . . . 102
Arieliceras s p . . . . . . . . . 71
Arietite.~. . . . . . . . . 4 19. 475
Arniocera.~cf . setiiilaeve . . . . 66
Aru Islands . . . . . . . 59, 721
Aru Basin . . . . 467-468. 469, 721
Asahan River (North Sumatra) 689
Asanoina .plohosa ( Y. 8: A. ) . 162
Assilina 78. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 103.
104. 105, 1 1 1 . 127. 128. 132. 135,
136. 148. 149, 155. 156 (tab . 48) .
.
165 (note 2) 177. 185. 327. 390.
.
391, 408, 427, 473, 509 603, 618
A.~silinagronulo.ra D'ARTHIATI OR. I77
A.s.rilitio granulo.rm D'ARTH.. 1171.-
t n e r i ~ iD'ARCH. & HAIMEvar .
"major" . . . . . . . . . . 136
A.r.rilina granrilo.~aD'ARCH. - ley-
tneriei D'ARCH. & H A I M Evar .
"niinor" . . . . . . . . . . 136
A.rsilirm spira (D'ROISSY). . . . 106
.-ls!rrt~ocorrites . . . . . . . . 533
. .
.-lsteroc!~clir2n 136. 148. 153 156 185,
420
Asteroc~~cliria ctellatn (D'ARCHIAC)136
Asthenolith . . . . . . . . 282 n.f.
Astracotnorpha cor!firca W I N K..I 443
Aslrarea cf . colrinic~llataO P P E N H . 66,
78, 427
Alhyrides limestones . . . . . . 69
Atjeh (Atchin) (see also North
Sumatra) 21, fig . 14 (phys . struct.),
1 12. 122 (strat.), 126, 694
Atlantic igneous rocks (see
Origin of . . . . . ).
Atopodonta . . . . . . . . . . 144
Aucella . . . 66. 69, 70. 71, 74, 453
Aucella s p . . . . . . . . . 71, 537
Artcella malayo-maorica KRUMB . 65,
41 9, 450
Australasiatic Archipelago (name) 1
Austral-Asiatic Mediterranean
(name) . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Australian continent (rim o f ) . 58
Australian Mountain System . . 730
Arcstrotrillina (Trillina howchini) 87
Auwewa Series . . . . . . . . 77
Avicula s p . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Avicrtlidae . . . . . . . . . . 443
Axinea Beds (Nanggulan) . . . 105
Axinaea drlnh-eri BOETTG. . . . 105
Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Axis cf . l ~ d e k k e r.i . . . . . . 566

Bann (Banda arcs) . . . . . . 465
BAARTMANS. J . A . . . . . 17. 300
Babar (Banda arcs) . . . . 474. 485
Bab~lonia (Dipsacus) . . . . . 8 1
Bsckdeep Banda System 463. 464
469. 470. 478
Backdecp Borneo System . 359. 360
Backdeep Java-Sumatra section 53
Rackdeep Nicobars & Andamans 54
Backdeep Timor orogenc . . . 541
BACKER.C . A . . . . . . . . 6. 1 1
.
BACKLUNDH . G . 232. 234. 235. 236.
242. 3 1 1. 442
Bnculo.q.~.psinct . . . . . . . . . 167
.
RADINGSH . 11. . 60. 78. 106. I 12.
113. 127. 132. 133. 149. 153. 707
Badui Bcds . . . . . . . . . 629
BAGGEI.AAR. H . . . . . . . . . 153
Bagor Layers (Java) 552. fig . 263 on
pl . 32
Baguio district (Luzon) 217 (genesis
orc deposits)
BAILEYWILLIS 34-38. 145. 258. 368 . Batak culmination o r Tumor . 23,
370. 441
Bajah Layers (Bantam) . . 104. 628
Bajah Region of Bantam . . . 104
Bajah Mts . (Bantam. Wcst Java) 628.
630
BAKER.G . . . . . 188.204.214. 710
BAKY.L . A . J . . . . . . . 83. I53
Balnntrs . . . . . . . 573. 575. 621
Ralanus-limestone . 565. 568. 578. 590
Balntatria kochi Vlru . DE R . . . 446
Rali (Lesser Sunda Isl.) 52. 505~-506
Bali Sea . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Baliem River . . . . . . . . . 58
Balikpapan Beds (Borneo) 134. 139.
140
BALL . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
Baluran Volcano ( J a v a ) . . . . 552
Banda arcs 48 (phys.). fig . 20 153. . Baturagung Range (Java) . 554. 558
.
227 228 ischemc of evolution). 441
~ 1 . f .igeol.). 461 a.f. (evolution north-
ern part). 468 a.f. (evolution eastern
part). 476 a.f. (evolution southern
.
part) 479 a.f. (evolution wholc
.
system) 728 (section of Sunda
Mountain System)
Banda inner arc . . . . . 48. 153
Banda outer arc . . . . . 49. 153
Bandune Zone . . 27 . 627. 637. 639
Bangil anticline (Java) . . . . . 571
Bangka . . . . . 17. 225. 237. 315
Bangkaru iBan.iak Isl.) . . . . 171
Banisilan Formation (Philippines) 146.
147
Banjak Beds (Java) . . 572. 573. 606
Banink Islands . . . . . . . . 171
Bnniak volcanoes . . . . . . . 565
anl lam 27 (phys.), Hogor zone in
. . . .) 645
Bantamian . . . . . . . . . . 82
Bantam tuffs . . . . . . . . . 646
Bapang section (Sangiran. E a t
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 566
BARDI . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
BAREN.F. A . V A N 12. 250. 252. 594
Barisan Range (Sumatra) . . 21 3.f.
(physiogr.), 500 (scheme). 673 (intra-
INDEX
.. -- -.
. -. .
.
.
miocene orogenesis), 677 (plio-
pleistocene orogenesis) 684, 687, 694
Barito area (Borneo) 20, 129, 133,
138, 140
B.ARREL. . . . . . . . . 276, 277
BARTH,T . F . W . . . . . . . . 243
BARTH& OFTEDAHL. . . . . 247
Barup11 tuffs ( S W part Central
Celebes) . . . . . . 203,428. 430
Barus (West coast Sumatra) . . 21
Baruyen Formation (Philippines) 146,
372
Basal conglomerates (Philippines) 144.
116
Basal conglomerate Zone (North
coast West New Guinea) . . 178
Basal Layers (Palcogene North
Sumatra) . . . 112 (tables 28, 29)
Basal Sandstone Scries . . 169-176
Basalt effusions (post-orogenic) 252-
254
Basic fronts . . . . . . . 234. 246
Baslco Beds (Timor Permian) . 74
BASTIAN. . . . . . . . . . . I Ben(g)kunat batholith (South
fig . 15. 687 . 695
Batnk Lands (North Sumatra) . 676
Batam (Riouw-Lingg;~ Arch.) . 307
Ratan Formation (Philippines) 142,
.
143. 144 146
Batavia (plain of) . . . . . 27. 654
B A . ~ H E&R BOEHM . . . . . . . 5 10
Bathymetrical chart 15. fig. 78 o n
pl . 8. 32. 48 (note 2)
Bathjsiphun . . . . . . . . . 164
Batui Nappe (East a r m Celebcs) 395
Batu 1sl;lnds . . . . . 164 (strat.)
Batungampor Horizon (Java) 552.
fig . 263 on pl . 32
Batuputih (Timor) . . . . . . 512
Bnturadja limestones (South Su-
matra) . . . . . 116. 118, 121, 122
Baturetno Basin (Java) . . 557. 558
Batur Volcano (Bali) . 196, 210. 215,
505 -506
Batu Tara Range . . . 538 a.f.
Batu T ~ I - : IRidge . . . . . 490-491
Batu Tnra Volcano (Flores Sea) 492-~
493. 538
BAUER. . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Bauxites of Bintan . . . . . . 311
B A U ~ I B E R G E .R .. . . . . 65. 661
Bawean (island of ) . . . 17, 321
--
BEARTH,P . . . . . . . . . . . 242
BEAUFORT. L . F . DE . .
5 60 74. 102.
.
113, 389 511
Bebuluh (transgression and Beds) 134.
.
139 159
BECKER . . . . . . . . . . . 281
BECKERINC;. J . D . H . . . . 491.493
BEETS,C. 4. 79, 80, 83. 102, 134 (note
I ) . 1 1 1 . 142, 144, 419, 421, 447, 554
(note 1)
BEHRMANN, W . . . 8, fig . 8, 9. I8
BEL, J . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Beletntlites 66. 71. 76, 77. 397, 406 . Bochinnite.~. . . . . . . . . . 382
532
8elen1nopsi.c alfr11.ica BOEHM. . 41 9
Belrmnop.ris gernrdi OPP. 69, 382, 41 6,
41 7 (tab . 97), 419
.
BELTZ.E . W . 106, 114 126, 129. 130
131, 134, 149. 186, 710
236. 238. 265. 267. 269. 272. 276.
.
278. 280 281. 289. 290. 293. 295.
296. 299. 308. 310. 336. 363. 364.
370. 430. 441. 478. 504. 563. 564.
565. 572. 573. 593: 596. 604. 605.
.
607 (note I ) . 609 . 610 61 1. fig. 306.
612. 613 . 614. 623. 624. 626. 629.
641. 642. fig. 330. 644 (note I). 648.
652. 653. 659. 660. 661. 662. 668.
671. 679. 680 . 681. 683. 684. 687.
688.695.699.704.709. 730
BEMMELEN. W . V A N . . . . . 6. 504
Bengbreng cscarpment (West
Jxva) . . . . . . . . . . . 622
Benkulen area (South Sumatra) 115.
116. 678
Benkulen Block (South Sumatra) 678.
685
Sumatra) . . . . . . 115. 237-.238
Bentang Bcds (West Java) . 621. 622
Bentarsari Basin (Java) fig. 341 and
342. 654
BENTHEM .
JUTTING W . S . S . V A N 82
Berau area (East Borneo) . . . 141
BERG. C . C . . . . . . . . . . 644
BERGFR.D E N . . . . . . . . . 14
Rcrhala ([sl . in Malacca Str.) . 3 14
BERLACE & BREST V A N KEMPEN267
BERNARD . . . . . . . . . . . 14
BERTRAND. M . . . . . . . . . 723
Beser Beds (Wcsl Java) . . . . 620
BLZEMER. T . J . . . . . 644 (note I )
Biak . . . . . . . . . . . 77. 178
Bibos hutltena . . . . . . . . . 92
Billiton . . . . . 17. 225. 237. 318
. . . . .
BIJLAARDP . P . 269 . 272 . 277. 278.
280 . 281. 441
RILTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Binangoan limestonc (Philippines) 143.
144. 146
Bintau (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) 236 308 .
Biplat~i.~pipic. . . . . 86. 87. 179. 356
Biplanispiru nb.cttrrln UMBGROVE 130.
136. tab . 41
Biplunispirn tnirabilis UMBG. 86. 13 1.
136
Bitauni Beds (Tinior Permian) . 74
Bivergent orogcnic system . . . 723
Black Clays (Java) (see also
Patjangan Beds) . . . . 565. 575
Blrjck Clay (North Sumatra) . 112.
Blitar Subzone (Java) . . . 30. 547
BLOM. JOH . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Blue Clays . . . . . . . . . . 565
BLUHMENTHAL . . . . . . . . 223
Bobaris Mts . (SE-Borneo) . . . 341
Bodas series (basal limestonc
horizon of the) (Central Java) 606
Bodas series (the volcanic facies
of the) (Central Java) . . . . 606
BOEHM(Bohm). G . 69. 102. 105.451.
453.456. 460
BOEHM & PENNECKE . 510. 530. 533
BOETTGFR. . . . . . . . 102. 510
Bogor Zone (West Java) 27. 645. 648
(western part). 650 (central and
eastern part). 654 (eastern end)
BOHRER.K . . . . . . . . . . 710
BOISSEVAIN. H . . . . . . . . . 97
BOK. J . C . . . . . . . . . . . 702
BOLD. W . A . V A N D E N . . . . 715
BOLD.V A N DEN & V A N DER SLUYS304.
307. 310
Bolivina . . . . . . . 163. 164. 182
Bolivit~a roblcsta (BRADY). . . I51
Bolivinita . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Bolivinita quadrilatera (SCHWA-
GER). . . . . . . . 89. 151. 161
Bolivinoides . . . . . . . 77. 78. 449
Bombarai Peninsula . . . 56. 77. 712
(Regional geology)
Bone Mts . (South arm Celebes) 432 a.f.
Bonerate (Flores Sea) . . . . . 437
Bone ridge (South arm Celebes) 729
Bone trough (Celebes) . . . 436. 440
Bongka (see North Bungku and
Bongka area).
Booi Mts or region (Timor) 156. fig.
220 on pl . 513
BOOMGAART.
BOOMGAART
L . 88. 251. 593. 674. 686
& VROMAN. . . . 574
Border Clay o r Shale (North
Sumatra) . . . 122. fig. 35. 123
Borderlands (submerged) . . . 14. 56
( N Melanesia). fig. 1 I on pl . 2. fig.
378 on pl . 41. 725
Borelis 105. 127. 128. 132. 136. 137.
148. 149. 156 (tab . 48). 384 (tab . 88).
420.446.467.473. 474
Borelis (= Alveolina) 86. 87. 136.
. .
137 154 155
. .
~ o r e l i i( ~ h s c u l i n a ). . . . . . 87
Borelis ( = Flosculina. Fasciolites) 103
Borelis amarassiensis HENR. . . 156
(tab . 48)
Borelis (Fasciolites) javana VER-
BEEK . . . 155. 156 (tab . 48). 177
Borelis Iepidula SCHW. 156. tab . 48
Borelis (Alveolina) oblonga D'ORB. 153
Borelis (Fasciolites) oblonga
D'ORB. . . . . 155. 156 (tab . 48)
Borelis ovicula NUTT. . . . . . 153
Borelis pygmea HANZAWA 156 (tab. 48)
Borelis timorensis VERBEEK . . . 156
(tab . 48)
Borelis (Fasciolites) wichtnanni
RUTT. 153. 156 (tab . 48). 177
BORN.A . . . . . . . . . . . 723
Borneo 18 (physiography). 60 a.f.
(Mesozoic). 126 (Tertiary). 225 (ign .
rocks). 326 a.f. (geol.)
Bos sp . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
B o s c ~ .C . A . V A N DEN . . 197. 210
boss^. VAN . . . . . . . . . . 423
BOTH^, A . CH. D . 13. 17. 61. 65. 68.
105. 106. 148. 303. 304. 308. 389.
414. 417. 418. 419. 555. 557
B o d . AMI . . . . . . . . . . 233
Bouganville Mts . . . . . . . 57
BOUMAN.E . F.' . . . . . . 492. 493
Boundaries (of the East Indies) 1 Bungalun area (East Borneo) 13 1. 138.
Boundary Miocene-Pliocene 93. 18 1
Boundary Pliocene-Pleistocene . 93
Boundary Pretertiary-Tertiary . 78
BOWEN.N . L . . . . . 232.234. 281
BOWEN& NIGCLI . . . . . . . 248
BRAAK.C . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 8
BRAAKE. A . L . TER . . . . . . 222
Brachiopoda . . . . . . . 62. 102
Brani conglomerate (Central Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Brantas River . . . . . . . . 30
Breccia Horizons (Lukulo. Cen-
tral Java) . . . . . . . 603. 604
Breccia and Marl Stage (Paleo-
gene Central Sumatra) . . . 113
Brechites venustulus . . . . . . 142
BRENNER FELSACH . . . . . . 689
Bringinan anticline (Java) . . . 568
Bril Reef (Flores Sea) . . . . . 436
British North Borneo . . . 132. 141
BROEK.J . 0. M . . . . . . . . 2. 7
BROGGER . . . . . . . . . . . 28 1
BROILI.F. . . 389. 407. 475. 51 1. 530
BRONGERSMA. L . D . . . . . . . 94
BRONN . . . . . . . . 72 (note 1 )
BROUWER. D . . . . . . . . . 487
BROUWER. H . A . 43. 52. 52. (note I).
53. 60. 61. 65. 73. 78. 72 (note 2).
75. 148. 153. 154. 159. 160. 208. 213.
215. 220. 232. 239. 240. 251. 377.
378. 379. 380. 381. 383. 389-392.
402-408. 411. 414. 415. 417. 418.
426. 427. 430. 433. 435. 441. 449.
450. 453. 456. 457. 465. 475. 476.
485. 486. 490. 495. 500. 501. 510.
513. 519. 520. 530. 531. 532. 636.
663
BROUWER & DE BEAUFORT . . . 433
BROUWER & HETZEL . 427.428. 430
Brown coal Zone (North coast
West New Guinea) . . . . . 178
BROWNE.W . R . . . . . . . . 710
BRUGGEN.G . TER 78. 126. 128. 132.
143. 329. 340. 344. 371
BRUN. A . . . . . . . . . . . 215
.
BRUYNE.D L . DE 73. 102. 160. 161.
162. 511. 519. 520
Bryozoa . . . . . . . . . . 62. 64
Bualemo Peninsula (East arm
Celebes) . . . . . . . . . . 402
Buballrs palaeokerabau . . . . . 94
BUBNOFF.S . VON . . . . . 79. 294
Buccinulum . . . . . . 554 (note 1)
BUCHER. . . . . . . . . . . 336
Blcchia (Aucella) malayomaorica 536
Buchia (Aucella) subspitiensis . 536
B ~ ~ C K I.N .G . . . . . . . 435. 689
Buckling hypothesis of VENING
MEINESZ. . . . . . . . 272 a.f.
Buckling and isostasy . . . . . 544
BUGGE.JENS . . . . . . . 233. 234
Bukit Mapas Complex (South
Sumatra) . . . . . . . . . . 681
Bulimina . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Bulimina aculeata (D'ORBIGNY). 161
Bulimina striata D'ORBIGNY . . 89
Bullalveolina . . . . . . . . . 137
BULLARD.E . C . . . . . . . . 271
. . . . . . . . . . 51 1
B ~ ~ L o wVON
Bulucan Province (Luzon. Phi-
lippines) . . . . . . . . . . 371
Bulungan area (East Borneo) 133. 141
140
Bungku (see North Bungku) .
Bunguran or Natuna major . . 303
Bunju (Island) . . . . . . . . 141
BURCK. . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Burma Orogene . . . . . . . 727
Buru (Island) 50. 72 (Mesozoic). 154
(Paleogene). 450 a.f. (geol.)
Butak Beds (Java) . . . . . . 556
Butak Volcano (Java) . . . . . 570
Buton 42 (Arch.), I48 (Paleogene).
389. 419 a.f. (geol.)
Butonite (glassy dikes. Buton) 422-423
Buton System . . 424-426.441. 729
(Section of Sunda Mountain System)
CADISH . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Cadosina . . . . . . . 443.446. 532
Cadosina .fusca WANNER69. 4 19. 446
Cadosina semiradinta . . . . . 450
Calamites ex gr . leioderma . 62. 327
Calcarina . . . . . . . . 13 1. 169
Calcarina majori CUSHMAN. . 168
Calcispongiae . . . . . . . . . 446
Calderas . . . . . 210 505(Batur).
Camerina 65. 78. 84. 85; 88. 90. 103.
. .
104. 105 106. 111 112. 114. 122.
127. 128. 129. 131. 132. 133. 136.
142. 148. 149. 153. 154. 155. 156.
163. 165 (note 2). 170. 172. 173. 174.
175. 176. 177. 178. 184. 185. 329.
335. 370. 383. 384 (tab . 88). 390.
391. 408. 420. 426. 427. 432 (tab .
101). 433. 449. 467. 473. 474. 509.
532. 533. 567. 603. 604. 618. 619.
637
Camerina atacica LEYM . . . . . 177
Camerina bagelensis VERBEEK. 85.
105. 106. 130. 132. 153. 156 tab . 48.
177. 179. 185
Camerina bonluensis HENR . 156 (tab .
48)
Camerina cf . horelis . . . . . . 148
Camerina crncse-ornata HENZ
(non A s s i l i n ~ ~ ) 1 56. 156 (tab . 48)
Camerina diokdiokartne MART. 85 .
10s. 155. i s 5
Camerina d'orhian1.i (G ALEOTTI)136
Camerina jichtel~' : . . 136. tab . 41
Camerina fickteli MICH. inter-
media D'ARCHIAC85. 90. 103. 104.
.
106. 129. 136. tab . 41 .. 153. 179.. 180..
589; 639' '
Camerina cf . -plobula LEYM . 156 (tab.
48)
Camerina guettardi D'ARCH . . . 156
(tab . 48)
Camerina javana VERB. . . . . 106
Camerina javana var . p VERB. . 85
Canzerina kelatensis CART. 132, 156.
156 (tab . 48)
Camerina nanggulani VERB. . . 105
Camerina nuttalli (Nutt.) D A V. 85. 132
Catnerina pengaronensis VERB .
(=nanggoelani) 85. 106. 156
(tab . 48)
Camerina perforata MONTF . . . 156
Camerina semiglobula DOORNINK136
Canlerina thalica DAVIS . . 85. 132
Camerina ~jariolaria SOW. 132. 156
(tab . 48)
Canierina vredenhurgi . . . 85. 105

Cumerines P e n i n s ~ ~ (SE
l a Luzon) 35
Camerinidcre . . . . . 80. 103. 104
Cnmerininae . . . . . . . 105. 1 12
CAMPBELL SMITH. . . . . . . 187
Canrharrrs eulianlrs (MARTIN). . 646
CARBO~NE WL.. L . . . . . . . 75
C'arciira i~illegondae MART . . . . 105
Carneg~eInstitution of Washing-
ton . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Carolinan Basin . . . . . . . 388
Carstensz G r o u ~. . . . fig . 22 I84 . Circum-Sunda Mountain System 3.
(strat . Tert.)
Cassianellrr . . . . . . . . 65. 407
Ca.~sicirrli/ia. . . . . . . . . . 164
Ca.r.ridulinu subg1obo.c.a BR.ADY 89, 16 1
Catitrrj~siaflora . . . . . . 62, 721
CAUDRI.C'. M . B. 83. 84. 89. 105.
106. 155. 157. 507. 508. 623
Cause of overthrust structures
(Timor orogene) . . . . 542-~545
Celebes Basin . . . . . . . . 353
Celebes Molasse . . . . . . . 150
Celebes Orogene . . . 389 i1.f .. 440
Celebes (Sulawesi) 40 (phys.), 65
(Mesozoic). 147 (Tertiary). 227 (ign.
.
rocks) 245 (ophiolitcs). 389 a.f.
(geol.)
Celebochoerus heekeritzi HOOVER435
Central Basin of Timor 73. tab . 50.
161 (strat.), 520. 521. 522
Central Celebes 43 (phys.), 389. 402
a.f. (geol.)
Central Ceram . . . . . . 445 a.f.
Central Java . . . . . . . 594. 614
Central Mountain Range (New
Guinea) . . . . . . 57. 714. 716
Central Sumatra 21 (note I). 113. 120.
124. 660. 672. 674. 676. 685. 699
Centres of diastrophism of the
Sunda Mountain System . . 725
Cephalopoda . . . . . . . . . 102
Ceram 50 . 72 (Mesozoic). 154 I Paleo-
gene). 442 a.f. (geol.)
Cemm Laut (Banda arcs) . . . 465
Ceratubulinrina pacifica CUSH-
M A N & HARRIS . . . . . 89. 161
Cerithiorr~ . . . . . . . . . . 126
Cerithiurrr songoensc MART . . . 105
Cervrrs eldi . . . . . . . . . . 93
C e r v u . ~hippelaphrrs . . . . . . 92
Cervus (.4.~i.r) Iydekkeri . . . . 92
Cervus palueojuvanicu .s . . . . . 92
Cerv~rsproblematicris . . . . . 92
Cervus srehlini . . . . . . . . 92
Cervu.7 zwaani . . . . . . 92. 575
CHAPMAN. . . . . . . . . . 185
Chelleo-Acheulian hand-axes . . I I I
Chemical analyses igneous rocks
of Indonesia . . . . . . 214-215
Cheribonian . . . . . . . . . 82
CHHIBRER. H . L . 54. 60. 177. 244.
364. note I . 707. 708. 709
Chief fossil Horizon (North Su-
matra) . . . . . . 122. fig . 135
Cliilosromella oolina SCHWAGER 89
"China Giant" ( G i g o r ~ t o - p i t i ~ e c ~ Ir sI 1)
Chinese Districts (West Borneo) 332
CHINNERY. E . W . P . . . . . . 717
CHITANI. . . . . . . . . . . 645
cf . Choerurnoi.ris (Suidac~) . . . 126
Choffafella . . . . . . . . . . 72
Choneres sp. . . . . . . . . . 62
Clionefes strophomenoide.s . . . 475
INDEX
- - ..-- . .
Christmas Island 59 (phys.), 187
(strat.), 23 I (ign . rocks). 720 (region-
al geol.)
Cibicides . . . . . . 90. 91. 163. 164
Cibicides w u e / / c r s r o r f i ( S ~ H ~ ~ G E161
Cinder cones . . . . . . . . . 208
Circum-Australian Mountain
System 3. 16. 55. 59 (Christmas lsl.)
.
710 730
Circum-Sunda Archipelago . 3 1 a.T.
16. 3 1. 368 a.f.
Clactonian stoneflakes . . . . . 1 1 1
Clarhrodict?~oncf . spatiosrir~r
BOEHNKE . . . . . . . . . . 61
Clausrrlus p.i.gmaeus . . . . . . 85
C l ailithes
~ sp. . . . . . . . . 606
Clavus malingpingensis OOSTINGH
646
CLAY.J . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Clerrterrtia . . . . . . . . . . 8 I
Climate . . . . . . . . . . .
C ~ o o s .HANS2. 4. 21 1. 281. 336. 557
(note 2)
CLUSIUS & DICKEL. . . . . . 282
C l y p ~ i t l a. . . . . . . . . . . 72
Coal (moisture content of) . 98. 101
"Coal-measures" (Philippines) 144.
146
Coccolitirinuc . . . . . . . . . 102
Coelocerus sp. . . . . . . . 71. 76
Coek~cerasmoermani K ~ u r.z . . 76
1 C o ~ l o d o n t av o KOENIGSWALD
~ 94
COERT.J . . . . . . . . . . . 321
COLBERT.E . H . . . . . . . . 92. 93
COLLINGS. H . D . . . . . . 363. 691
C o l o s s o c i r e ~ ~atlas
s . . . . . . 92
COLIJN . . . . . . . . 178. 592. 710
Composition volcanic products 21 2
Conca-type of Caldera . . . . 210
CONRAD. VON . . . . . . 259. 284
Continental volcanic facies (Pa-
leogcne Wcst Borneo) 127. fig. 37
Conrrs .sorrdeiat~us MARTIN. 82. 646
Convection currents 260~-262(relation
to deep-focus shocks). 274 a.f. (re-
lation to gravity anomalies)
COOL. HUGO. . . . . . . 222. 223
Copper-shale formation (see Ma-
roro formation).
Corallinacerre . . . . . . . . . 101
Coralliophyllia . . . . . . . . 8 1
Coral-shoals (Philippines) . . . 39
Coral Stratigraphy of the Tertiary
and Quaternary . . . . . . . 95
Corbiculrr . . . . . . . . . . 575
Corbicula Beds . . . . . . . . 565
Corbulu . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Corbula sc~rrtiturtaBOETTG . . . . 105
Corrlaites . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Cornuspira . . . . . . . . . . 443
COSIJN.J . . . . . . . . . 83. 581
COSTER . . . . . . . . . . 9. 1 1
Cox. L . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
Cranrari~rr.~i.~ . . . . . . . . . 82
Crater . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Creep . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
CRESPIN. . . . . . . . . . . 185
Cretaceous 65 (Borneo). 66 (Celebes).
69 (Misool)
Cribas region (Timor) . . . . . 73
Cribrolir~oides crrrta (CUSHMAN)89
Crirroidea . . . . . . . . . . 102
CROOS. . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Crurarrila s i i b ( ~ ~ c k r r . c.~ .. . . . 66
Cryprornastorlon . . . . . . . . 92
Crystalline basement complex
R) (Lukulo, Central Java) . . . 603
Crystalline schists . . . . . 60. 710
Crystal-tuff Horizon (East Bor-
neo) . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Cu1tellrr.s . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Culrellus dilatatus MARTIN. . . 646
Cumulo volcanoes . . . . . . 208
Cunniirgtoniceras holkrerr E R N I . 76
CURRIE. E . D . . . . . . . . . 721
CUSHMAN. J . A . . . . . . . . 90
C~~athophj~llrrtrr d o r r ~ ~ i l l eFRECH
i . 62
C).clamr??ina . . . . . . . 164. 182
CJ1ClOC!,~p~~.F C A R P E N T ~ 78. E R 83. 84.
82, 85. 86. 87. 88. 103. 112. 116. 118.
122. 143. 179. 180. 321. 384. 407.
467. 474. 494. 497. 554. 577 (note 1).
593. 605. 606. 619. 620. 621. 629.
6 639. 649. 650. 654
C.vclocl~vpeus TAN. . . . . . . 88
C ~ ~ c l o c l j ~ p e anri~ilatrrs
u.r . . . 143. 39 1
C j ~ c l o c l y p e ~crrrpenteri
i.~ BRADY. 606.
654
Cycloclyprus cortrrnrmis M A R T I N 143.
391. 556
r i s T A N 87. 141. 554
C j ~ c k ~ c l y p ~eidue
(note I ) . 603. 628
C y c l o c ~ ~ p i ~guembeliatnis
rrs BRADY1 16.
554 (note 2). 606. 654
Cycloc[iye~is indopaci$cu.r . . . 87
Cj~cloclypeusindopacificus var .
rerhaari . . . . . . . . . . 603
Cycloclypeus irrciopacificus vnr .
vandervlerki . . . . . . . . 603
Cjscloclypeusex . gr . inornatus T A N 163.
603
C.scloclypeus ( K a t a c ~ ~ c l c ~ c l ~ p e87. us)
88
C v c l o c l ~ ~ p e u s(Katcrcycloclype~rs)
annularus MART . 8 1 . 1 16. 407. 557.
572. 593. 598. 604. 620. 629. 637.
649
C v c l o c l y p ~ r / skoulhoveni 87. 103. 104
C ~ ~ c l o c l y p e uoppenoorthi
s . 86. 87. 104
Cj.clocl~peusposteidae . . . . . 603
Cycloclypeus post-indopaci/icus
var . tenuitesra TAN. . . . . . 606
Cj~cloc~vperis rericnlutus CAUDRI606 .
654
Cyclolepidinu . . . . . . . . . 621
Cyclops Mts . . . . . . . . . 57
Cyclotellrr meneghiana . . . . . 692
Cylindrires . . . . . . . . 65. 341
Cyprinidae . . . . . . . . . . 114
C.vrena. . . . . . . . . . . . 126
C.vreriu (Barissaj borrreensis
(VERB.) . . . . . . . . 127. 130
C.vr-c~tra ( C a r h u l a ) pengaronensis
. . . . . . . . . 126. 127
BOETTG
C~~stiphyllrirrrsp .
. . . . . . . 62
Dadoxylotl. . . . . . . . . . 664
Dai (Banda arcs) . . . . . 474. 485
DALBURG & PRATT. . . . . . 370
DALY.R . A . 96. 250. 272. 354. 355.
363. 701
Damar Beds (Java) . . . . 573. 606
Damar (Banda arcs) . . . . . 471
Damhilah Islands (near Florcs) 495-
496
DAMMERAIAN. K . W . 93. 11 1 (note 1)
Dana (Lesser Sunda Islands) . . 533
DANA.J . D . . . . . . . . . . 256
Danau Complex (Bantam) . . . 645
Danau Formation . 61. 62 63. 225 . Lesser Sunda Islands . . . . 494
Daonella 69. 70. 71. 72. 304. 419. 474.
475.533
D A R W I N . . . . . . . . . 354. 424
DAVID.Sir T . W . ETHERIDGE
DAVIES.A . M . . . . . . . . . 80
DAVIS.W . M . . . . . . . . . 437
DAY. A . L . . . . . . . . . . 215
Drcapod.~ . . . . . . . . . . . I05
Deep-focus earthquakes . . 259 a.f.
DENINGEK. K. 72. 91. 443. 445. 453
Denitrgeria . . . . . . . . . . 446
Dentalinu . . . . . . . . . . 164
Denudation . . . . 9. fig . 9. 11-12
Devonian . . . . . . . . . . 61
D i a t o m s . . . . . . . . . 98. 692
DICKERSON. R . E . . . 142. 143. 144
Dicoe1ite.r . . . . . . . . . . 382
Dictj.ocen~rs . . . . . . . . . 179
DIECKMANN. W . . . . . . . . 148
D I E C K M A N&N JULIUS. . . . . 414
D I C N E R. . . . . . . . . . . 511
Dirng Volcanoes (Central Java) 214
DIEPERINK. B . E . . . . . . . . 157
DIETRICH.W . 0. . . . . . . . 91
Diewewa Conglomerate . . . . 77
Differentiation (magmatic) . 232 a.f.
Differentiation (metamorphic) . 235
Diffusion (solid-) . . . 234.-236. 242
Diffusion (thermo-) . . . . . . 281
Digul-Fly Depression (New Gui-
nea) . . . . . . . . . . 58. 7 15
Digul (Upper-) . . . . . . . . 184
Dimensions (see area) .
Diploastrae~r helioporrr (LAM.). 426
Disroasteridae . . . . . . . . 102
Discocj~clinrr 78. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87.
103. 104. 105. 106. 127. 128. 129.
131. 132. 133. 136 tab . 41. 143. 148.
149. 153. 154. 155. 156. 165 (note 2)
177. 178. 179. 185. 329. 335. 356
379. 384 (tab . 88). 390. 391. 397
408. 420. 427. 432 (tab . 101). 433.
444. 446. 449. 453. 466. 473. 509.
533. 567. 603. 604. 618
Discocyclina Beds (Nanggulan) . 105
Discocyclina dispan.ro Sow . 105. 106.
132. 148. 156 (tab . 48). 532
Discocyclina djo!ijaknrtar MART
Di.rcoc,~.clir~rr .f i i t s c h i Douv . . . 105
D i ~ c o c , ~ . c l i njnvana
a VERB
. 105 106.
142. 155. 156 (tab. 48). 371. 532
D i ~ c o c j ~ c l i nnroletrgraaffi
a HFNR. 156
(tab . 48)
Discocyclina onrphrrlus (v.
FRITSCH). . . . . . . . 106. 1 30
Discocyclina un~plrrrlrrs( v .
FRITSCH)v.1~. sellifbr.tnis 86. 136.
fig . 40. tab . 41
Discoc.vclina pt~t~gcrronensisVERB
D i s c o c j ~ c l i n a? prcrtti MICH. 11 1. 156
(tab. 48)
D i s c u c j ~ c l i n asowerbjli NUTT. . . 106
Discocyclina umhilicata DEPH. . 177
Discocyclininae . . . . . . . . 105
Dircorbis bodjongensis LE ROY . 167
Distribution active volcanism . 219
Distribution of Atlantic suite fig . 74
on pl . 4
Distribution of earthquakes 258. fig.
78 o n pl . 8
Distribution of gr.lnitcs . . . fig . 73
Distribution of igneous cl:~ns in
Distribution of igneous rocks in
time and space 225 a.f., fig. 73.
74. 75
710. 730 Distribution of edite err an can
suite . . . . . . fig . 75 on p1 . 7
Distribution of ophiolites fig. 74 on
pl . 4
Distribution of Pacific suite
on pl . 7
Djambi Basin (Sunxitra) . . . . 696
Djambi Nappe (Sumatra) . . . 664.
668-670
Djampangs (West Java) . . 28. 616
Djampang section (Southern Mts,
West Java) . . . . . . . . . 616
Djembangan Beds (Central Java) 610
Diembur Layers (Java) 552. fig. 263
-on pl . 32 .
Djetis fauna . . . . 92. 1 1 1. 622
Djiwo Hills (near Klaten. Java) 105.
.
554 555. 559
Djokjokartae Beds (Nanggulan) 105
DJOKOJUWONO (Raden) . 344 (note I)
Djombang Beds . . . 97. 570. 582
Djonggrangan Beds . . . . 81. 597
Djulu Rajeuh Beds (North Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Doangdoangan Reefs (Strait of
Makassar) . . . . . . . . . 436
DOCTERS V A N LEEUWEN. W . M . 6. 11
DOEDERLEIN. L . . . . . . . . . 721
DOEGLAS.D . J . . E1epha.r . . . . . . . . . 92. 301
586
101 102 (note 2).
D o l i o l i ~ ~ a l c ~ p i d .r r . . . . . . . 475
DOLLFUS . . . . . . . 78. 402. 426
Dolokapa Formation (North arm
Celebes) . . . . . . . . . . 390
Dome formation (Mernpi Vol-
. cano) . . . . . . . . . . . 197
. Doole Beds (Buton) . . . . . . 419
. DOORNINK. H . W . V A N . . 103. 105
DOORNINCK.N . H. V A Y . . . 75
DORN. C . L . . . . . . . . 164. 168
D o r o t h i a . . . . . . . . 90 tab . 41 . Enggano . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Dorsanur?r . . . . . . . . . . 80
Dosirlicr . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1
DOUVILLE. H . 4. 83. 105. 142. 143.
. 104 .
155 164. 165. f73. 176. 391. 530
D O L I W EDEKKER S (MULTATULI)
.
Dowo Beds (Djiwo) . . . . . . 108
Dozy. J . J . fig . 22. 57 (note 1). 148.
149. 178. 184. 715
"Drie Gebroeders" (Wonin.
Manggur. Fadoh; Banda arcs) 465
D r i l l i a sultani . . . . . . . . . 105
D R O S T & B E C K E R .I N. G. . . . 689
DRUIF.J . H . 122. 214. 314. 660. 689.
690. 691. 694
. 104 Du~o1s.E . 4.91.106.107.llO. 111
Dusors' collection at Leiden . . 94
Dlrboisia. mandible of . . . . . 566
Dlrboisia kroesenii . . . . . 92. 566
DUFOUR.J . . . . . . . . . . 119
Duizend Islands (Thousand Is-
lands. near Batavia) . . . . . 323
Duration of orogenic cycles
(Banda System) . . . . . . . 483
DURHAM. J . W . 24. 268. 678. 685. 686.
689
DUTERTE.E . . . . . . . . 142. 143
DUYFJES. J . 93. 96. 97. 98. 298. 554
(note I and 2). 566. 570. 571. 573.
576. 577. 578. 579. 580. 581. 582.
584. 586. 588. 618. 621
.
D I J K V A N & VOGELZANG . . . 9
EARLE.W . . . . . . . . . 17. 300
fig. 75 Early Man . . . . . . . 109a.f.
Earthquakes . . . . . . . 257 3.f.
East arm of Celebes 41. 66. 148-152.
389. 394 a.f.
East Asiatic lsland arcs (festoons) 16.
38 (note 1). 726
East Ceram . . . . . . . 449 ~1.f.
East Cordilleras (Zone of) . . . 37
Eastern spur of .lava . . . 3 1 . 546
East Java . . . . . . 554 a.f.. 589
EATON.J . E . . . . . . 678. 680 684 .
Eburna . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Echinoderrriata . . . . . . . . 102
Echinoidc~rr . . . . 102. 105. 142. 721
ECOMAVEKSTEGE. F . . . . 193. 507
EDELMAN. C . H . . . . 13. 102. 586
E m . D . VAN . . . . l l 8 ( n o t e 3)
EGELER. C . G . 61. 389. 391. 393. 405
EHRAT.H . . . . . . . 494.497. 501
EINTHOVEN . . . . . . . . . . 266
EKLUND.0 . . . . . . . . . . 675
ELBER.R . .
163. 164 165. 169. 170.
171. 173
ELBERT.H . . . . . . . 494. 501. 504
Elephrr.~nrrtnadicus ( - Paleoloxo-
~ l o r ll?i.s11drindicus) 92. 93. 566. 607
Eleplrar j.4rrhidiskodon) plani-
./bans . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Elephas sumatrrrnrrs TEMM . 298
. 93. 97
Elicano . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Elphidiunl . . . . . . . . . . 163
Emanations . . . . . . . . . 234
Embaluh Complex (Borneo) . . 128
Embaluh Zone ( Z O I I A ~ of West
Borneo) . . . . . . . . . . 329
Engkilili Graben (West Borneo) 329.
fig. 13 1
Eolrvigerina . . . . . . . . . . 77
.
Epitnachcrirodu.~. . . . . . . 92. 93
2 52 Epistotnin~r elegrrns (D'ORBIGNY) 89.
161
Eponides . 91. 163. 164. 168. 169. 181
Eponides rnar.garitifirrts (BRADY)161
Eponidcs prnecinctlrs (KARKFIC) . 89.
161. 167
Eqrrrr.~ . . . . . . . . . . 93. 651
Era Depression . . . 43. tab . 5
ERDMAN . . . . . . . . . . . I84
ERNI. A. . . . . . . . . . . . 77
ERNST.A . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Erosion (see denudalion) .
Eruption types (Merapi) . . . 199
Eruption rains . . . . . . . . 201
Erytnnoceras . . . . . . . . . 76
Es. L . J . C . V A N 93. 106. 155. 253. 303.
510. 51 1. 565. 594. 636

ESCHER.B . G . 42. 193. 194. 199. 200.
201.210. 269.424. 623. 723
ESENWEIN. P . 213. 220. 251. 319. 320.
334.416.417.494. 495
ESKOLA.P . . . . . . . . . 232. 234
Eulepidintr 85. 86. 87. 88. 104. 1 18.
122. 136. 137 tab . 41. 143. 144. 174.
178. 179. 180. 184. 185. 572. 604.
619. 620. 639
E~rleyidinadilutcrta . . . . 85. 122
Eiilrpidinu cf . fbrmostr SCHLUM-
BERGER . . . . . . . . . . 628
Eulc~pidinupuyuaen.sis . . . . . 85
Eillepidintr sp . 120. 122. 163. 356. 509.
629
Eurameric flor.1 . . . . . . . . 62
Eustacy . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Euthriu jorjnrartrnsi.s . . . . . 105
EVANS& CROMPTON270. 271. 272.
273. 281. 282. 295. 589. 637
EVERDINGEN. E . VAN . . . . . 6 Flo.srillirrellu glohulostl (RUTTEN)86.
EVERWIJN. R . . . . . . . . . 314
Exelissu . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Exhalations (volcanic) . . . . . 215
Explosivity index of volcanism 191.
194
Extinction of volcanism in inner
arc Lesser Sunda Islands 498 -500 . leogene West and Central Bor-
542
Extinct-volcanic inner arcs (scc
also volcanic cycles) 488-490.
49 8-500
Facies 73 (Timor Mesoz.), 78. 79
(Tertiary). 123 (Ter-t. Atjeh) . I37
(Paleogene West Borneo). 133.. 131
(Neogene East Borneo). 142 (h\1
Borneo). 154 (Paleogenc Ceram).
174.. 175 (Islands W of Sumatra).
179 a.f. (Vogelkop New Guinea).
570 (Putjangan). 571-575 (West
Kendeng)
Facies analysis Palembang Basin 1 I9
FAIRBRIDGE. R . W . . . 287. 721. 730
Fusriolites 84. 85. 86. 137. 155. 165
(note 2). 426.427. 509 (tab . 109). 714
Ft~sriolitesn~irhnwrnniRUTTEN85. 148
Fntjet limestones . . . . . . . 69
Fatu . . . . . . . . 74 (note 4). 76
Fatu Complex 73. 74. 515. 520. 522
Fauna (recent) . . . . . . . . 4 5
FAUSTINO. L . A . 34. 39. 142. 143. 145
FAUSTINO & ALVIR . . . . . . 370
F A V ~ J.EDR
E . . . . . . . . . 503
Fuvosites rrtiruluti~s (DE BLV.) 62
Fuvositrs sp . GERTH I927 . . . 62
FEHN. H . . . . . . . . . . 19. 20
FELICIANO. J . M . . 142. 143. 147. 21 6
FELICIANO & C K U Z. . . . . . 9
Felis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Frlis rubiginosa . . . . . . . . 93
FELIX.J . . . 161(note1).511. 574
Fenestrllu . . . . . . . . . . 76
Fennema Mts (Central Celebes) 41 1.
440
FENNEMA. R . . . . . . . . 268. 701
F ~ N N E RC.. N . . . . . . . 194. 202
F~.RGUSON. H . G . . . . . . . . 370
F ~ R S M A NA N.. . . . . . . . . 234
Fertility of the soil . . . . . . 10
INDEX
FEUILLETAU DE BRUYN. W . K . H . 56.
61. 62. 710
Finisterre Range . . . . . . . 71 6
FISCHER.P . J . . . 89. 444. 449. 661
FISHER.N . H . 178. 185. 188.710. 716
Fishes (fossil) . . . . . 102. 1 13. 114
Fish shales 113 (Padang Highlands)
Flora (recent) . . . . . . . . 5
Flores (Lesser Sunda Isl.) 52. 239.
494-49 6
Flores Sea . . . . . . . 43. 5 1. 729
FLORIS.J . . . . . . . . . . . 699
Flosculi~~cl 83. 84. 86. 132. 136. 137.
fig . 41a. 148. 153. 604
Flu.srillinc~llu . . 84. 86. 87. 137. 180
Nosri~lincllu hontangrnsis (RUT-
TEN) 84,86,90,137,fig.41a,tab.
41. 141. 154. 180
Nosrulinellu hontar~gmsis (RUT-
TEN)-glubulosu(RUTTEN). 141. 180
136. 137. fig . 41a. 603. 629
Flowage folding o n Sumba . . 509
Fogi Beds (Buru) . . . . . . . 453
Forurnin$era . . . . . 105. 133. 166
Foratninifertt (smaller) . 88. 174. 639
Foraminiferal marine facies (Pa-
neo) . . . . . . . 128. fig . 38
Foraminiferal stratigraphy of the
Tertiary . . . . . . . . . . 83
Foredeep Banda arcs 50. 463.467.
469.476. 479. 482
1. oredeep of the Lesser Sunda
Islands . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Foredeep of Timor orogene . . 542
Forcsts . . . . . . . . 6. fig . 8. I 1
Fossa Sarasina (Central Celebes) 43.
. .
tab . 5 407 41 1. 440
1-ossil flora . . . . . . 62. 102. 113
Fossil Hominids of Java . . . IOU
Fossil woods . . . . . . . . . I03
F O U R M ~ ~ KPI.F R. .287. 669. 687. 723
F O U R ~. ~. T. . . . . . . . . 233
Fox . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 1
Fracture pattern and sea straits
(Lesser Sunda Islands) 486. 491.
. .
492 497 498. 502. 505. 506
Frur7kei11cl . . . . . . . 90. tab . 41
FRECH.F . . . . . . . . . . . 661
F R E N C H. . . . . . . . . . . 185
.
F R E U S B ~ RAG. .F . W . 101 (note I )
FRIJLIKCK. . . . . . . . . . 135
.
FKIJLINC.H . . . . 113. 689. 690. 691
FROMAGET. G. 294 (note 1). 362
.
(note 2) 726
Fufa Beds (Ceram) . . 444. 447. 449
Fusulina . . . . . . . 663. 664. 665
Firsillinu cC ulpinu . . . . 664. 666
Fusulinirlur . . . . . . . 62. 64. 327
FYAN. E . C . . . . . . . . . . I01
Cr
Gadjah Volcano . . . . . . . 596
Gagak-Kiaraberes-Eniiut-Sal~~k
complex . . . . . . . . . . 637
Gajo lands ( F o r t h Sumatra) 117.
114
Gamping anticline (Java) . . . 568
Camping Hill (East Java) . . . 105
Gamping Layers (Djiwo. Java) . 108
Garba Mts (South Sumatra) . . 681
Garut. Upland plain of (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . 644-645
Gas pressure (types volc . activity) 204
Gastropods . . . . . . . . . . 128
GAUSS. . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Gea~lticlillaluplift (by endogenic
magmatic forces) . . . . . . 210
Gedeh-Pangrango complex (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 637
Gedongsurian cauldron (South
Sumatra) . . . . . . 680. 681
G E E . E . R. . . . . . . . . . . 707
Geelvink Bay (New Guinea) . . 713
GEIKIE.A . . . . . . . . . . . 93
GEILMANN. W . . . . . . . . . 215
Gemolong dome (Java) . . . . 568
Genetical classification volca~lic
forms . . . . . 207 a.f.. tab . 66
Genteng dacite . . . . . . 624. 626
GENTILLY.J . . . . . . . . . . 201
Geo-undations 263-265 (relation to
deep shocks). 283. 290. 295. 336
(term.), 463 and 483 (Southern h4o-
luccas)
GERMERAAD. J . H. 61. 72. 78. 89.
154. 304. 305. 3 10. 442--448. 449.
450.456. 46 1. 52 1
GERTH.H . 62. 79. 95. 102. 105. 106.
419.427. 45 1. 5 1 1. 620. 664
Gesi (Java) . . . . . . . . . . 568
GEURSEN.G . J . . . . . . . . . 318
GIEZEN.J . A . H . . . . . . 163. 170
Gigantism (Early Man) . . . . 1 1 1
Gigantopitherus hlurki v . K . . . 1 1 1
GISOLF.W . F . 308. 416. 437. 710. 711
Glacial chronology 96. 579. 582. 583
Glacially controlled subsidence
theory (KUENEN). . . . 354-355
GLAESSNEH. M. F. 60. 89. 90. 710
GLENNIE. E . A . . . . . 54 (note I)
Globigerinu 71. 77. 78. 114. 131. tab .
41. 163. 179. 180. 181. 390. 391.416.
. .
443. 446. 458 466. 467 474 475 . .
Glohigerinrr c~ryuiluter~ulisBRADY414
Glohi:~rrit~rr11ulloirko.s D'ORB. 12 1. 4 14
Glohigerir~uc r e t u c ~ uD'ORB. 78. 185.
390.414. 4 19.446.449. 453
Globi,q~r.inueocona GUEMBEL78. 89.
154.416
Glohigel.i~iolir~nc.a~za . . . . . . 390
Globigerina-marl Zone (North
coast West New Guinea) . . 178
G'iobigerit~uspec . . . . . . . . 89
G I u h i g ~ r i t tripurtitu
i~ KOCH 157. 166.
168. 169. 509 (tab . 106)
Globigerinidu~ 65. 70. 155. 159. 161.
379. 383. 444. 449. 486. 487. 532
G1ohigrri11oitle.s . . . . . . . . 90
Glohig~rinoides~ ~ ~ ~ U ( D ' O R B 161. IGNY)
167
Glohigerinoides scc.rul~~erus
(BRADY). . . . . . . . 149. 161
Glohigerinoides sacculifrrus
(BRADY)var . fistulosus (SCHU-
BERT) . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Glohigrrinoides s a r r u l ~ i ~ r i w
(BRADY)var . itnmatura LE ROY 161
Globobulimina . . . . . . . . 182

Globorotalia 90. tab . 41. 179. 180.
181. 182. 416.443. 491
Globorotalia aragonerz.sis . . 78 . 449
G N Y )glohulus . . . . . 179. 180
Globororalia ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ( D ' O R B IGypsina
89. 149. 151. 161. 163. 167. 390. 449 Cj.roidina . . . . . . . . . . 164
Globorofalirr nlicheliniana (D'OR- Gj'roidina .solrlanii (D'ORB.) . . . 157
BIGNY). . . . . . . . . . . 161
Globorotalia rumida (BRADY)149. 15 1.
163. 167. 390
Globorofalia vrlascoeruis (aragon-
ensis) . . . . . . . . . 446. 440
. .
Globorrurlcana 64 66 68 . 69. 70 71 . .
443; 446,.449, 537
Glubofruncana canaliculrtu ( R ~ u s s )
378. 382. 384 (tab. 88) 414 419.. .
45 3
Globofruncana litltlci (D'ORB.). . 7 I
Globo/rrirlcana r.osrfru (CARSEY). 67
Globorr~rncana stuarti (LAPP.) . 71
Glomospira . . . . . . . . 90. 665
Glossopferis flora . . . . . 62. 721
Godean. hills of (Central Java) . 596
Goesrlla . . . . . . . . . . . 163
GOLLNER. .
E . R . D. . . 130 339. 340
G o r l i o r l ~ ) ~. ~. . . . . . . . . 475
Goniophora sp. . . . . . . . . 62
GOODSPEED & COOMBS . . . . 236
Gorong or Goram (Banda arcs) 465
Gorontalo 40 (sect . of North arm
Celebes). 41 (Gulf). 390. 393 (evolut-
ion North arm)
Goropu Volcano (Eastern Papua) 214
GOTHAN.W . . . . . . . . . . 6 fhlorella rrcfifiorl.~K R U M B . non
GOUWENTAK. C . J . . . . . . . 178
Grammoceras . . . . . . . . . 382
GRANDIEAN. J . B . . . . . . . . 193
Granite problem . . . . . 232 3.f.
Granite batholiths in the East
Indies (examples) . . . . 236 a.f.
Granitic root 245 (position beneath
o ~ h i o l i t i c front). 273 a.f .. 282 a.f.
(isthenolith) " HANZAWA.
Granitization 233 a.f., 309-3 10. 3 13-
314. 489-490 (late Tertiary)
Grati Lake or Maar (East Java) 210
Gravity anomalies . See Isostatic
gravity anomalies.
Gravity measurements at sea . 269
Gravity measurements on land 269-
27 1
G R A Y& DE VERNEUIL. . . . . 717
GREGORY. J . . . . . . . . 185. 721
Grensklei (see Border Clay) .
GRIGGS.R . F . . . . . . . . . 257
GROND.G . .r. A . . . 287 (note 1)
GROOT.P . F. DE . 178. 184. 308. 715
GROUT.F . F . . . . . . . . . 232
GSOLLPOLNTNER. K . . . . . . . 504
Guadalupe tuffs (Philippines) 146. 147
Guembelina 71. 77. 78. 154. 185. 443.
446. 449
Guenlbelina gloD1110sa (EHREN-
BERG) . . . . . . . . . 67. 185
Gumai Beds (see Telisa Beds) .
G u n ~ a Mts
i (South Sumatra) 667. 685.
698
Gunung Api (North of Wetar) 470-471
Gunung Gede (Bantam. West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Gunung Sewu (South Java) 554. 557
Gunung Wunkal (Java) . . . . 108
INDEX
. . . . --
B. . . 260. 263 284. 288
GUTENBERG. . HEIM.ALB. . . . . . . 193 (note I )
B . & R I C H T FC
GUTENBERG. R. F . 258.
259.262. 263. 284
HAAN.J . H . ~t . . . . . . . I I
HAAN.W . DE 1 13. 120. 124. 660. 665
672. 674. 675. 686
HAANSTRA & SPIKFR. . 586 (note 2)
H A A .RC . T E R 80 . 1 I 1. 576 . 577 . 604 .
. .
584. 591. '594. 602 706.
HAGEN . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
Hahl Range . . . . . . . . . 716
Halang Beds (Central Java) . . 605
HALL . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Hallvsitrs wallicI~iREED. . . . 61
Halmaheira . . . . . . . . . 47
Fialmaheira Group 47. 153. 382-384
Halmaheira-Ternate volcanoes . 221
.
Hulobia . . . . 69 71. 419. 530>660
Halohia sp. 63. 327. 475. 530. 531.
533
Halobia clcr1ingrr.i KRLIMBECK 446. 449
Halobia lc ~r.alrrc~iraVOLTZ . . . 446
Halohia sp . nov . KRUMBECK. . 446
Halorella . . . . . . . . 72. 446
Hcrloritcs ex gr . Cater~ati. . . . 419
BITTN. . . . . . . . . . . . 456
HAMLET,BEATA . . . . . . . . 31 1
Hanrrrra/oc~rmsp. . . . . 71. 382
HANIEL.G . . . . . . . . 475. 5 1 1
HANNIK. . . . . . . . . . . 32 1
. .
Harltkrninu . 78 89. 90 tab . 41. 154
Hantkrnina nlciban:cr~.si.s CUSH-
M A N . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
S. . . . . . . . . 143
Huplophr~~grtroi~l~~s . . . 90. I 6 4 182
Haploplrrugtrroidrs gi.~anrrlls
BOC)MGAART . . . . . . . . 89
HARDENBERG. J . D . F. . . . . 14
HARKER.A . . . . . . . . . . 281
H A R L O F F , C H . E . A .12.61. 104. 133.
230. 594. 595. 602. 603. 604. 65 1
& P A N N E K O E.K . 562. 595
HARLOFF
Harpoc.eras . . . . . . . . 7 1. 382
Harpoceras cf . toarcerlsc D'ORB. 66. 67
HARTING. .
A . 104. 119 132. 355. 639.
660. 674
.
E . . . . . . . 514. 518
HARTMANN
.
M . A . 192. 197 199. 201.
HARTMANY . HOLLAND. . . . . . . . . . 133
213.215.487.491-493. 637
.
L . E . W . D E N I 6 2 163. 165.
HARTOG.
.
166. 167. 172. 173 176. 177. 231
Haruku (Ambon Group) . . . 457
HAUG.E . . . . . . . . . 93. 264
HAUG~U P . G . . . . . . . . . 510
HAYASAK.! & KAZUHIKO . . . . 157
HAYES.R . C . . . . . . . . . 258
HEBERLEIN . . . . . . . . . . 107
HEDBERG. H . D . . . . . . . . 90
HEEK.J . V A N . . . . . . . . . 504
HEEKEREN. V A Y . . . . 91. 301.435
HEER. 0. . . . . . . . . . . 113
HEERING. J. 240. 458. 485. 486 487.
488. 489
HEIM.A R N. 1 l I. 113. 441. 466. 663.
677. 700.701. 72 1
HEISE.G . W . . . . . . . . . . 216
HEISKANEN. W . . . . . . . . . 270
HELBIG.K . . . 686. 688. 690 691. .
692. 694
HELDRING . . . . . . . . . . 715
H~liolit/rrsbarrandri PEN. . . . 62
. . 61
Hrliolitcs p o r o s ~ ~GOLDFUSS
s
HENNY.G . . . . . . . . . 154. 451
. HENRICI.I1 . . . . . . . . 155. 157
H E K M& ~ SDL VLETTER. 304. 308.309.
3 10
HERTZ . . . . . . . 272 (note I )
.
HESS H . H . . . . . . . . 245. 723
. Hrtc.rosfexiiia 78. 84. 85. 87. 143.
179. 180. 184 391 .
ffetc~ro.s/rgi/iuhornei;trsi.s ( - spi-
rocl!yoid HET. of RUTTEN). 85. 87
HETTINGA TROMP.H . V A N 222 223. .
299
HETZEL.W . H . 42. 61. 65. 67. 68. 78.
80. 389. 402. 414.418.419. 420. 421.
422,423,424.437, 647. 65 1.654. 655
.
HEURN F . C . V A N . . . . 13 702 .
l c r. i
H e x u p s c ~ p h ~ ~g s~ ~ ~ i ~ t l SM
WOODW . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Hiholirrs .si~l?firsiforrn is RASP. . . 71
Hili M a n ~ idistrict (Port Tinlor) 522-
523
Himalayan Mountain Systems . 726
I-lirnalaynn Range . . . . . . . 727
H I N D LG. . J . . . . 303.414. 510. 530
Hirrd.~icr r : u ! i ~ ~ o c ~ l u t ~ ~.~ r.~ ..r i .c . 105
Hippo~porarri~rs . . . . . . . . 94
Hippopoturrrus anric11111s . . . . 92
Hippopo/arrlr~s koc~nigswaldi . 92. 94
Hippopo/nrrrl~ssimplex v . K . . 92. 94
Hippoporumrr.~ sivajar.anicrr.s (Du-
B O I S ) . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
IHIRSCHI. H . . 75. 112. 113. 521. 530
Hitu (Ambon) . . . . . . . . 458
H~BB . SW . H . . . . . . . . . 290
. .
HOBDAY1 . R . & M ~ L L E F .
T . R . 707.
709
Hoch Barisan of Tobler (Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 668
HOCHSTETTER. F. VC)N . . . 707. 709
HOEN.'.r C . W . A . P . 122. 155. 321.
.
586 701. 702
HOEN.'T & V A N ES . . . . 510. 513
HOEN.'T & Z I E G L F66. R 147. 426. 432.
433. 435
Hoertrr.sin . . . . . . . . 65. 407
HOFKER. . . . . . . . . . . 137
HOJNES . . . . . . . . . . . 389
HOLMES.A . . . . . . 232 235. 482 .
~ H O L M E S & HARWOOD. 235. 250. 252
Homogenization of mineral as-
soci;tions . . . . . . . . . 313
H o r w niodjokr?tc;~si.~v . KOEN. 08.
99. 107. 58 1
Homo neandertlraler~.sis .solornsis
OPP. . . . . . . . . 98. 566. 576
Homo sapic~ns . . . . . . 1 10. 111
Horrlo so1oen.r;~ OPPENOORTH . 92.
99. 111
Horr~o wadjakor.si.c. . . . . . . 99
Hondje hills (West Java) . . . 633
. Hoofd fossiel horizont (see Chief
fossil Horizon) .
 . .
HOOIJER.D . A . 4 . 91. 92. 94. 110 11 l
301. 435. 650. 702
Hoozk . . . . . . . . . 101. 344
fiop1itc.s . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Hup1itc.s i ll;c~oco~nites)neoro-
177ic.trsis D'ORD . . . . . . . . 64
H ( I ; J / ~ ~wullic~~i
L~s . . . . . . . 382
HOPPER.R . H . 66. 78. 148. 149. 150.
151. 152. 159. 160. 161. 162. 163.
165. 168. 169. 170. 172. 173. 176.
177. 389. 394. 395. 398. 399. 300.
51 I . 705
HORSTINK.J . TH. . . . . . . . 503
HOTTINGER . . . . . . . . . . 183
HOTZ. W . . . . . . . 67. 154. 394
HOVIG.P . . . . . . . . . 426. 717
HOVIG & RUTTEN. . . . . . . 406
HOWELWILLIAMS 197. 211 (notz I )
H U B E R& BURRI. . . . 707. 708. 709
HUHNERWADEL. M . E . 501. 507. 510
HUMMEL . K . . . . . . . . 443. 451
HUTTON. . . . . . . . . . . 233
Hyaetzn . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Hydronzedrr.rue . . . . . . . 446
Hydrothermal solutions . . 217. 218
Hj.clrozocr . . . . . . . . . . 446
Hypo-differentiation . 241. 281 a.f.
H~..stri.v . . . . . . . . . . . 93
ICKE.H . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
IDDINGS. J . P . . . . . . . 370. 435
IDDINGS & MORLEY. . . . . . 426
Idio-geosynclines . . . . . 79. 350
ldjen complex (East Java) . . . 537
ldjen Volcano (East Java) . . . 216
Idjo Volcano . . . . . . . . . 596
Igninlbrites . . . . . . . . 194. 202
I.jang complex (East Java) . . 549
Ijolites (in Cernm) . . . . 145. 447
( I l i ) Bolcng Volcano (Adonara.
Lesser Sunda Isl.) . . . 493. 494
Islands West of Sumatra 162 (strat.),
230 (ign . rocks)
Indian Archipelago (name) . . . 1 JONES . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Indo-australian Archipelago
(name) . . . . . . . . . . . 1 JON(;. .J . D . DE
Indonesia (name) . . . . . . . I 445,458,485. 486, 494
Indosinidzs (FROMAGLT) 362 (note 2).
725
Ind(e)ragiri and Pelalaaan (Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Inner ; ~ r c Banda System (see
Ambon Undation) .
Inner arc Borneo System . 359. 360
Inner arc Java-Sarnatra section 53
Inner arc Lesser Sunda Islands 52.
485 a.f. (geol.)
Inner arc Malaya Orogene . . . 363
Inner arc Nicobars & Andanlans
section . . . . . . . . . . . 54
tnner arc Banda System 463. 464.469.
470. 47 1.478. 484
Itlaccratrrus 71. 76. 77. 382. 453 . 473.
Itroc~~ram~r.~
.
508 (note 1). 509 (tab . 109) 517
galoi BOEHM. . . 71
Insulinde (name) . . . . . . 2
Interchanging geanticlines . 478. 479
Interdeep Banda arcs 463. 465. 469.
472.478. 484
Interdeep of the Java-Sumatra
section . . . . . . . . . 53. 634
Interdeep Lesser Sunda Islands 52 . Kalatoa (Flores Sea) . . . . . 438
506 2.f.
Inte:.deep in the Kicobars &
Andumans section . . . . . 54
Interdeep of Timor Orogene . . 542
"Intermediary Neogene" (South
.
Sxmatra) . . . . 116 121. 175. 176
Intervening sandstone Horizon
(North Sumatra) . . 122. fig . 35
Intra-miocene igneous activity 119.
124
.
IONGH.A . C . DE 14 103; 108. 215.
606
Isolepidina . . . . . . . . . . 85
Isolrpidina boetonetzsis v . D .
VLERK. . . . . . . . . . . 420
I s o / ~ / J ; ~iso1epidinoicle.s
~~LI . . . . 1 70
Isostatic gravity anomalies 3. 269 a.f.,
385. 465 ("short-circuit Ceram-
Moluccan Sea). 365-466 and 483
("short-circuit" eastern Banda arcs).
.
484 (profile Banda arcs) 577 (lien-
deng!. 588-589 (Rembang). 636
( S t r a ~ tSunda)
Isthmus of Malaya . . . . . . 364
ITERSON. F . K . TH. V A N 287 (note I )
.
JAGGART . A . . . 199. 21 1 (note 2)
JAKENSCFI. . . . . . . . . . 91
JANSEN.P . J . . . . . . . . . . 171
Java (evolution in relation to
Sunda Mountain System) . . 658
Java and Madura 25 a.f. (phys.), 103
a.f. (Tertiary). 230 (ign . rockz). 545
2.f. (regional geology)
J a w section (of Sunda Mountain
System) . . . . . . . . . 728
.
. . i c;i .ant" fMeguntltroprist . 109
w J .I\
Java Scx . . . . . . . . . . . 300
J.\N.ORSKI.E . . . . 69. 455 456 . 460 .
JEFFIEYS . . . . . . . . . . . 284
JENNINGS A.. V . . . . . . . . I33
Jonnt7i.tsi~lla i Dipladontcrl . . . 81
Joric;. W . J . . . . . 184. 715
163. 239, 240, 444,
JOKGMANS. W . J . . . . . 4,62. 721
JONGMANS & GOTHAN . . 5. 660. 664
JONKER,H . J . W . . . . . 510. 511
J u ~ o v r c s .L . . . . 389, 393 (note I )
J U L I U .S . . . . . . . . . . . 148
J L J N C ~ H UFH. N91, . 196, 201. 503. 545
Jurassic 64 (Borneo), 66 (Celebes),
60 (Misoiil). 70 (Ceram)
J ~ ~ ( 7 v i t ec~ruttlrnsi.~
s WANNER. 4 19
Kaal Formation (Philippines) . 133.
146. 372
Kabaena (Buton Arch.) . . . . 419
Kabuh Beds (Java) 93. 96. 566. 575.
576. 577. 578. 58 1
Kai or Kei Islands (Banda arcs) 50.
.
154 466
Kaimeer (Banda arcs) . . . . . 465
Kajan ( N E Borneo) . . . . . . 132
Kaju Adi (Flores Sea) . . . . 437
Kaksa (tin-ore) . . . . . . . . 12
Kalao (Flores Sea) . . . . . . 437
Kalea Beds (West of Sun1::tr::) 163.
170. 174. 175
Kaledonic folding . . . . . . . 724
Kalibiuk Beds (Java) . 573. 606. 654
Kaliglagah fauna (West Javs) 92
Kaliglagah-Mcngger-Gintung
Series (Java) . . . . . . 606. 607
Kaliwangu Beds (West Java) 650. 65 1
I<alorun Basin (Java) . 572 (note I )
Kambaoni Series (Sumba) . . . 50s
Kambing or Atauro (Lesser
Sunda Islands) . . . . . 52. 387
Knnlpar. Siak. Rokan are;( (Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Kampung Baru Beds (East Bor-
neo) . . . . 135. 138. 139. 140. 141
Kananggir Formation (Sumba) 157.
159 (note 3). tab . I06 o n p . 509
Kangean . . . . . . . . . . . 108
KANNEGIETFK. J . Z . . . . 164. 168
Kant.iana Volcano (West Java) 622.
638
Kapal batavrrs M ZRT. . . . . . 102
Kapuas River . . . . . . . . 20
Kapung limestone (Java) . . . 573
Karangbolong Mts (Central
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Karangnunggal area (West Java) 28.
203
...
Karangltobar area (Ccnlral Java) 25 1
(ign. rocks), 610
Karangnunggal region (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . 621, 625
Karbouwengat (Centr:il Sumatra) 686
Karimata Islands ( J ~ v : ISea) 17 319 .
Karimata Zone (Sunda Land) . 364
Karimon (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) 306
Karimundiawa Islands . . 17, 3 1, 321
Karimundiawa Zone (Sunda
Land) . . . . . . . . . . . 364
K a r ~ n gBeds (Djaznbi Nappe. Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Karrzrizlltr . . . . . . . . . . 163
K a r t i n ; ~limestones (Buru) . . 453
Karua Massif (Celebes) . . . 430
Kasiui or Kasiwui (Banda arcs) 465
Katac?'cloc(~~~eus .
T A N 88 1 18 (note 4 ).
554. 648
Katmaian eruptions . . 202 . 428. 430
Kawi Volcano (.lava) . . . . . 570
Kebo Beds (Java) . . . . . . . 559
Kedungbrubus (locality) . . . . 110
Kefamenanu region (Timor) . . 73
Kekneno Series ('Timor) 73. 512. 5 14.
520. 522
Kel(l)ang (Ceram Group) . . . 444
Kelud Volcano (Java) 189. 192. 196.
206. 222 (tunnelworks). 570
Kemba.jan Mts (West Borneo) . 331
I N. G
K L ~ \ . I ~ I E R LG L. L. 155. 159.
196. 222. 223. 265. 377. 494 . 495.
505. 506 . 507. 508
Kendari Mesozoic (SE Celebes) 417.
4 19
Kendeng Volcano (West Java) . 622
liendeng Zone (or Ridge) (Java) 29.
96. 491. 569. 570. 571. 577. 579. 582
lierek Beds (Java) . . . 572. 573. 577
Kerijan urea (West Borneo) . . 127
Keskain Beds . . . . . . . . 69
KESSEL.V A N . . . . . . . . . 471
.
KESSEL.P . J . B. . . 15 48 (note 2)
Ketapang area (West Borneo) . 334
Ketungau Basin (West Borneo) 330
~ e t u u g a ufacies (Plleogenc West
Borneo) . . . . 127. fig. 37. 330
Keutupang Bcds (North ~ t ~ m a t r a122 ) KRIJNEK.W . F . . . . . . . . 83
.
KEYZERF . G . . . 62.321.419. 421
K I ~ N O. M. . . . . . . . . 276 277
KIESL.INCEI< . . . . . . . . . . 5 11
Kikim tuifs (Gumai. Sumatra) 117.
121
Kimmeric folding . . . . . . . 724
KIMPE.\N . F . M . . . . . . . . 215
Kinabalu (or Kinibalu) 18. 19. 356.
371
K I N G M AJ.. TI*. . . . . . 101 591 . Kuching Zone (Zone B. West
K I ~ S E RJ .. S. . . . . . . . . . 157
Klhssn & D ~ E P E R .~ N. K 159. 507 509
Kintan~nni(Batur. Bali) . . . . 506
KISSLINC.. E . A . . 163 (note I ) . 170
Kisar (North of N E tip of Timorj 472.
485
Kisu (Lesser Sunda Isl.) . . 487. 488
Kitchcn-middens ( N E Sumatra) 702
Klappa Kampit (Billiton) 31 8. fig . 123
Klasnfet (W New Guinea) . 179. 180
Klasaman (W N c u Ciuinea) 101. 179.
181
KLEIN.W . C . 56. 57. 689. 690. 691.
692. 693
Klias Pcninsulu (NW Borneo! . . 133
.
KLLINPEI.LR . h.I . . . . . . . 90
KLINKERT .J. P. . . . . . . .
Klitik Limestones (Java) . . . . 573
Klondyke Series (Philippines) 145.
146
KNOPF.A. . . . . . . . . . . 256
KOBAYASHI. 7'. . . . . . . . . 294
KOBER.L . . . . . . . . . 290. 723
KOCH. R . E . . . 88. 89. 163. 170. 171
KOENIGSWALD. .
G . H . R . VON 4 65.
67. 91. 98. 106 (note I ) . 107. 108.
.
llO l l l . 144(note I) . 301. 341. 363.
.
557. 565. 566 567. 578. 581. 594.
607. 639. 640. 643. 650. 651. 652
KOHLEK.A . . . . . . . . . . 247
KOKER . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 1
Kolaka-Kendari boundary line
(SE Cclebes) . . . . 417. 418. 440
Koleberes (West Java) . . . . . 623
Kolo Kolo (East arm dclebes) fig . 164.
.
397 398
~ o l o n e d a l eZone 43. tab . 5. 403. 406.
412
Komodo (Lesser Sunda Islands) 496.
497
KONING.L . P . Ci . . . . . . . 260
KONINCKNIJFF.J . DE . . . 78. 426
KOOLHOVEN. .
Mi . C . B. 60. 64. 65 66.
.
67 68. 104. 105. 106. 148. 149
(notes). 150. 151. 152. I53 (note 1).
226. 340. 341-345. 347. 349. 389.
394. 398. 400. 408. 414. 415: 417.
41 9. 595 . 598. 628. 639. 645
KOOMANS. CATH. . . . 383. 457. 471
KOOTEN.V A N . . . . . . . . .
KOPEKBERG. M. 66. 80. 161. 220.
389-393. 398. 41 1. 51 1
KOSSMAT. F. 243. 244. 245. 254 . 290.
45 1
Kossnratica . . . . . . . . . . 3 82
KRAEFF.P. . . . . . . . . 457. 503
Krakatau Volcano 194. 200. 204. 21 1.
213
KRAUS.E . . . . . . . . . . . 723
KRAUSL.P . G . . . . . . . . . 126
KRXUSEL.R . . . . . . . . 102. 1 13
K R ~ K E L EFR. . . . . . 62. 126. 303
.
KROL G . L . 63. 129. 184 326. 340. .
344. 415
Kroniong Complex (West Java) 651
Kru'i area (South Sumatra) 115. 116
KRIJILINC;.\. P . . . . . . . . . 102
KRLIMDECK. . .
L . 69 72 445 . 446. 451.
. .
453.460. 51 l 530 532
KRCAIMEL. K . . . . . . . . . 16
Kruyt Mts (Central Celcbes) 41 1 . 440
Borneo) . . . . . . . . . . 329
KIJINEN.PI^. H . 15. 39 (note I ) . 42.
51 (nots 1 ) . 96. 219. 221. 269. 272.
.
278. 279. 281 354. 355. 377. 37s.
380. 383. 384. 385. 386. 424 . 437
438. 441. 445 . 456. 457. 458. 470.
471. 472. 474. 478 . 479. 387. 495.
504. 721. 723
KUI-IN& RITTMAKN . . . . 262. 278
K U I P F R . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Kunibang breccia (Central Java) 606.
654
K U K D I GE . . . . . . . . . 389. 405
Kundur (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) . 305
Kriphri.~ (Tc.r.edo) p o l i ~ t h a / ( ~ t t ~ i r ~
(LIN.) . . . . . . . . . . . 81
9 K U P P E RH . . . . . . . . . 120. 639
Kur (Banda arcs) . . . . . . . 465
Kuri tuffs (South arm Celebes) . 436
KIJRZ . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
Kutai area (East Borneo) 130. 13 1 .
133. 134. 139. 140
KIJTASSY. A . V O N 61. 67 (note 1). 389.
52 1
KUYPER. . . . . . . . . . . 251
LAAN.V A N DER . . . . . . . . 321
Laars Banks (Strait of Makassar) 436
LABASSE . . . . . . . 287. (note I )
Labuan coal . . . . . . . 101. 142
Labuan (NW Borneo) . . . 133. 142
Lacazir~u. . . 78 . 153. 177. 467. 473
Lacrc:irla wichmaririi SCHLUMBFH-
CER . 153. 154. 177. 178. 179. 714
L.accolithic injection . . . . . . 210
LACROIX.A . 192. 193. 214. 233. 253.
31 1
Ladus . . . . . . . . . . 191. 215
LAGOKIO . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Lahars . . . . . . . . . . 19 I . 223
Lakor (Bnnda arcs) . . . . . . 476
LAM.H . J . . . . . . . . . . . 4
LAMBERT . . . . . . . . . . . 510
LAMBRECHT. K . . . . . . . . . 1 13
Larnnidai. . . . . . . . . . . 74
Lnmpegan (West Java) . . . . 622
9 Lampong Districts (South Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 678
Lampong frlult (South Sumatra) 683
Lampong tuffs (South Sumatra) 202
Land bridges (plio-pleistocene) 301
302
LAP. P . 0. . . . . . . . . 160. 511
LAPPARENT. J . DE . . . . . . . 234
Laramic orogenesis . . . . . . 724
.
LASLITA . F . 21 6 (note 2). 217 (note I)
Late Intrusive Andesites (Philip-
pines) . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Latimodjong hlts (Celebes) 426. 427.
430. 431. 440
Lava domes . . . . . . . . . 197
Lava flows . . . . . . . . . . 196
Lav:~ shields . . . . . . . . . 208
Lawuk Beds (Centruul Java) . . 605
Lawele Graben (Buton) . . . . 422
Lawu Complex (Java) 565. 567. 568.
577
LEAHY.M . . . . . . . . . . . 717
LECRIE . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Ledok stage (Renibnng. East
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 586
LEHMANH . N . 25 . 30. 96. 97. 98. 245.
.
555 . 557. 558 . 576.. 577 . 579.. 585..
587: 588; 702'
. LEITCI.A . 144. 145, 147. 217. 218.
.
368 373
Leitimor (Ambon) . . . . . . 456
LEJAY.R . 1'. . . . . . . . . 270
Z.rruent . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Lengkong Beds (West Java) . . 620
L(~trticrl1iricr~'c'luscornsis . . 78, 449
Lepitloc~~~clinn 81. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87.
90. 97. 104. 112. 116. 118. 122. 123.
129. 131. 133. 134. 136. 137. tab . 41.
140. 141. 142. 143. 148. 149. 151.
.
154. 155 163. 164. 166. 170. 173.
.
174. 175. 176. 177 179. 180. 184.
. .
185 186. 321. 327. 330 356. 379.
380. 384 (tab . 88). 393. 415. 419.
420. 429. 432. 433. 437. 446. 449.
.
453. 460. 461. 466 467. 468. 474.
475. 489. 490. 497. 498. 501. 504.
509 (tab . 106). 532. 5 34. 535 (tab.
.
107) 539. 547. 554. 567. 572. 573 .
577 (note l ) . 586 . 593. 603 . 604. 606.
L~~piclocyclinaucuta RLITTEN85. 14 1
Lepicloc~~clinn( Nephrolcpidina)
at?.qrilosa PROVALE120. 141. 39 1 .
.
494 598. 639. 649
Lepidocyclirlcr (L(~pit10cj~clinuj
boc~tor1ensi.rV A N D E R VLIRK 131. 148.
420
Lc~pitlocyclit7a ? cf . bonarelli V A N
D E R VLERKnon PROV . . . . 143
Lepidocyclina ( Nephr-olc~pidina)
hornri'ri.r.is PROVALE . . . 320. I43
Lepidocj~clina cani~llei LEM. &
Douv . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Lcpi~loc?.cliria crocifeva MOHLEK141
Lc2pidocyclinci cf . dilutata MICH. 112
Lepidoc?.clina (Erilepirlitiu) dila-
tatn MICHELLOTTI . . . . . . I36
L~~pidocj~clirza !Nrphr.) ferrrroi
PROVALE81. 391 . 556. 557. 598.
603. 649
Lepidocyclina .flexuos(1 RUTTEN85.
141. 494. 557. 598
Lepidocyclina cf . .formosa
SCHLUMB . . . . . . . . . . 112
Lepidocv clina (E~rl~.pidina).for-
triosu SCHLUMBERGER . . . . 136
. Lepidocyclinu .pigantea . . . 621 623 .
Lepidocyclinn g1ahr.a. . . . . . 649
Lepidoc~. clitra ( Ncphrolepidina)
inflata PROVALE141. 494. 557. 598.
60 3

L~,piduc.vclina insular n a t a l i ~J. &
C. CHAPM.. . . . . . . 13 1, 391
Lrpirlocyclina cf. i.solt,pidinoides
v. D . VLEKK . . . . . . . . 104
Lepidocj.clinn japonica . . . . . 649
ir7ar.ginata MICH. . 598
Lepidor,~~clir~cr
L ~ ~ p i t l o c y c l r r(Tryhliolepidina)
~n
rnarrini S C H L U M B. . . . . 141, 649
Lepidoc~clirlncf. rnunieri LEM. &
Douv. . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1
Lepidocyclina papirnensis CHAP-
MAN. . . . . . . . . . . . 185
L e p i d o y c l i n a rarliatn . . . . . 623
Lppidocyclina (Nrphrolepidina)
rurreni v. D. V L E R K. . 557, 649
Lepiciocj~clina slibr.ntliara ( D o u -
VILLE) . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Lepidoc)~clina(Nephrol<~pidina)
sunlairensis BRADY 120. 39 1 . 494.
556
Lepidocyclina ( Nephrolcpidinai
.surnarrcnsis BRADYvar. inorr~aro
RUTTEN . . . . . . . . . . I20
Lepidocyclina ( Nrphrolepidina)
.surnarren.si.s BRADYvar. minor
RUTTEN . . . . . . . . . . 120
Lepidocycli~ln( Nrphrolepidinaj
rc,rbreki NEWT. & HALL . . 556
Leprak Layers (Java) . . . . . 552
Leptohos . . . . . . . . . . 92, 93
L E R ~ C H.E . . . . . . . . . . 102
LEROUX . . . . . . . . . . . 178
LE ROY (see Roy, Le).
Lesser Sunda Islands 51 (phys.), 72
a.f. (Mesoz. Tirnor), 229 (ign. rocks),
239 (tert. batholiths), 441 (struct.
syst.), 485 a.f. (geol.), 728 (Section
of Sunda Mountain System)
Leti (Banda arcs) . . . . . . . 475
Letter-classification . . . . 83. 135
LEUPOLD,W . . . . . . . . 83, I14
LEUPOLD& M A Y N E. . . . . . 72
LEUPOLD& V A N DER VLERK 84, 85,
86, 118, 129, 132, 134, 138, 140
LEWIS . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Lewotolo Volcano (Lomblen.
Lesser Sunda Island) . . . . 492
Lidak Horizon (Timor Permian) 74
LIUNAC-GRUTTEKINK . . . . . 101
Lignite Zone ( N o r t h Sumatra) . 122,
fig. 35
Ligung Series . . . . . . 606, 607
Lilinta Beds . . . . . . . . . 69
Limau Mts (Central Sumatra) . 113
Limboto Zone ( N o r t h Celebes) 41
Lingayen-Dingalan line o r flexure
(Luzon) . . . . . . . . 34, 374
Lingga Archipelago . . . . . . 17
Lingga (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) . 314
Linggopodo Beds (Centml Java) 610
Lioria . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Lirang (Lesscr Sunda Islands) . 240,
486, 489
Lithothanrr~irrrn . . 136, 397, 466, 467
Lixiviation (soil) . . . . . . . 9 Madi Upland (Central Borneo) 331
Lockhurtiu . . . . . . . . . . 356
LOCZY, L. VON 61, 65, 66, 67, 148,
151 (note I ) . 389. 394. 399. 408.
INDEX
Lomblen (Lesser Sunda Island) 52,
49 1,492
Lombok (Lesser Sunda Isl.) 52, 504
Lompobutang(SoutharmCelebes) 436
Longitudinal median depression
(of Banda outer arc) 50, 444 (Cc-
ram), 465 ( N E Section), 467 ( K a i ) ,
473 Sr. 474 (Tanimbar), 482
Longitudinal median depression
(New Guinea) . . . . . . . 57
LONSDALE,KATHLEEN. . . . . 234
Lonsdalria jfiegtli . . . . . . 62
LOTH, J. E. . . . . . . . 308, 326
~ov&nipor.a 443, 446. 453, 455. 456.
465. 661
~ o v ~ c ~ i z i ~vinassai
ora GIATTINI. 72,
443, 446, 449, 451, 537, 667
Lower Bentang Beds (West J ~ i v a )621
Lower D.i a m. ~ a -n g Series (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 619
Lower Kalibeng Beds (East Java) 573,
577, 579
Lower Palembang Beds (South
Sumatra) . . . . . . . 1 1 8 a.f.
Lower Tertiary 103 (Java a n d Madu-
ra), 11 I (Sumatra), 126 (Borneo),
I42 (Philippines), 146 (Celebes), 153
(Moluccas), 155 (Lesser Sunda Isl.).
174 175 (Islands West of Sumatra),
177 (And. & Nic.), 177 (West New
Guinea), 185 (East New Guinea).
187 (Christmas Isl.)
Lower Tjidjengkol Beds (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Loxosrotna linlhatunl (BRADY). 167
Lubnng Islands (Philippines) . . 371
Lrrcina . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
LUDWIG,0 . . . . . . . . . . 251
LUGEON,M. . . . . . . . 287. 669
Lukulo ( L o h Ulo) arcs . . . . 603
Lurus complex (Java) . . . . . 552
Llrrra . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Lutut Beds. . . . . . . . . . 604
LuwuL cmbayment (East Celebes) 149
Luzon (Philippines) 34 (phys.). 370
(geol.)
L ~ , r i t rcdwardsi (D'ARCHIAC) . . 606
L.vrirr jugos~r SOW. ( rdwurhi
MART.) . . . . . . . . . . 8 1
L.vtoceras . . . . . . . . . . 475
M a a r (volcanic). . . . . . . . 210
MAAREL,F. H. V A N D E R . . . 9 I
M c CASKEY. . . . . . . . . 371
Maccluer Gulf . . . . . 56 (phys.)
MAC G I L L A V R Y .. . . . . . . 294
MAC GREGOR& WILSON . . . 248
MACKE,CH. A. F. . . 339, 340, 345
MACRLOT . . . . . . . . . . 510
MACLAINEPONT, A. . . . . . 582
? Macroct~phalites. . . 76, 379. 382
MADDOX. . . . . . . . . . . 183
Madorang (Banda arcs) . . . . 465
Madura . . . . . . . 3 1. 108, 554
Magma a n d migma . . . 233 a.f.
Magmatic activity i n orogenic belts
242 a.f., 254 (rules o f evolution)
Magmatists-Transformists contro-
versy . . . . . . . . . 233 a.f.
Magnetic anomalies . . . . 296, 297
M a g n e t i s m . . . . . . . . . . 296
MahaLum (Borneo) 20 (phys.), 128
and fig. 38 (Paleogene)
Maju and Tifore (Moluccan Sea) 45,
153, 379
~MajuRidge (Moluccan Sea) 384, 385,
386, 387
Makassar Systcm (South Celebes)
fig. 179. 435, 436. 441
Makassar T r o u g h . . . . . 436, 440
Malay Peninsula . . . . . 360 a . t
Malayan Archipelagc ( n a m e ) . . 2
Mulayci Orogene . . . . . . . 668
M u l ~ ~ n i b a n gFormation (Philip-
pines) . . . . . . . . . 145, 146
Ma~nberamo-Bewani Depression
( N e w Guinea) . . . . . 57, 714
Mamudju Embayment (West
Central Celebes) . . 149, 406, 409
Manufai diabase (Port-Timor) . 522
Manatuto arc:! o r fault (Port-
Tinlor). . . . . . . 527, fig. 240
Manatuto urea (Lesser Sunda
Islands) . . . . . . . . . . 530
Manawoko (Banda arcs). . . . 465
Mandai Subzonc (West Borneo) 329
Mangani area . . . . 120, 124, 675
Mangkalihat Peninsula (East Bor-
neo) 19, 20, 129, 131, 132, 133, 138,
140, 141, 353, 413
Manila Zone (Philippines) 35, 36, 374
Manindjau, Lake (Central Su-
m a t r a ) . . . . . . . . . . . 685
Manipa (Ceram G r o u p ) . . . . 444
A l a ~ l i ptrlaco
~, jar.nrrica D u n o ~ s92, 94
Manokwari. . . . . . . . . . 77
Manufai diabasc (Port-Timor) . 76
Manunggul F o r n ~ a t i o n mera rat us
Range) . . . . . . . . 65, 344
M at, .,atua. Kakaban, Muaras (NE-
Borneo) . . . . . . . . . . 354
MAREL,H. W. V A N D E R 660,689,690,
691, 692, 693, 694
Marepan Beds (West o f Sumatra) 164,
170, 174, 175
M A R L ZOYENS, F. A. H . W. U E 73.
161, 474, 475, 511
Mapas (see Bukit Mapas).
Murginrlllr ~~crr~,qgrrlmet~.si.s MART. 8 1
Marginoportr . . . . . . . 178, 186
Marginopora vcrtehralis (BLAIN-
VILLE) . . . tab. 41, 141, 179, 180
Maria Reigersberg (Atoll) Reef
(Flores Sea) . . . . . . 436, 729
M ,.LI :
lne facies (Paleogene West
Borneo) . . . . . . 126, fig. 37
Marinc Fossil horizon ( N o r t h
coast West New Guinea). . . 178
Marl-limestone Series (Nias) 169 176
Marl-tuff horizons (Lukulo, Cen-
tral Java) . . . . . . . 603, 604
M a r o r o Formation (Celebes) 66, 78,
148, 426. 427
Maros. province of Mediterranean
volcanics. . . . 219, 430, 433, 435
MARSHALL,P. . . . . . . . . 202
Martapura area (SE-Rornco) . . 345
MARTIN,K. 4, 60. 65, 79 a.f., 80, 81,
83, 89, 91, 102, 103, 126, 142, 144,
161, 164, 178. 298, 304, 319, 321,
344. 420, 421, 443, 444, 445, 451,
453, 456, 581, 586 (notc 2), 595,
598, 620, 623, 651

MARTIN'Stertiary molluscan
faunae . . . . . . . . 80 a.f.
Martinia sp . . . . . . . . . . 62
~Vlartinianucula . . . . . . . . 475
Masigit. Gunung (West Java) . 639
hlastodon . . . . . . . . . . 91
hfastodon bumiajuensis (V. D . M.) 92
MATTHEW. . . . . . . . . . 93
Matano Beds (Celebes) . . 68. 414
Matano Lake (Celebes) . . . . 415
MATTHYSEN. . . . . . . . . 674
Maumere (see Flores) .
.
MAYR E . . . . . . . . . 5. fig . 5
Meaty Miarang (Banda arcs) . . 476
Medang (near Sumbawa) . . . 501
Median depression (New Guinea) 71 4
Median line (Central Celebes) . 404
Mediterranean igneous suites (see
Origin of . . . . .).
Mediterranean volcanics (distri-
bution) . . . . . . . . . . 219
Mefa Beds (Buru) . . . . . . 453
~Wegacj~on. . . . . . . . . . 92
Meganthroprrs . . . 92. 107. 1 10. 11 1
Meganthr.oprrs palaeujavat~icus v .
K . . . . . . . . . . . 107. 1 1 1
MEINESZ(see VENINGMEINESZ)
Mekongga Mts (SE arm Celebes) 403.
416. 440
~ e l a n e s i a nborderland . 713. 714. 716
Melanesian Mountain System . . 16
fig . l l o n pl . 2. fig. 21-on pl . I . 231.
388. 712. 716. tab . 124on p . 719. 731
Mclania . . . . . 114. 126. 575. 578
? Melanoides . . . . . . . . . 113
Melawi facies . . . . . 126. fig . 37
Melawi Subzone (West Borneo) 332
Mengkrawit Beds (East Borneo) 138.
141
Menoreh Mts . . . . . . . . 105
Menoreh Volcano . . . . . . . 596
Mental spine (Spincr n7entalis of
Early Man) . . . . . . . . 109
MENTEN.J . H . . . . . . . . . 314
Merapi-Telemojo volcanoes (Cen-
tral Java) . . . . . . . . . 559
Merapi Volcano (Central Java) 189.
192. 193. 197. 199. 200. 206. 207.
. . .
208 209 . 215 223 251 (foreign . .
incl.). 560
Meratus Range (SE Borneo) . . 18
20. 64. 65.-129. 130. 226. 340-350.
499 (scheme)
Merauke Zone (or ridge) (New
Guinea) . . . . . . 58.715. 721
Merawan batholith (East Java) 238.
239
Merawu Beds . . . . . . . . 604
Merbabu Volcano (Java) . . 21 1. 562
Mergui centre of diastrophism 672.
707
Mesozoic (strat.) . . . . . 62 a.f.
Metamorphic facies (Crystalline
schists Celebes) . . . . . 405. 406
Metulu . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1
Menlaboh embayment (North Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 115
MEYER.H . . . . . . . . . 163. 661
INDEX
.- ~
Miangas Island (Northern Mo-
luccas) . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Micaceous sandstone (North Su-
matra) . . . . 112 (tab . 28. 29)
Middle Palembang Beds 97. 1 18 a.f.
Migma . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Migmatite zone (front) 242 a.f., 278.
334
Miogjpsino 380. 384 (tab. 88). 433.
447. 449. 461
MILAAN.P . W . V A N . . . . . 593
Miliolidae . . I 14. 149. 179. 370. 473
Miliolina sp . . . . . . . . . . 427
MILLER . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Mimika area (W New Guinea) . 77
Minahasa . . . . . . . . . . 40
Minahasa section (North arm Ce-
lebes) . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Mindoro (Philippines) . . . . . 371
Minor undations (tumors) . 295. 336
Miogypsina 81 . 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88.
90. 97. 114. 118. 129. 133. 137. tab .
41.143. 148.149.151~.164. 166. 174.
176. 177. 180. 181. 184. 415. 432.
474.490.494. 501. 509. 577 (note 1).
598.603.604. 619. 620. 629. 639. 649
. Miogypsina banramensis TAN . . 629
Miogjpsinu bijida . . . . . . . 620
Miogypsina (Miogypsina) hor-
nc2nsis T A N . . . . . . . . 141
. Miogypsir~a(Conot77iog~psinoides)14 1
Miogypsina (Miogypsinoides) de
huarti v . D . VLERK 85. 118. 122.
141. 159. 509 (tab . 106). 629
Miogypsina indonesiensis . . . . 620
hliogypsina kotoi KOTOI& HAN-
Z A W A . . . . . . . . . 598. 620
Mio~ypsirrcr polymorpha RUTTEN85.
556. 557. 620. 629
Miogypsina thecideaeformis
RUTT. 85. 120. 154. 460. 556. 557.
598. 603. 605. 620. 629. 639
Miog~psinoides 86. 87. 88. 104. 136.
137. 180. 420. 598
Miomaffo region (Tirnor) . . . 73
Mirador limestones (Philippines) 145.
146
Miri (Sarawak) . . . . . . . . 358
.
Misolia 66. 67 69. 70. 71. 397. 453
a s ) . Mesozoic).
~ i s o ~ l ( ~ o i u c c69(strat
. 153-154 (Tertiary). 458-461 (geol.)
"Missing link" . . . . . . . . 109
Miting limestones (Buru) . . . 453
Mitro sedanensis MART. . . . . 81
hlixosauridac . . . . . . . . . 5 1 1
Moa (Banda arcs) . . . . . . 475
Modjokerto (locality) . . . . . 109
.
MOERMANC . . . . . . . . . 701
14i. 153. 154. 179. 180. 183. 353
MOHNIKE . . . . . . . . . . 299
~ o h o r o v i r i cdiscontinuity . . . 284
MOHR.E . C . J . 10. 11. 13. 224. 300.
3 1 1. 646. 702
Mojo (near Sumbawa) . . . . 501
MOLENCRAAFF . G . A . F . 17.42.61-64,
~ o l e n ~ r a acaldera
ff (Batur. Bali) 505.
506
Molengraaff Range . . . 43. tab . 5
MOLENGRAAFF & WEBER . . 17. 300
Molengraaffia regularis V I N. 443. 446.
449
Mollo region (Timor) 72. 73. fig. 223
on pl . 27 (map). fig . 224-225 and
fig . 226 on pl . 27 (sections)
Molluscan stratigraphy. Tertiary 79 u.f.
Molluscs of Sampolakosa Beds
(Buton) . . . . . . . . 420. 421
Moluccas 44 (phys.), 152 (tertiary
strat.)
Moluccan Sea . . . . . . . . 384
Monotis salinaria BR. . 72. 41 9. 660
Monotis sp . . . . . . 63. 327. 530
MONTGOMERY . 60. 185.216. 710. 717
Montli~altiu . . . . . . . 446. 661
Montliraltia mulrrkka~zaWANNER 443
MOORE . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Morotai . . . . . . . . . . . 47
MORRISON. H . C . . . . . . . . 75
Movrus. H . L . 93. 96. 97. 98. 99. 651
Mrisi (Java) . . . . . . . . . 572
Muaraenim Anticlinorium (South
Sumatra) . . . . . . . . . . 696
Mud flows (see Lahars) .
Mud volcanoes of Kni Group
(Banda arcs) . . . . . . . . 466
Mud volcanoes of Sangiran dome
(Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 567
MUHLHOFER. F . . . . . . . . 702
MULLER.J . . . . . . . . 268. 686
Muller Mts (Central Borneo) fig . 12.
18. 19. 20. 127 331.
Mul/ilcpidirra . . . . . . . . 87. 88
Mundu stage (Rembang. East
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Munggur anticline (Java) . . . 568
M ~ f i t i a c u s . . . . . . . . . . 92
Muriah complex . . . . . . . 593
Muriah Volcano (NE Java) 29. 251
(petrology)
Murjo (see Muriah) .
MUSPER.K . A . F . R . 5. 38. 39. 61. 72.
79. 97. 102. 113. 114. 120. 124. 144
(note 2). 188. 340. 344. 465. 494.
645. 648. 659. 660. 661. 665. 672.
673. 686. 696. 697. 698. 699. 700.
702
Musperia radiata ( H E E R ). . . . 113
Mutis ]region (Timor) 73. fig. 22 1 on
p . 514. fig . 222 on p . 515
Muturi area (W New Guinea) . 77
MYERS.EARLH . . . . . . 14. 300
Afyophoria sp . . 417 (tab . 97). 419
h.f.vriopora . . . . . . . . . . 661
Nanggulan Eocene . . 105. 596. 602
Nanggulan moll . fauna . . . . 80
A'assa . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Natica tris~rlcarn . . . . . . . 105
NATLAND.M . L . . . . . . . . 90
Natuna Islands . . . . 17. 225. 303
Natuna Zone (Sunda Land) . . 364
NAUMANN . . . . . . 144 (note I )
Nautilus javanus MART. . . . . 102
Neck of North arm (Celebes) 40 389.
391. 392
Neck of Vogelkop (New Guinea) 56
 NEEB.G . A . 14. fig . 10. 102 194.
201. 441. 470. 503. 504
N~oolveolii~a. . . . . . . . . 1 37
Nr~oal~c~olina ~rrelo (FICHTEL&
MOLL) . . . . . . 137 fig. 41a
Neonl~~c~olina pj;7rrroea (HANZAWA)
136. 137. fig . 41a. tab . 41 . 153. 180
Neoalveolitiella . . . . . . . . 84
N~~oalreolincllapygrtraeo H.zN-
ZAWA . . . . . . . . 86. 87. 179
Neqfeli.~nehu/o.eu . . . . . . . 93
Neogene (see Upper Tertiary) .
Neo.rchwagerina . . . . . . . . 665
Neotibetites . . . . . . . . . 453
Nephrolepidina 85. 86. 87. 88. 143.
. Noil Toko Trough (Timor'j 519. fig .
228 o n pl . 29
Noordwachter Ridge (Java Sea) 323
North arm of Celebes 40. 149. 389 a.f.
. North Borneo (British) . . . . 356
North Bungku and Bongka area
(East arm Celebes) . . . 397. 398
North coast Schists (Port . Timor) 75
Northeast Borneo 132. 141>353 a.f.
Northern Banda Basin 455 (geotect .
position)
Northern Divide Range -(New
Guinea) . . . . . . . . 57. 714
Northern Moluccas 44 (phys.),
fig . 19. 227. 377 a.f. (geol.)
"Old-andesite" Formcition 117 119. .
124. 184. 596. 71 5
OLDHASI . R . D . . . . 707.708 . 709
Ombai (see Alor).
Onto dome (Java) . . . . . 565. 575
Oosthoek (scc Eastern spur of
Java) .
OOSTINGH.C . H . 4. 65. 79. 82. 93.
108. 113. 115. 141. 142. 143. 162.
420. 573. 586 (note 2). 606. 620. 621.
630. 639. 650. 651. 654. 702
Opercrilitru 131. 136. 149. 163. 168.
.
371 391. 466. 473
Operclilinu an~monoides(GRONO-
vrous) . . . . . . . . . . . 161

. 164. 180. 181. 619. 629 639 .
Veplrrolepidinn an.^ lrlosri 85. 605. 629
Nephrolepidina bornehisis . . . 85
Nephrolepidinu Drouweri RUTTEN433
Nephrolepidino ferreroi PROV . 85. 605.
629
Nephrolepidina j7ex~rosa . . . . 629
Nephrolepidina inj7ata . . . 85. 629
Nephrolepidinn isolepiclinoides v .
D . VLERK . . . . . . . 85. 628
Nephrolepidina srimnti~en.sis. . . 85
Nephrolepidina cf . .slirrratrrnsis
var . r~rinor RUTTEN. . . . . 628
Nephrolepidina slimatrer~, cis var .
rk~~ir.illei. . . . . . . . . . 85
Ncpirrolepidina verheeki . . . . 85
Nerinm (? s.s.) sp . cf . ctalloni
PICT. & CAMP. . . . . . . . 667
Nrrinea (s.s.) polomhangsi.~Mus-
PER . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
Nerinea f P t ~ ~ g m u t i scf) . requieni
D'ORR. . . . . . . . . . 65. 344
hrestoritheriun7 . . . . . . . 92. 93
N E U M A NVNA N PADANG.M . 38. 39.
188. 193. 194. 201. 204. 210. 211.
214. 216. 494. 495. 550. 612. 613.
623. 643. 654. 726
NEUMAYR.M . . . . . . . . . 530
NEVE.G . A . D E . . . . . 267. 3 16
New Britain (Bismarck Arch.) . 716
New Guinea 55 (phys.), 177 (strat .
Tert.), 23 1 (ign . rocks). 7lO(reg . gcol.)
NEWTON.R . B . . . . . . . 133. 185
New volcanoes . . . . . . . . 204
Ngandong (Java) . . . . . . . 576
Njandung fauna . . . . . 92. 11 1
Ngawi Subzone (Java) 30.96.565. 567
Nglanggran Beds (Java) . . . . 556
Ngronan Horizon . . . . . . . 578
Nias . . . . . . 164 (strat.). 175
Nicobars & Andamans (see Anda-
mans & Nicobars) .
Nief area (see East Ceram) .
NIERMEYER. PROF. . . . . . . . 592
NIEUWENKAMP .W . . . . . 232. 233
NIGGLI. E . . . . . . . . . . . 245.
NIGGLI. P . 212 (note 2)... 213 . 232. 234..
2
North Seraju Range (Central
Java) . . . . . 29. 104.604. 61 3
.
North Sumatra 23 (note 1 ) 112. 122 . tra) . . . . . . . . 122. fig . 35
126. 660. 6'12 674 676 701
Northwest Borneo (Sarawak and
Brunei) . . . . . . . . . . 357
NORTON R . D . . . . . . . . . 90
NORZI. . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Notopuro Beds (Java) 93. 566 576. .
610
Nricula m a r k . . . . 69. 70. 71. 460
Nukes ardentes . . . . . . 192. 193
Nuhurowa or Kai-minor Group
(Ban.da arcs) . . . . . . . . 466
Nuhutjut or Kai-major (Banda
arcs) . . . . . . . . . . 466. 467
Nunrr?rrilina. . . . . . . . 446. 466
Numnzulinidac. . . . . . . . . 50 1
Nr/mr~rulites(= Camerina) 83. 84. 85.
86. 87. 88. 142 356
Nummu1ite.r hagelensis . . . . . 85
Nr~mmri1ite.rbornen.ri.r . . . . . 84
Nummrilitrs ~ok~(io1cartae. . 85. 87
N1tmmrilite.r fichteli-internre& 85. 86.
87
Nlitnnn~litesjavatia VERBEEK = N.
perfirata MONTFORT . 85. 86. 47
Nrin7rnulites nuttalli . . . . . 84. 85
Nlrmrnlilites pmgaronm.ri.r ( =
nat1.qgorlani) . . . . . . . . 85
Nummulites suhniosi DOUVILL~ . 142
Nummri1i1e.c 1ahal1arrnsi.c . . . 84
Nrin?muliles thalica . . . . . . 84
Nummrrlitcs vredenburgi . . . . 87
N u n Pene (Timor) fig . 229-230 resp .
o m p . 518-519
Nusa Endk (near Flores) . . . 496
Nusa Gelinta (near Flores) . . 496
Nusa Penida (Bali) . . . . . . 505
NUTTAL W . L . F . . . . . . . 187
Obapi Conglomerate (North arm
Celebes) . . . . . . . . . . 391
OBDEYNV . . . . . . . . 298 299
Obi Group 45 fig . 19 153. 379. 380
Oceanic basins 3-4 fig. 11 o n pl . 2
Operculinn crimingii (CARPENTER) 14 I
Operculina Zone (North Suma-
Operculinello venosa (FICHTEL&
MOLL). . . . . . . . . . . 142
Operculinidar . . . . . . . tab . 41
Operculinoicies . . . . . . . . 184
Ophiolites . . . . . . . . 244 a.f.
Ophiolite-spilite complex (Timor) 5 12.
5 15. 520. 522
OPPENHEII\I . . . . . . . . . . 105
.
OPPENOORTHW . F . F . 14. 96. 105.
123. 629. 694
OPPENOORTH & GERTH . . . . 595
Orang lJtan (Pongo) . . . 94 110 .
Orhitoides . . . . . . . . 37 1 . 474
Orbitoidiciae . . . . 84. tab . 41. 164
Orbitolina 66. 78. 128. 340. 344. 349.
427. 603. 661. 667. 668
Orhitolininae . . . . . . . 64. 148
Orhiroli~cs . . . . . . . . . . 132
Orbilolites complar~ataLMK. . . 156
(tab. 48)
OrD~lina. . . 164. 167. 168. 169. 491
OrDulinariu . . . . . . . . . . 532
Orhulina-surface . . . . . . . 90
Orbulina riniversn D'ORBIGNY89. 15 1.
161. 163. 166. 167. 168. 169
Origin of Atlantic (sodic) igneous
rocks . . . . . . . . . 243 a.f.
Origin of hydrothermal ore de-
posits . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Origin of igneous rocks 232 a.f., 242
a.f., tab . 73 on p . 255
Origin of Mediterranian (potassic)
igneous rocks 214. 220. 250 a.f.
Origin of nappes and geanticlines
(in the Banda arcs) . . . . . 479
Origin of ophiolites . . . 244 a.f.
Origin of Pacific (calcalkaline)
igneous rocks . . 218. 246 a.f.
Orogenic belts . . . . . . . . 15
Orogenic cycles (duration. in
Banda System) . . . . . 482. 483
Orogenic rules in the Indian
Archipelago . . 227-229.231, 232
Orogenic volcanism . . . . . . 199

281. 457 Ortlrocyclina . . . . . . . 154. 420

Niki Niki - Baun Zone (Timor) 74
Nila (Banda arcs) . . . . . . . 47 1
NILLSON.E . . . . . . . . . . 96
N.ialindung Beds . . . . . . . 620
Njalindung moll . fauna . . . . 81
Nodosario 157. 163. 164. 166. 168. 169
Nodocaria radicula (LINNB) . . 89
Non-volcanic outcr arcs . . . . 219
Non-volcanic outer arc of Timor
orogene . . . . . . . . . . 542
fig. 78 o n pl . 8 fig. 378 on pl . 41
Octopoda . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Ofu Series (Timor) . . . . 74, 520
Ogena Beds (Lower Jurassic.
Buton) . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Oil basin stratigraphy 107 (East Java).
116 (SE Sumatra). I20 (Central
Sumatra). 122 (North Sumatra).
133 a.f. (Borneo). 696 (East Sumatra)
Ojo Beds (Java) . . . . . . . 557
0rthoc.vclirra molrtccana H E N R . 156
(tab . 48)
0rthoc.vclinu .rrirrraiietzsis v . D .
VLERK . . . . . . 156 (tab . 48)
Orthophragmina (Di.~cocvclina) . 84
OSBORN . . . . . . 60. 9 1. 92. 7 10
Ossjpitic tendency of the Indo-
nesian calcalkaline igneous
province . . . . . . . . . . 213
Ostcoglossidar . . . . . . . . 113
0.rtracoda . . . . . . . . 101 164 . Pantar (Lesser Sunda Tsl.) . 52. 491
Ostr-en sp . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Panillera tigris (L.) . . . . . . 94
Ostreo cf . rzicaisci C ~ . Q. . . . 494 Papandajan Volcano (West Java) 21 5
Otakwa area ( W New Guinea) . 77 Paphia (Tapes) . . . . . . . . 81
OTLEYBEYER.H . . . . . . . . 567 Paphia neglecta (MARTIN). . . 646
OUDRAAT. J . C . . . . . . . . 466 Paracale-Mambulao gold field
Outer arc Banda System 455 (position (Philippines) . . . . . . . . 372
of Buru), 463.465.469.472.478. 482 Par-nfrondicularia japonica ASA V O 89
Outer arc Borneo System . . . . 360 Paralerroceras . . . . . . . . . 475
Outer arc Buton System 441 (VId on PARFFT.H . B . . . . . . . . . 75
fig. 182) Pasir (SE Borneo) . . . . 130. 139
Outer arc Celebes Orogene 440 (Id. Pasumah (South Sumatra) . . . 202
.
Ilf. 1ITd IVg o n fig. 182) Paternoster Reefs (Flores Sea) 436.
Outcr arc Java-Sumatra section 54. 634 729
Outer arc Lesser Sunda Islands 53 . Patihajan~dome . . . . . . . 594
510 a.f. Patjalan limestone horizon (.lava) 552
Outer arc Malava Orogene . . . 363 Patjitan (Java) . . . . . . . . 556
Outer arc ~ i c o b a r s& ~ n d a m a n s Peak of Bonthain (see Lompo-
section . . . . . . . . . . . 54 batang)
Oval~~eolina . . . . . . . . . . 137 Pecopteris(ex gr . arborescens) 62 327 . Pisang Tslands . . . . . . . . 153
Overdeepened parts in the Sunda Pectrn cf . cowperi WARINGvar .
Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . 300 vrrbarensis YABE & NAGAO. 64
Oxynoticerrrs . . . . . . . . . 450 PELAEZ . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Oxytoriia . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Pelaihari area (SE Borneo) . . . 139
Pelang Beds (Java) . . . . 572. 577
Peleng (Tsland see Banggai) .
Peleru Subzone or mixed belt
PAAP . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 .
(Central Celebes) 43 tab . 5. 406.
Pachyporrr ( ~ o v k n i ~ o r .n ). . . 72 41 1. 412. 440
Pochvpora intah:ilrrtn fl.ov;erzi- Pelicjpoda . . . . . . . . . . 72 1
porn vinaissei) . . . . . . . 72 Pellati.~pira 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 103.
Pochiporidae . . . . . . . . . 446 104. 105. 106. 128. 131. 136. 148
Pacific (cnlcalkaline) products of 149. 154. 155. 177. 179. 185 433. .
eruption . . . . . . . . . . 213 446. 509. 567. 603. 604. 618
Pacific Mountain svstem
~ + (Vr4r.o~)362 Pellatispira crossicol~~mnalo
note 2. 725 UMBG. . . . . . 156 (tab . 48)
Pacific suite (see Origin
. of Pacific Pe//atispira ~ l a h r aUMBGR . . . . I36
igneous rocks) . Pellatispira inflfrta UMBGR . 136. 156
Padang Highlands . . . . 113. 202 (tab . 48)
Padar (Lesser Sunda Islands) 496. 497 Pellotirpiro rnadaraszi H A N T K E N
P A K U C K A.S . . . . . . . . . 51 1 var .provnlei YABE 136. 156 (tab. 48).
Palawan Island (Philippines) . . 371 308
Palembang Basin (South Suma- Pellatispira orbitoidea (PROVALE) 136.
tra) . . . . . . . . . . 119. 696 156 (tab . 48)
Palelo Series (Timor) 73. 75. 515. 520 Pemali Beds . . . . . . . . . 604
Palembang ( S o ~ ~ t~hu m a t m ). . 685 Pematang Semut (South Sumatra) 681
Paleogene (see Lower Tertiary) . Penanggungan Volcano (Java) . 571
Paleogeography of Borneo (Tert . PENCK.A . . . . . . . . 1 1 . 96. 336
and Quat.) . . . . 358 (fig . 148) PENECKE . . . . . . . . . 45 1. 510
Paleontology . . . . . . . . . 4 Peneplanation (in the tropics) . I I
Palingenesis . . . . . . . 233a.f. Pengalengan section (Southern
Palmula rvticrtlata ( R ~ u s s ). . . 449 Mts of West Java) . 28. 622. 623
Palurlornur . . . . . . . . . . 126 Pengampon facies (East Java) . 579
Palu Range (gcanticline) 43 . tab . 5, Penjatan Series (Central Java) . 605
403, 407, 411. 412. 413. 430. 431. Pentacrinr~s. . . . . . . . 77. 530
440 Percentage Method 80 (molluscs). 95
Paluweh (near Flores) . . . . . 495 (corals). 101 (diatoms)
Pamalar limestone (Sumha) 159. fig . Periodicity of orogenesis . . 294. 295
45. tab . 106 o n p . 509 Periodicity volcanic activity . . . 204
Pamali Breccias (SE-Borneo) fig. 141 . Perisphinctes . . . . . . . . . 70
.
142 343. 344 Perisplrit~rtes WAAG . . . . . . 64
Pcimaluan coal (Borneo) . . . . 101 Permian 61. 73 (Neth . Timor). 76
Paman or Pamirna (near Flores) 495. (Port-Timor)
496 Permo-Carboniferous (strat.) . 61
Pandnn Volcano (Java) . . 570. 579 Perno . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Paniungan Beds (Meratus range) 64. PERRET.F . A . . . . . . . . . 200
341 PFRRIN . R . . . . . . . . . . . 233
PANNEKOEK. A . J . 1 l . 15. 28. 48 (note PERRINSMITI-I . . . . . . . . 5 1 1
.
2). 102. 299. 471 . 595 h01>602. 616. Persulcates . . . . . . . . . . 7 1
617. 618. 619. 621 . 622. 623. 638 PETROESCHEVSKY. W . A . 188. 194. 20 1 .
PANNEKOEK (Miss) 80. 8 I . 586 (note 2) 224. 493. 503
PANNEKOEK VAN RHEDEN..I. 5.494, PETTERSON. H. (deepsea exp.) . 14
501. 503 Phacoides . . . . . . . . . . 81
Phanetrones . . . . . . . . . 446
Philippine Basin . . . . . . . 388
Philippine Deep . . . . . 377. 386
Philippines (Philippine Islands)
1. 2. 32 (phys . structure). 60 . 142
(stratigraphy). 226 (ign . rocks).
368 a.f. (geol.)
PHILLIPS.D . W . . . . 287 (note 1)
Plros. . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Phreatic explosions . . . . . . 198
Phyllitic facies (Paleogene Bor-
neo) 127. 128. 143 (Philippines)
Phyllocrras . . . . 76. 379. 419. 450
Physiographic divisions 15 a.f., fig.
11 o n pl . 2
PILGRIM. . . . . . . . . . . 93
Pilomasin Conca (South Sumatra) 681
Pini . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
PINKLEY. . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1
Pithecanthropus 82. 91. 92. 98. 102.
107. 110. 11 1. 557. 566. 581. 591
.
Pithecanthropr~sduhilrs v . K . 110 l l l
Pithecanthropu.r erectus D u ~ o r s 82.
92. 94. 98. 99. 106. 110. 1 1 I . 576
Pithecanthropr~.cirzodjokertensi.r v .
K . . . . . . . . . . . 107 1 1 1 .
Pitheranthropl~srohri.rtrt.r WEIDEN-
REICH . . . . . . . . . 107. 111
Planoglohulina . . . . . . . . 77
Planorbulinvlla larvata (PARKER
. and JONES). . . . . . . . . 89
Plant remains and pollen . . . 102
Planrtlina . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Planulina wueller.storfi (SCHWA-
G E R ) . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Plateau-sandstone facies or Form-
ation (Borneo) . . . 127. fig . 37
Pleurostor~ielln . . . . . . . . 90
Pleuro.rtnr~~ello alternans SCHWA-
GER . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
P/eurotoma gendingonen.ris MMRT . 586
(note 1)
Pliolepidina . . . . . . . . . . 85
Plinian eruptions . . . . . . . 200
Plio-pleistocene igneous activity 119
Poenites . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Polvlepidino T A N . . . . 86. 87. 356
Poljlepidino zej~lman.ri. . . 128. 131
Po!vtrema . . . . . . . . . . 391
Pompangeo Formation 407. 410. 41 5.
433
Pompangeo Range (Central Ce-
. .
lebes) 43. tab . 5. 407. 41 1 412 413.
440
Pongo (see Orang Utan) .
Pongo . . . . . . . . . 92.94. 1 10
PONTOPPIDAN . . . . . . . 163. 265
Popoh Bay (Java) . . . . . . . 558
POPOV. V . J . . . . . . 294 (note 2)
Porides . . . . . . . . . . . 593
PORLEZZA. . . . . . . . . . 216
PORTMAN . . . . . . . 707. 708. 709
Port Moresby area (East New
Guinea) . . . . . 77. 185(strat.)
Portuguese Timor 75 (Pretert.), 162
(Tert.), 521 a.f. (geol.)
Poso Depression (Central Cele-
bes) . . . . 43. tab . 5. 403. 41 1
Poso Lake (Central Celebes) . . 41 1
Poso Zone (Central Celebes) . 43.
tab . 5. 403. 407
POSTHUMUS. 0. . . . . . . . . 5

Postiljon Recfs (Flores Sen) 436. 729
POTONIL.H . . . . . . . . 1 13. 663
POTT. G . . . . . . . . . . . . I30
Praeoh'eolina . . . . . . . . . 137
Prafi Series . . . . . . . . . . 77
PRATT. . . . . . . . . . . . 370
PRATT& HAYFORD . . . . . . 272
PRATT& SMITH . . . . . 144. 370
PR.ATTJE. . . . . . . 48 (note 2)
Prrang@ric~MART. . . . . . . . 81
Preang(u)erian . . . . . . . . 82
Primary tectogenesis (termin-
ology) . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Probihos cijulangen.si\ . . . . . 92
Probolingo (Java) . . . . . . . 553
Prodicoe1ire.s . . . . . . . . . 7 1
P r o d u r t u . ~ . . . . . . . 62, 76 397
Proetu.~ . . . . . . . . . . .
Propinacoco.as . . . . . . . . 475
Protide . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 3
Proto Australian (Early Man) . 1 1 1
Protocardia . . . . . . . . . . 64
Protoplotus heau/i)rti LAMBR . . . 1 13
P.~eudoc.~cla1~1117inn. . . . . . . 72
Pserrdoglantirllin(1 . . . . . . . 90
P.seudo~glnnr/~rlinaacuta LEROY . 89
Pseudotiiono/is . . . . . . . . 456
Pse1rdorno17otis cf . ochoticn . 63. 327
P.cc~ir/ot~otlosarin tli.rcl.ela ( R ~ u s s ) 89
Pse~itiolextrilaria. . . . . .
P s e u t i o t e x t l i l n ~ ~ i,h.listicosa
a ( EG-
GER) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pseutiotextlrlaria c f . :~lohlrlosa
EHRENBERG 378. 382. 384 (tab. 88)
45 3
Psilocrras . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 9
Pualaca region (Timor) . . . . 73
Puerto Galera ( Mindoro. Phi-
lippines) . . . . . . . . . . 371
Plillenia . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Pullenia brrl1oicie.c ( D ' O R B I G N Y. ) 89
Plillenialina . . . . . . . . . . 164
Pulleniatina o h l i y r ~ i l o c . ~ ~ l o(PAR- tn
K E R and JONES) . 89. 151. 161, 163
Pulu Babi (Lesser Sunda Islands)
486, 487, 495
Pulubalang Beds (SE Borneo) . 134.
138, 139
Pulu Besar (near Flol-es) . . . . 495
Pulu Komba (Flores Sea) . 492, 493
Pulu L.aut ([sland) . . . . 130, 339
Pulu Laut centre of diastrophism
348 (Pre-Tertiary). 351 (Tertiary),
410 (Strait of Makassar Zone) . 429.
430, 440. 587, 730
P l l l ~ ~ i n r l l i n t.r . . . . . . . . . 39 1
Purr1 Besar (Lesser Sunda Is!.) 487. 488
Pura Ketjil o r Tcrnkite (Lesser
Sunda Isl.) . . . . . . . 487, 488
P~irpllridae . . . . . . . . . . 8 1
Purwakarta area (West Java) . . 251
(ign . rocks)
Putjanglrn Beds 93 . 96, 98 570, 574. . "Rumpfebene" . . . . . . . 11. 19
.579.
Pyreneic orogencsis . . . . . . 724
Quarles Mts (Celcbcs) 426. 428. 420 .
430. 43 1 . 440
Quartz-sandstone Formation 1 13.
120. 122. 124. 143
Qunrtcrnary . . . . . . . . . 79
INDEX
..... --
? Q r i e n s t ~ d t i c e r a . .~ . . . . . . 76
Quinqrrelocrilirra . . 163. 443. 603. 604
Quinyrrelocrilino reticulata D'OR-
B I G N Y var . elongata LE ROY 168
RAADSHOVEN. B . V A N & SWART.J .
304. 306. 310
RAALTEN. C . H . V A N . . 1 15. 659. 684
RACK. G . . . . . . . . . . . 501
R n d i o c . v c l o c ~ p c ~ iTs A N. . ; 88. 605
Radiolnria(e) 64. 102. 159. 166. 174.
.
175 185. 384 (tab. 88). 458 475
485. 532. 603
Radiolarite Zone (Borneo) . . . 64
. Radja Ampat G r o u p . . . . . 47
62 Raidjua (Rendjuwa) (Lesser Sun-
da Islands) . . . . . . . . . 533
Raidjuwa . . . . . . . . 53 155
Ragay Zone . . . . . . 35. 37 374
RAGUIN.E . . . . . . . . 232 233
Rainfall . . . . . . . . . 7. fig. 7
Rnmbatan Beds (Central Java) . 605
RAMBERG. H . . . . . . . . 233. 234
Ramu-Markham Depression
(Eastern New Guinea) . . . . 716
Ranau. Lakc (South Sumatra) 202.
679
.
7 1 77 Randublatung Zone . . 29. 96. 584
Ranella pornotonensi.~MART. . . 8 1
67 Ranella sribgranosa BECK160. 161. I62
RANKAMA. K . . . . . . . . . 234
. Ratai Bay (South Sumatra) . . 668
Raung Volcano 194. fig . 56 (major
mountain slide)
RAVEN.T H. . . . . . . . 12. 301
Rawlinson Range . . . . . . . 716
.
R E A D H . H . . . . . . . . . . 232
. hifrons (BRADY)
R e c t o h o l i ~ina
Reeflimestones of Tjimandiri Beds
(West Java) . . . . . . . . 620
R E E R I N KJ .. . . . . . 654 (note I )
REGTEREN ALTENA.V A N & BEETS623
RETCHEL. M . . . . . . . . 137. 180
REINHARD. M . 132. 141. 232. 233. 356
RETNHARDT & W F N K . . . 356 371
REINHOLD. T H. 98. 101. 159. 421
. .
490 566 574. 575. 579
REINWARDT. C . G . C . 190 (notc I ) .
472. 5 1 1
REITSEMA. TJ. L . . . . 14. 105. 595
Rejuvenation (soil) . . . . . . 10
Rembang Beds (East Java) . . 586
Rembang (hilly district of) . 20. 585
Rembangian . . . . . . 81. 82. 586
RENSCH.B. . . . . . . . . . 4
RENZ. 0 . . . . . . . . . 72. 120
Renz & Kupper . . . . . . . 83
.
RETGERSJ . W . . . . . . . . . 435
246
REYZER.J . 65. 66. 78. 148. 404 406.
408. 409. 426. 427
Rhaelina . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Rhinocero.~ 92. 94. 301. 557. 607 650
Rhinocrros kentiengirlis Drreors 92. 94
Rhinoceros sondniclrs DESMAREST 92.
94. 650
.
Rhopalohelus exiles . . . . . . 382
Rl~ynchonella. . . . . . . . . 76
Rlr!~t~chonella arpadico . . . . . 66
Rhynclronella ( A u s t r i e l l a l . . . 456
Rh.vnchonc~llidae D'ORB. . . . . 455
Richardson. J . A . 18 1.244.360.362. 363
Rindjani Volcano (Lombok) . . 504
Ringgit-Beser group (Java) 552. fig .
263 on PI . 32
Ringgit ~ e i i e s(Java) . . . . . 552
.
R I N K H . . . . . . . . . 707. 709
Rintja (Lesser Sunda Islrrnds) 496. 497
Riouw(-Lingga) Archipelngo 17. 225.
. . 304
Ritter Volcano (1888) . . . . . 201
RITTMAN.A . 191. 194. 220. 251. 423.
444. 415
Robulina Zone (North Sumatra) 122.
fig . 35
. Rohrilus . . . . . . . . . . . 163
. R o h l i l ~ l sjava1711.s(KOCH)var . ~ i n r -
. p l e x ( K o c ~ i. . . . . . . . 80
Rockefeller Foundation . . . . 109
ROESLAN . . . . . . . . . . . 222
ROESSEL.B. . . . . . . . . . 9
ROEVEK. W . P . D E 61. 62. 73. 74. 215.
229 . 243. 254. 316. 389. 405. 407.
511. 512. 514. 515. 517 537 .
ROGGEVEEN. P . M . 71. 153. I54 . 304.
305.306.307. 308. 3 18,460.507, 508
RokatindaVolcano(see Paluweh).
Romang (errstern end inner arc
Lesser Sunda Isl.). . 52. 471. 485
Rongga plateau . . . . . . . . 638
Rook arc of SIEBERG. . . 58. 716
Roos . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Root of mountain ranges (sialic)
272 a.f.
ROOTHAAN. .
H . PH. 68 . 153 377. 378
I5 I . 163 R o s ~ x s u s c ~H. . . . . . . . . 233
Rotalio 91. tab . 41. 179. 181. 182. 183.
456. 474
R o t n l i a c n t c l l j f i ~ r ~ n i.s . . . . . 181
Rotnlia conoirie.r (D'ORB.) . 162 18 1 .
Rotnlia eponidc.~ . . . . . . . 182
Rotalirr i t ~ r l i c n LEROY . . . . . 89
Rotalia rnarginospinoscl L-E ROY . I67
Rotolia schroeterinna . . . 181. IS2
. Rotalio 5 var . spinoscr . . . . . 181
. Rotalia tri.cpinota TH.\L\I . var . . 162
Rotalia Zone (North S ~ ~ m a t r I27 a).
fig . 35
Rotalidae . . . . . . . 114 118. 383 .
ROTHPLETZ . A . . . . . 105. 530. 643
Roti (Rotti) . . . . . 53 155. 530 .
ROUBALILT . . . . . . . . . . 233
ROUFFAER. G . P . . . . . . . . 644
.
ROWLEY R . D . . . . . . . . 371
ROY. LE 4. 89. 90. 101. 160. 161. 162.
163. 164. 167. 650
Ruk Arc (see Rook Arc) .
Rumbcrpon (Geelvink Bay) 56. 77
Rumu Beds (Upper Jurassic. BLI-
. . ton) . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
RUTTEN.L . M . R . 4. 8. I 0 (fig. 9). 42.
. . . . . . .
60 65 67 . 68 78 83 101 126. 127 .
.
 RUTTEN.MARTING . 61. 63 (note 1).
83. 88. 128. 137 (note 2). 181
(note 1). 335. 356. 361
RUTTEN& HUTZ . . . 442. 444. 445
RUTTNER.F. . . . 689. 692. 693. 694
Riehakina . . . . . . . . . . 77
Sadang Valley (SW Central Ce-
lebes) . . . . . . . 428.430. 431
Sagaranten
. .
(West Java) . . 621 622
Sahul arca . . . . . . . . . . 721
. . .
Sahul Shelf 3. 4. 15 fig . 20 59 721
Saibi Beds ( w e s t o f ~ i m n t r a )' 164.
170. 174. 175
Salajar or Saleyer (Flores Sc3) . 437
Salajar System . . . . . . . . 438
Salamuku Beds (Djambi Nappe.
Sumatra) . . . . . . . . . . 664
Salo Talimbangan granite (Cen-
tral Celebes) . . . . . . . . 406
Salsima layer in tectonosphere 281.
284. 285. 286. 288. 293 ("buffer
action")
Salul Beds (Simalur) . . . 172. 175
Samar arc 37. 38 (note 1). 368 a.f.,
379. 386 a.f., 388. 401. 402. 431
S a m a r - D i ~ ~ a tZone
a . 35. 38. 45. 388
Samarinda anticlinorium (East
Borneo) . . . . . . . . 20. 352
Sambipitu Bcds (Java) . . . . . 556
Sa~nosirBlock (Toba. North Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 692
Sampolnkosa Beds (Mio-Pliocene .
Buton) . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Sampung fauna . . . . . . 93. 1 1 1
SANDERS. M . . . . . . 102. I 13. 1 14
Sandstone Zonc (North coast
West New Guinea) . . . . . 178
Sangcnng (near Sumbawa) . . . 501
Sanggar Peninsula of Sumbawa 501-
503
Sangihe Ridgc . . . . . . 45. 378
Saneihe-Minahasa Svstcm 47 .. 384 ..
3g5. 441
Sanrriran (domc) (Java) 108. 109 110 . .
111. 565. 567. 575. 576
Sangkulirang area (East Borneo) 133 . SEIDLITZ,W . VON . . . . . 69. 460
158. 140 .
Santa Cruz Formation (Philip-
pines) . . . . . . . . . 145. 156
SAPPER.K . . . . . . 8. 188. 202. 717
Snracenaria iralica DEFRANCE . . 89
Sarangan (Java) . . . . . 568. 569
Sarangbaung (Banjak Isl.) . . . 171
SARASIN. P . & P . 1. 150. 151. 220. 435
Sarawak (NW Borneo) . 133. 142. 358
Sarawak System (NW Borneo) 730
Sareweh Beds . . . . . . . . 629
Sau River (Wetar) . . . . . . 489
Savic orogenesis . . . . . . . 724
Snwal Volcano (West Java) . . 217
(ore deposits by exhalations)
Sawu Basin . . . . . . . 506. 507
Sawu Island (Savu) (Lesscr S ~ ~ n d a
Islands) . . . . . . . . 53. 532
Scaphorrdrirlrrc . . . . . . . . 8 1
.
SCHAAD. . . . . . 67 68. 244. 389
SCHATSKY. N . S . . . . 294 (note 2)
SCHEERER. . . . . . . . . . 233
SCHEEFEN. W. . . . . . . . . 83
SCHEIBENER. E . . . . . . . 14. 646
SCHELECHOFF. B . . . . . . . . 75
SCHELLE. VAN . . . . . . . . 494
SCHEPERS. H. G . . . . . . . . 1
Schiefer Barisan of TOBLER. . 667
SCHILDER. F. A . . . . . . 80. 574
Schildpad Islands 41 (Togian Islands).
48
Schist-Palelo Complex (Timor) 5 15
Schiz aster progocnsis GERTH. . 142
SCHMIDT.C . . . . . . . . 133 435
K . G . . . . . . . . 191
. "Short-circuits" in mountain
SCHMIDT.
SCHMIDT.W . . . . . ; . . . . 287
SCHMUTZER . . . . . . . . . . 32 1
SCHNEIDER . . . . . . . . . . 51 1
SCHOLLER. H . . . . . . . . . 247
SCHOTT.G . . . . . . . . . 2. 504
SCHOUTEN. C . . . . . . . 184. 674
Schouten Islands . . . . . 178. 180
SCHRODER. E . E . W . G . 164. 165. 168
SCHROEDER VAN DER KOLK.J . L . C .
444. 455. 457
SCHUBERT. R . J . . 66. 390.475. 51 1
SCHUCHERT . . . . . . . . . . 79
SCHUPPLI. H . M . 79. 133 (note 1). 142.
. .
351 . 357 586. 587 591 676 . Simalur (Simeulue) . . 171 (strat.)
66 1. 676. 702
Schwaner Range or Mts (Borneo) 18
60.225. 226. 333. 334
SCHWINNFR . . . . . . . . . . 707
Scleropa~ussp . . . . . . . . 113
Scorrsia . . . . . . . . . . . 81
SCRIVENOR . J . B. 4 . 31 1. 360 . 363..364..
511. 709
Sea sediments . . .
13 fig . 10. 504
Sea straits Lesser Sunda '1sLnds'
(see Fracture pattern) .
Seberuwang (Cretaceous. West
Borneo) . . . . . . . . . . 331
Sebolon ketjil (near Flores) . . 496
Sebuku (Island) . . . . . . . . 130
Secondary tectogenesis (termin-
ologic) . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Sector-graben (see volcano-tect-
onic rift-structures) .
SEDERHOLM . . . . . . . . . . 234
Sediment-petrography . . . . . 102
Seismicity . . . . . . . 3. 257 a.f.
S e k a m.~ o .
n gBlock (South Sums-
tra) . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
Selenka Expedition . . 91. 107 109 . Slamet Volcano (old) . . . . . 612
Sele-Womba(W New Guinca) 179. 18 1
Semangko Graben (South Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 678
Semangko Zone (rift) (Sumatra) 24.
672. 677. 685. 689. 694
Sernarang-Rembang depression . 592
Semarang-Ungaran . . . . . . 108
Semeru complex . . . . . . . 551
Semeru lava 1941 . . . . . . . 196
Semeru Volcano 205 (Periodicity.
activity)
Semilir Beds (Java) . . . . . . 556
Semongkrong . . . . . . . . . 553
Semitau Subzone (zone B 2 in
West Borneo) . . . . . . . 331
Sentolo Beds . . . . . . . . . 81
Seraju depression . . . . . . . 6 10
Seraju Range (Central Java) see
South-Seraju Range and North-
Seraju Range .
Seraju River . . . . . . 9(note I )
Seran (Serang sce Ceram) .
Seria (Sarawak) . . . . . . . . 358
Sermat;~(Banda arcs) . . . . . 476
Serun (Banda arcs) . . . . . . 471
Seurula Beds (North Sumatra) . 122
SHAND. . . . . . . . . . 214. 251
Shark (teeth) . . . . . . . . . 102
SHEPHERD. . . . . . . . . . 215
roots . . . . . 464. 465.466. 483
Siberut . . . . . . . 163 (strat.)
Sibigo limestone (Sirnalur) . 172. 175
SIEBERG.A . . . . . . . . 58. 212
SIEVERTS. H . . . . . . . . . . 445
Sigmoilirra . . . . . . . . . . 90
Signroilinn pcrsoncita MOHLEK. 90
(note 1)
Sigugur Beds . . . . . . . . . 604
Silat facies (Paleogcne West Bor-
neo) . . . . . . . 127. fig 37 .
Silurian . . . . . . . . . . . 61
SILVESTRI . . . . . . . . . . . I37
Sima . . . . 263. 281. 283-285. 293
Simangaris synclinc (Norht Bor-
nco) . . . . . . . . . . 355. 356
Simian gap (Early Man) . . . . 110
. SIMON.A . . . . . . . . . . . 504
.
SIMONENA . . . . . . . . . . 243
SIMONS.E . L . 72. 73. 74. 159. 160.
485. 490. 511. 512. 514. 515. 523
Sinanthropus . . . . . . . 110. 111
Sin Cowe reefs . . . . . . . . 31
Singapore granites . . . . . . 237
.
Singkarak Lake (Central Suma-
tra) . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
Singkel embayment (North Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Singkep (Tin island) . . . . . 314
Sino-Malayan fauna . . . . . . 92
Siphocypraea caput-viperacz (MAR-
TIN) . . . . . . . . . . 82. 646
Siphogenerinn striata (SCHWXGER) 167
Siphonalicr iclcei MART . . . . . 105
Siphonina reticrrlcrtcr (CZJZEK). . 89
Sipura . . . . . . . 163 (strat.)
SITTER.L . U . DE 90. 119. 135. 260.
261. 352. 660. 676
Siwalik foothills . . . . . . . 727
"Skull bowls" (ancient head-
hunters) . . . . . . . . . . 111
SLUIS.J . P . V A N D E R 72. 78. 80. 154.
442. 443. 446. 449. 450. 451. 453.
456. 465. 537. 661
SMITH.W . D . 8. 60. 142. 143. 144.
ShflT SIBINGA.G . L . 17. 60. 96. 97.
98. 100. 298. 300. 301. 441. 579.
.
582. 585. 636 721. 723. 731
Snellius Exped~tion . . . 14. 15. 89
Sncllius Ridge . . . . . . . . 45
Snow Mountain Range (New
Guinea) . . . . . . . . 57. 714
SOERGEL. W . . . . . . . . 91. 460
Soil lixiviation . . . . . . . 9. 224
Soil rejuvenation . . . . . 10. 224
Soil sciencc (agrogeology) . 13. 224
Solariella ambl~'gonioto Coss-
M A N N . . . . . . . . . . . 630
Solarirrm microdiscrts MART. . . 105

~ o l f a t a r a& fumarola 188. 198. 207
.
208 215
~ o l o i o nIslands . . . . . . . 73 1
Solo river terrace . . . . . . . I I I
Solor (Lesser Sunda Islands) 52 494
Solo Zone (Java) 30. 52. 547. 559.
568. 577
Somohole Beds (Lowcr Permian
of Timor) . . . . . . . . . 5 12
Sonde . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Sonde mnrls . . . . . . . . . 573
Sonde mollusccin fhunac . . . . 82
Sondian . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Sonnebait Series (Timor) 73. 74 5 12. . Strgodon trigonoccphalus . . . . 566
514. 515. 520. 522
Sorct effect . . . . . . . . . . 28 1
Sorit Beds (Simalur) . . . 172. 175
Sorites . . . . . . . 156 ( t a b. 48)
so rite.^ n~artini . . . . 179. 180. 433
Soropati-Tclcmojo volcanic com-
plex (Java) . . . . . . . . . 562
SOSMAN .
. R B. . . . . . . . . 245
South arm of Celebes 42. 147. 148.
426 a.f. (gcol:)
South coast p l u n (Central Java) . 594
Southeast arm of Celebes 41. 148
389. 414 a.f. (geol.)
Southeast Borneo . . . . . . . 339
Southern Moluccas (see Randa
arcs).
Southern Mtr ( o f Java) 28. 30. 31.
.
546 554; (of West Java) 616. 622.
.
624 627
South Seraju Range (Central
Java) . . . . . 29. 104. 594. 602
South Sumatra 23 (note I). 114. 116.
124. 659. 672. 674
Southwest Bantam . . . . . . 633
SPARKS . . . . . . . . . . . 142
STERLING. J . . . . 58. 71 5. 721. 722
Spermonde Arch . (Reefs uff Ma-
kassar) . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Splracroidina brrlloides (U'ORBIG-
NY) . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Spi~aeroidinellrrdehisret~s( P A R K E R
and JONES). . . . . 89. 162. 163
.
S P I K F RE . TH. N . . . . 586 (note 2)
Spina nrcntcrlis (of Early Man) . 109
SPINKS.K . L . . . . . . . 58. 717
Spirif;.~.( A d o v a ) . . . . . . . 62
Spirifrritra D'ORB. . . . . . 450. 453
Spiriferinu c'assiarin . . . . . . 66
Spirigrra . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Spiroc~~pcrts 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 90.
112. 118. 120. 122. 131. 133. 134.
.
136. 137. tab . 41 143. 148. 149.
150. 154. 159. 166. 168. 169. 170.
174. 175. 176. 178. 179. 180. 184.
185. 356. 399. 420. 432. 433. 449.
460. 461. 462. 466. 474. 475. 477.
482. 494. 509. 534. 535 ( t a b. 107)
539. 604. 619. 629. 649. 653. 654
Spirorlypeus lelipoldi v . D . VLFRK 85
628. 629. 639
Spiroclj~prprrr.~leipoldi-01.hitoihus
163. 415
Spiroclype~rsnlnr,y aritatiis . 85. 475
Spiroc1,vpru.s n~argaritatris
SCHLUMR . v i ~.r umhonnta Y . &
H . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Spirorlypeus orbitoicleus . . . . 391
Spirurlypeus pleurocentrolis . . . 85
INDEX
- .
Spirorljpeus tidoenganensis v . D .
. VLERK. . . . . . . 85. 628. 629
.
Spiroclypeus vermicularis TAN87. 13 1.
150 (note I). I85
Spiroplectamnrina . . . . . . . 163
. SPRINGER. F . . . . . . . . . . 530
STANLEY.E . R . . 76. 77. 185. 214. 710
STAUE.R . . . . . . . . . . . 441
STAUBER. H . . . . . . . . 12. 287
STAUFFER. H . . . . . . . . . . 60
STEENIS. C . G . G . J . V A N 5. 126. 696
Stegodon . . . . 9 1. 92. 107. 144. 301
Stegodon mindanense . 144 (note I )
Stegodon prarcursor . . . . . . 575
Strgodon trigonocephalus prai.rfr r.
sor v . KOEN . . . . . . . 96. 575
. .
STEHN.CH. E . 196 I98 I99.200.201.
STEHN &~ M B < ~ K O V E. . . 92. 640
STEIGER. . .
H G V O N 25. 1 13. 122. 124.
426. 435. 662. 663. 674. 676. 686.
699. 701
STEINCALLENFELS. VON . . . . 93
STEINMANN. G . . . 242. 244. 245. 254
. Steinnianniu . . . . . . . 446. 449
Steinmannites sp . . . . . . 63. 327
Stephanoccras . . . . . . . . . 475
Stcpl7anorc~roshlagdeni . . . . . 76
Stcplianocerns lrumphriesi . . 379. 382
Stephunocera.r larr~ellosum . . . 76
Stervend land (dying land) . . . 9 468. 469 (relation Central Mountain
Stik-vallei (suffocating valley) . 222
. . .
STILLE.H . 264 294 295 370. 378.
441. 463. 469. 483 (note 2). 584.
723. 724
STILLE'Sorogenic phases . . . . 584
STINY.J . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
STOLL~Y E .. 67 (note 1 ). 69. 72. 389.
406. 416. 466
.
Storniosphaera . . 67. 443 446. 532
Stomiosplinero moluccana WAN-
~ E R. . . . . 65. 69. 419.446. 450
STRAETER. . . . 402.407.411. 418
Strait of Madura (Java) . . . . 553
Strait Sape (Lesser Sunda Islands) 497
Strait Sunda dome . . . . . . 633
Strait Sunda (origin o f ) . . 633 636 . Survaki or Pulu Pandjang (Banda
Strand dams or shore bars ( N E
Sumatra) . . . . . . . . . . 702
Stratigraphy 4. 60 n.f. (Chapter [I).
table 26 (Java)
Strato-volcanoes . . . . . . . 208
STHEMME. H . . . . . . . . . . 91
Strength (of crustal layers or
rocks) 260. 261. 276-278. 280. 283.
787
.
Streptorhynchus . . . . . . . . 397
Strcpsic1ir1.a songoensis . . . . . 105
Strombus . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Stron~bri.~isohclla LAMK . var .
thcrsites . . . . . . 586(note I )
. Stror?ihu.s madirirrrnsis MART
(note 1)
. . 586
STR~ME E . . 126
R REICHENBACH,
VON
. . . . . . . . 537
Sturin rr~or~golira
STUTTERHEIM, W . F. . . . . . 52
Suholveolina . . . . . . . . . 137
Sub-Barisan Depression of TOE-
L E R (Central Sumatra) . . . . 699
Submarine volcanoes . 204, tab . 61
Slrbulites sp . . . . . . . . . . 62
SUCHTELEN. V A N . . . . . . . 494
S u ~ s s .E . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Suete district (Port . Timor) . . 73 .
526. 527
Sugi (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) . . 304
Sukabumi (West Java) . . . . 622
.
Sukadana basalt shield of (South
Sumatra) . . . . . . . . . . 684
Sukur or Sukun (near Flores) 495. 496
Sula Islands . . . 45. 153. 380-382
Sula Spur (STILLE) . . . . . . 378
Sulawesi (see Celebes) .
Sumatra 21 (physiography). fig . 13 o n
pl . 3. I I l a.f. (Tertidry). 659 a.f.
(regional geol.)
Sumatra Orogene . . . . . . . 668
Sumatra section (of Sunda Moun-
tain System) . . . . . . . . 728
Suniba (Lesser Sunda Isl.) 53. 155
.
(Tertiary) 507-510 (geol.). 542
~ u m b a w a - ( ~ e s s ~e ru n c t ~Islands)
i 52.
501 -504
Sundo (name) . . . . . . . 644
Sundii Archipelago (name) . . 2
Sunda area 14. 15. 17 (physiography).
298 a.f. (yeol.), 324 (struct . belts).
364
Sunda complcx (West Java) 641. 643
Sunda hlountiiin System 3. 16. 48
.
(note 1 ) 53. fig. 91 and p . 274 (re-
lation to isost . unom.), 388 (relation
Melanesian System); 464. 465. 467.
Range New Guinea). 658 727 .
(synthesis)
sunha Orogene (acc . to this book)
668. 703
Sunda O r o ~ e n eof WESTERVELD
668. 703 .
Sunda shelf 3. 4 . 15. fie. 11 on VI . . 2..
fig . 108. 225. 298 n.f.-, 323
Sungis (Aru Islands) . . . 59. 722
Suoh Basin (South Sumatra) . . 679
Suoh explosion 1933 198. 199. figs.
59 + 60. 679
Supiori . . . . . . . . . 77. 178
Surakarta (Java) . . . . . 554. 567
.
Surakarta area 557 fig . 286 pl . 34 .
arcs) . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Su.r strrmrrii . . . . . . . . . 92
Sus ferhcrari . . . . . . . . . 97
Swedish deepsea Expedition 194X I 1
S W E M L E. . . . . . . . . . . I - I
Sycones . . . . . . . . . . . 116
SZEMIAN. J . . . . . . . . . . 11
Taal Volcano . . . . . . . . . I99
Tabalar (East Borneo) 132. 138. 139.
141
Tacniopteris . . . . . . . . . 62
"Tafelhoek" (Bali) . . . . . . 505
Tajandu Islands (Bandn arcs) . 466
Tail of New Guinea . . . . . 58
Taka Garlarang (Gulf of Bone) 437 .
fig . 181
Takolekadju Mts (Ccntral Ce-
lebes) . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Talahabia MART . . . . . . . . 81
Talangakar-Pendopo Anticlino-
rium (South Sumatra) . . . . 696

Talang Akar Beds (Central Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 673
Talaud and Nanusa Islands 45. 68.
. Tasikmalaya) . . . . . . . . 194
153 378
u . . . . . 45. 378
~ a l a u d - ~ a jbelt
Tambora province of Mediterran-
ean volc . rocks . . . . . . . 219
Tambora Volcano (Sumbawa) 194.
201. 502. 503. 504
Tambolungang (Flores Sea) . . 437
TAMS.E . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Tana Djampea (Flores Sea) . . 437
Tanahbumbu area (SE-Borneo) 139
TANAKADATE. H . . . . . . . . 210
Tana h Roong Series (Sumba) . 507.
508
Tandjong lllipoi (Wetar) . . 488. 489
Tanggamus Volcano (South Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Tangkuban Prahu . . . . . . . 644
Tanimbar Group (Banda arcs) 472 a.f.
Tanimbar Islands . . . . . 50. 153
TAN'S cycloclypeus-stratigraphy . 88
TAN SIN HOK 4. 62. 65. 83. 84. 86.
102. 104. 131. 134. 136. 137. 148.
150 (note 1). 160. 177. 420. 532.
544. 595. 598. 654
Tapak Beds (Reef-limestones o n
top o f t h e ) . . . . . . . . . 606
Tapak Series (Central Java) . 606. 654
Tapir . . . . . . . . . . 94. I 1 1
Tapirus . . . . . . 92. 557 (note 3)
Tapirus indicus DESMAREST . . 94
TAPPENBECK. D . 72. 73. 74. 75. 88.
155. 156. 159. 162. 511 . 513-517
Tarakan (Island) . . . . . . . 141
Tatrot fauna . . . . . . . . . 93
TAVERNE. N . J . M . 126. 198.208.220.
222. 223. 268. 660. 662. 694
Tawaelia Depression (Central Ce-
lebes) . . . 43. tab . 5. 404
Tawar. Lake (Atjeh. North Su-
matra) . . . . . . . . . . . 677
TAYLOR. . . . . . . . . 287. 723
TEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Tea Wei Beds (Timor Permian) 74
Tectogenesis (principles o f ) 287
(mono- or bicausal). 336 (termin-
ology). 542 (Timor Nappes). 582
.
(Kendeng Java). 587 (Rembang.
Java). 609 a.f. (Central Java). 630-
633 (Bajah. Bantam). 633-637
(Strait Sunda). 641-644 (Sunda
Conlplex). 669-670 (Djambi Nappe)
686 (Central Sumatra). 698-699
(Gumai. Sumatra). 707 (Anambas
System). 723 a.f. (synthesis)
Tectonic earthquakes . . . 257 a.f.
Tectonosphere . . . . 281. 283-285
TEICHERT.C . . . 61. 62.264. 534. 721
TEICHERT & FAIRBRIDGE . . 499. 541
TEILHAKD DF CHAKDIN. P . . . . 726
Tektites . . . . . . . . . . . 567
Telaga Tihu (Wetar) . . . . . 486
.
Telen area (Borneo) . . 61 128. 131
Telesrooirrl~r . . . . . . . . . 8 1
Telisa Beds (Sumatra) 116. I 1 8. 121.
. .
122 171 175
~ e m Lake
~ k (Depression South
.
arm Celebes) . . . 426 432. 440
Tendjolaut granodiorite (S of
Tasikmalaja. Java) . . . . . 238
Tengger Volcano (Eastern Java) 214
INDEX
.
Tengger-Semeru complex (East
Java) . . . . 550. fig . 262 p1. 32
Tenthousand Hills (Galunggung.
.
Terebra insrrlinidae P J . F r s c ~72. 646
Terrbra verbrrki OOSTINGH . 82. 646
Trrebratula . . . . . . . . 450. 456
Terebratulidae KING. . . . . . 455
Trrrbratulidue KING ex gr . Die-
Irsrtra . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Tercbratulina rxarata (MARTIN)606
TERMIER . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Terminology on tectogenesis . . 336
Ternate System . . . . . . 48. 388
Ternate Zone . . . . . . . . . 47
TERPSTRA. H . 61. 163. 176. 178. 714.
715
576. ' 65 1
.
Terraces (of Solo River Java) 576. 585
Terraces bf the sumatran coast '701.
702
Tertiary 79 a.f., 103 (Java). 11 1 (Su-
matra). 126 (Borneo). 142 (Philip-
pines). 146 (Celebes). 152 (Moluc-
cas). 155 (Lesser Sunda Islands).
162 (Islands West of Sumatra). 177
(And. & Nicobars). 177 (New
Guinea). 187 (Christmas Isl.)
TESCH.P . . . . . . . 80. 161. 511
Teun or Tijaw (Banda arcs) . . 471
.
TEVES.J . S. 142. 143 144. I45 (note 1).
371
Textufaria . . . . 90. 163. 416. 474
Testularia purrrcta (BRADY). . 162
T r x t ~ r l a r i n vrrtebralis CUSHMAN89
Textularidar . . . . . . . . . 379
Thais . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Thais martini OOSTINGH. . . . 646
THALMANN. H . E . . . . . . . 83
Thanrnastraea . . . . . . . . . 494
Thrcosmilia . . . . . . . . . . 446
Therurus sumarrae LYON. . . . 94
Thermal springs . . . . . . . 216
Thickness of the Tertiary 79. 114.
122. 126-160
.
THIEL.P . V A N . . 77 179 183. 71 1.
THIELE& BEURLEN. . . . . . 281
THOENES.D . . . . . . . . . . 421
Thurmannia (Kilianella) rorrbasr-
d a n a D'ORB. . . . . . . . . 64
. 81
Tibia (Rostrllaria) verbrrki MART
Tides and earthquakes . . 259. 265
Tidore (Halmaheira Group) . . 383
Tidung Lands ( N E Borneo) 132. 133
Tifore (see Maju & Tifore).
Tiga (Gunung) South Sumatra . 684
Tigapuluh Mts (Central Sumatra) 700
Tikarberak Volcano (Semangko
Zone. South Sumatra) . . . . 679
Tiltmeters . . . . . . . . . . 208
Tigres . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Tijger Atoll (Gulf of Bone) 437: fig .
181
Timor 53. 72 a.f. (Mesozoic). 155
(Paleogene). 159 (Neogene). 229
(ign . rocks). 243 (Atlantic ign .
rocks and ophiolites). 510 a.f. (geol.)
Timor orogene . . . . . . 534 a.f.
Tin Belt (Sunda Land) . . . . 364
Tinombo Fornlation (Celebes) 65 66. . Island) . . . . . . . . . 487.488
149. 390
Tinoporus . . . . . . . . . . 163
Tin ores (alluvial) . . . . . . . 318
Tioor or Teor (Banda arcs) . . 465
TIPPER.G . H . . . . . 707. 708. 709
Trssor V A N PATOT. J . W . . 570. 721
Tjareme (Tjiremai - Tjerimai)
complex (West Java) . . . . 652
Tjemorosewu rift (Java) . . . . 568
Tjiater (West .lava) 216 (jarosite).
21 7 (mineral waters)
Tjibuni (West Java) . . . . . . 622
Tjidjengkol Layers (West Java) 104.
628
~ j i d j u l a n gBeds (West Java) . . 654
Tjidjulang fauna (West Java) . 651
Tjidjurej Beds (West Java) tab . I I6
on p . 649
Tji Gugur fauna (West Java) . . 623
Tjiherang Beds (West Java) . . 651
Tjikaso (West Java) . . . . . . 622
Tjikosan area (West Java) . . . 104
Tjilaju quartz-diorite (South of
Bandung) . . . . . . . 238. 624
Tjilanang molluscan fauna (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Tjiletu Bay (West Java) . . . . I04
Tjiletuh Beds (West Java) . . . 618
Tjilutung drainage basin (erosion
of Java) . . . . . . . . . . 9
Tjimandiri Complex (West Java) 81.
620
~ j k a n d i r iValley (West Java) 104.
616. 622. 637
Tjimantjeuri Beds (Wesc Java) 630 .
633
Tjimapag Beds (West Java) . . 629
Tjiodeng Beds (West Java) . . 620
Tjipanas (Hot springs of) (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Tjipluk Beds (Java) . . . . 573. 606
Tjisande limestone (West Java) . 650
Tjitanduj Valley (West Java) . . 645
Tjitarate Beds (West Java) . . . 628
Tjitarutjup Layers (West Java) 104.
628
Tjitlim (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) . 304
Tjombol (Riouw-Lingga Arch.) 304
Toba area (North Sumatra) 125. 126.
212. 214. 687. 690. 693. 694
Toba cauldron (North Sumatra) 688.
691. 695
Toba. Lake (North Sumatra) . . 692
Toba tuffs 176 (note 1). 202. 212. 21 4
Tobelo Beds (Cretaceous. Buton) 41 9
TOBLEK.A . 24. 83. 1 1 1. 112. 1 13. 123.
494. 501. 661. 664. 665. 668. 670.
673. 685. 686. 696. 699. 702
TODD. J . U . . . . . . 101. 163. 164
Togian Islands (Celebes) 41. 389. 394
igeol.)
Tondo Beds (T.f.. Buton) . . . 420
TONGEREN. W . V A N 215. 216. 237.
314. 316
Tonna . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Towuti Lake (Celebes) . . . . 415
Transformist school . . . . . . 233
Transverse fault Ungaran-Merapi
(Java) . . . . . . . . . 559. 560
TREADAWAY. R . G . . . . . . . 75
TREUB.M . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Treweg o r Tewering(Lesser Sunda
Triassic 63 (Borneo). 65 (Celebes)?69
(Misool. 70 (Ceram)
Triduora . . . 81, tab. 41, 141, 161
Trif(rrinu brtrrlvi C U S H M A .N . . 89
Trigonosto17ra hantonu~rr,nse
OOSTINGH. . . . . . . . . 646
Tnu.illinu howchit1i S C I ~ L U M B E R G E R
(Anurstnu.orr.illina) 83. 84, 85. 87, 89,
118, 137 tab. 41, 141, 154, 159, 170,
180, 181, 321,460, 509, 577 (note I),
598, 619, 620, 624, 629, 639
Tnu~ilohitcs. . . . . . . . . . . 725
Trilvrulinu~u. . . . . . . . . . 443
Trinil fauna . . . . . 92: 110, 111
Trinil (locality) . . . . i08, 109. 110
Tritonulia banuitanrensis (MARTIN)646
Tnu.ochanu?7111inuro . . . . . . . . . 90
Trocholinu PAALZOW. . . . . 65
Tr~~hliolepiriinu~rr 85, 86, 87, 88, 606. 621
Tr,~.hliolc~pidina rutteni v. D. VLERK85,
180 594, 603, 605
TrS.hliolepidina r r ~ t i r ~ if.i stell~rtr
SCHEFFEN. . . . . . . . . 606
Tuangku (Banjak Isl.) . . . . . 171
Tuff conglomerate Zone (North
Sumatra) . . . . 122, fig. 123
Tuff flows . . . . . . . . . . 194
TufTsandstonc zone (North Su-
matra) 122, fig. 35 on p. 123
Tukang Besi Islands 42.423 a.f. (gcol.)
Turi stage (Rcmbang. East Jnva) 586
T U R N E R. . . . . . . . . . . 259
Tunu.ritclla arnugnuikuta acuticorinatrr 82,
646
Trrrrirclltr anguluta angul~ttr . . 82
Tnunurr.it~Ila angutatu l)rrnu~:ar~~cnu~.sis 82,
616
T ~ r r i t e l l anng~nuln/u eranu~~nren.~is
. 82,
620, 621
Tnun.ritella anurglrluta-tjicrnu~~~pei~~~zsis 82
Turircllu buntanu~rensisMARTIN 565, 630
Trnurrircllu cmnmrct~sisMARTIN62 1, 657
Tnununu~ritrllasuhnurlarri MART. 82, 83. 646
Trirritelltr tiir~it~rpnicnsis MARTIN630
Tuscchen~andstcen(see Interven-
ing Sandstone).
T U Y NJ., V A N 208, 298, 299, 323, 363,
659
T w s s . . . . . . . . 122, 123, 701
UBAGETS,J. G . H. 126, 128, 129, 130,
131, 132, 134, 135, 139, 140, 351
Udjungbatu (Banjak Isl.) . . . 171
Udjungkulon peninsula . . . . 633
Ukenao (Banda arcs) . . . . . 476
Uluan block (Toba, North Su-
m a t r a ) . . . . . . . . . . . 692
Uliassers (see Amboina Group).
Ultra-basic and basic rocks (ophi-
olites) 62 (Dnnau form.), 65 (Me-
mtus range), 67-68 (Cclebes). 72
(Ceram), 74-76 (Timot.), 150 (Ce-
lebes)
Ulu-Aer fault (DURHAM'S) . 24, 685
U F ~ ~ B C R OJ.V H.
E , F. 4, 41, 54, 60,
83, 88, 89, 95, 96, 78, 79, 80, 103,
108, 112, 129, 130, 135, 138, 140,
147, 149, 154, 155, 161, 162, 212,
244, 260, 269, 274, 275, 278, 280,
287, 300, 318, 323, 378, 389. 393,
394, 402, 409, 419, 420, 421, 426,
436, 438, 441, 447, 449, 453, 460,
165, 467, 472, 482, 494, 507, 574,
606, 613, 636, 640, 650, 651, 656,
661, 666, 701, 721. 723
Umbilin urea (Central Sumatra) 120,
665
Umbilin Nappc (Central Sumatra) 667
Umbili river section . 1 I3 (fig. 30)
Una Unn Volcclno . . 41, 389, 393
Undation theory . . . . 281 a.f.
Ungarnn area (Central Java) . . 251
( i g n e o ~ ~rocks)
s Vigo Formation (Philippines) 143.
Ungaran Volcano (Ce!~fralJava) 212,
214. 611
Unio . . . . . . . . . . 575. 578
Up!,er Bcnt~mgHcds (Wcst Java) 621
~ E p c r~ j n m b j. . . . . . . : 664
Upper. Djampang Series (Wcst
Java) . . . . . . . . . 61 0. 620
Upper Kulibeng Beds (Enst Javn) 573,
577. 579
Upper Palembang Beds (South
Su~nalra) . . . . 97. 118 a.f.
Uppcr Tertiary : I I I ~ Quaternary 108
(Java and Mrdura), 114 (Sumatra),
133 (Borneo), 143 (Philippines), 149
(Celebes), 154 (Miscol), 157 (Lesser
Sunda Islands), 162 (Islands West
of Sumatra), 177 (And. Pr Nic.),
178 (New Guinea), 186 (East New
Guinea)
Upper Tjidjengkol Hctls (West
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Ur.~nurs . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Uvigrrinu . . . . . . . . . . 163
Uvi,~erinn e~.ci.ssicostam S r t i v ~ ~ -
G E R . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
U~i~:.m.inujavanu KOCH . . . . 87
. . 89
V(r,eit~;rlinahrnrlyi C U S I I M A N
V,ZLK,W. 61, 89, 72, 78, 442, 444,
445, 449, 450
Variscic folding . . . . . . . . 724
(L.) . . . . . 533
Vrisnurrl~ trr~~hinellus
VATTER,E . . . . . . . . . 52, 492
VFEN,A. L. W. E. V A N D E R 164, 168,
169, 504
Vegetation (and denudation) . . I I
VENTMA. . . . . . . . . . . 51 1
Vrxluc MEINESZ. F. A. 4, 32, 221,
212. 245. 255. 260. 261. 265. 268.
444, 449, 451. 456, 457, 458, 460,
465. 466, 470, 471, 472, 474, 476,
487, 489, 491, 494, 501, 503, 507,
510. 511, 531, 533, 576, 619, 636,
637, 663, 701, 721
\ ' E R B ~ ~ Ken F C I \ Y ~ M103,
A 104, 105,
321, 545, 546, 595
Vcl beelc Mts (per~dotite)6S, 414, 415,
430. 43 1, 440
VERSLUYS. . . . . . . . . . 460
. . . . . . . . . . 62
li~rtc~hi.rrric/
Vertebrate strcitigraphy of the
Neogene and Quaternary . . 91
VIALOW,0. S. . . 294, 362, 725, 727
Vicrrrvo . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Vicurj,n rollasa J E N K I ~ S 134, 142,
81,
143, 557, 658 (note I)
17carj.u vcrt~elnuillictrllosa (JENK.) 82,
646
144, 146
VINASSA DE R E G N ~73 . (note I), 51 1 .
537
Viscosity (types volc. activity) . 201
Viscosity (of crutal layers or
rocks). . . 260, 261, 276-278, 283
Viscous drag (by convection
currents) . . . . . . . . 26 1, 278
Vrssc~,S. W. 5, 258, 259, 265. 2'96,
297
Viviprrrrr . . . . . . . . . . 575
VLERK,J. M. V , I N DER, 4, 80, 83. 8 7 .
88, 103, 108, 114. 120. 131, 132.
135, 136, 137. 138, 140. 148. 113.
180, 181 (note i ) , 303, 389. -114,
419. 420, 501, 586 (note I )
VLEIIK,V A N D E R & DOZY 38'9, 390,
401. 407, 408, 415, 416, 426
VLETTTR, DE . . . . . . . . . 89
VOGEL. . . . . . . . . 72 (note I)
Vogelkop Peninsula (New Guinea)
56 (phys.), 77 (Mesoz.), 712
(regional geol.)
VOGLER,1.. . . . . . . . . . 69
Volu y~rinq~nurco.s/cnuta. . . . . . 64
Volcanic activity (shift of) (see
also former volc. act.) 490,491
(Lesscr Sunda Islands)
Volcanic activity (former) 62-63
(pretzrtiary Borneo), 124 a.f. (Su-
matra), 127 (Tertiary Borneo). 134-
135 (idern), 144-~147 (Philippines),
147-151 (Tertiary Celebes), 160
(Timor), 170 (Nins), 173 (Simalur),
176 (Isl. MJcst of Sumatra), 184
( W New Guinea), 186 (E New
Guinea), 187 (Christnin: Island),
224 (111 R, volc;rnism and geologic-
al evolution)
Volcanic activity (types o f ) . . . 198
Vclcanic breccias (lahars) . . . 191
Volcanic calamities . . . . . . 112
Volcanic collapse forms (cc~ldc-
ras) . . . . . . . . 2 10, tab. 66
Volcanic cycles (see also volcanic
activity) 124 3.f. (Sumatra). 221
(general), 497-500 (extinction inner
arc Lesscr Sunda Islands)
Volcanic dangers (diagnostic crit-
eria of impending) . . . . . 223
Volcanic earthquakes . . . 265-268
Volcanic energy . . . . . . . 224
Volcanic fissures . . . . . . . 220
Volcanic Formation (Celebes) . 66
Volcanic forms(types of) . . . . 208
Volcanic inner arcs . . . . . . 219
Volcanic inner arc Timor orogenc 541
Volcanic magnetism. . . . . . 297
Volcanic mountain slides . . . 194
Volc~inicrents (see volcano tecton-
ic rift structures).
Volcanic rows and groups. . . 219

Volcanic soils . . . . . . . . 224
Volcanic sound vibrations . . . 126
Volcanism (active) 3. 188 (Ch:lptcr
ILIA). 222 (social aspects). 224 (ccon-
omic importance). 224 (scientilic
research)
Volcanism and climate . . . 201
Volcanism and density o f popui-
ation . . . . . . . . . . 224
Volcanism in time and space 225 . ~ ..f
Volcanoes (list of) . . . . . . 188
Volcanological observation posts 222
Volcanological Survey of the
Netherlands Indies . . . . 3. 221
Volcano profile . . . 191. fig. 52
Volcano-tectonic depressions (see
volcano-tectonic subsidence
structures) .
Volcano-tectonic hollow forms . 21 1
Volcano-tectonic protuberances 208
\'olcano-tectonic rift structures 21 1
Volc~ino-tectonic subsidence
structures 212. tab . 120 o n p . 684
Vol~rtu gcndinganetui.~ MART. . 586
(note 1)
Vol~~rilirhes ickei . . . . . . . 105
VOLZ . . . . 2 1. 689. 690. 691. 692
VOORTHUYZEN. J . H . V A N 73. 156.
159. 511. 512
Vor-Barisan (Sumat1.n). . . . . 664
VORSTMAN. A . . . . . . . 102. 105
LRTUGDE.L . M . H . 270. 582. 584.
586 . 588. 589. 592
VROMAN. . . . . . . . . . . 89
VUAGVAT. M . . . . . . . . . 245
F~'lrlr~~rlii~cr
cforrro~~rioBOOMG. \ART 89
Wadiok Man . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1
WAGNER.P . A . . . 344 (note 2 - 3 )
WAHL,W . . . 233. 281. 295 (note l )
Waigeo iIsland) . . . . 47. 153. 383
Waipoga area ( W New Guinea) 77
IVuisir~fhjrincr. . . . . . . . . 102
Walanae Depression (Scuth arm
Celebes) . . . . . . . 432 a.f.
WALLACE. A . R . . . . . 4 352 . 377. 426. 435. 437. 451 . 465. 471.
Wa1l:ice's line . . . . . . 4. fig . 5
Wanaripalu Mts(Centra1 Celebes)
41 1. 440
WANDEL.J . . . . . 65. 66. 69. 450
Wani Beds (Palcogcne. Buton) . 420
WANNER. J . 4. 63. 65. 66. 67. 69. 72.
73. 74 . 75. 102. 133. 151. 153. 154.
.
355. 380 394. 419. 413. 444. 445.
446. (note 1) 449. 450. 451. 460.
.
530. 532. 533. 537
.
507. 510. 511 512. 513 518. 521.
W.A K Y E K & H.xI-IN . . 586 (note 2)
WANSERRL JAWORSKI . . . . . 466
Warenai area . . . . . . . . . 77
WASHIKCTON H . S. . . . . 707: 709
INDEX
WASTL L . . . . . . . . . . . 702
WAI.ASE. . . . . . . . . . . 645
Water content of (brown)coal . 98
WATLRSCHOOT V A N D E R GRACHT,
W . V A N . . 203.404.406. 425. 427
Watu;ilnng (Java) . . . . . 567. 576
Watubela (Bands arcs) . . . 465
U7arvoni(i) (Buton Archip.). . . 419
WAYLAND VUGHAN. T . . . . 90
Webcr Deep . . . 49. 465. 484. 498
W E R L RFR. 69. 70. 72. 78. 79. 102.
162. 29.8, 441. 449. 460. 465 467. .
.
473 512. 514
Wcber's line . . . . . . 4. fig . 5
WEGTNER. A . 277. 287. 301. 441.
545. 721. 723
WEGFNER'Shypothesis of con-
tinenla1 drift . . . . . . . . 721
WEGMAYN. C . E. . . . 242.278. 282
WEIDENREICH. FR. . 107. 110. 1 1 1
WELTER. . . . . . . . . . . 511
W E N K. . . . . . . . . 132. 141
WERTH~IM G.. . . . . . . . . 465
WESSEM . A . va rv. . . . . . 304. 310
.
WEST. F . P . V A N 73 . 75 159. 511.
512. 515. 517. 518. 519
West Borneo 225. 326 a.f. (geol.)
West Ceram . . . . . . 442 a.f.
West coast Pliocene. Krui (South
Sumatra) . . . . . . . . . . 116
West Cordilleras (Zone of) . . 35
Western Divide Mts (South arm
Celebes) . . . . . . . 432. 729
WESTERVELD. J . 114. 115. 116. 117.
119. 124. 194. 202. 212. 215. 220.
237. 238. 316. 317. 318. 323. 324.
659. 660. 668. 674. 684. 685. 689.
691. 692. 693. 695. 696. 697. 703
West Java . . . . . . . . 616. 657
West-Progo Beds . . . . . . . 598
West-Progo molluscan fauna . . 81
West-Progo Mts (Ccntral Java) 594.
595. 59s
Westralia geosynclinc . . . . . 534
Wetar Basin . . . . . . . 506. 507
Wctar (Lesser Sunda Isl.) 52. 240.
485. 486
.
WHITF J . T H. . . . . 14. 300 637
A . 160. 220. 257. 320.
. T E R BRI!G(;EN 326. 327 (note 1).
WICIIMANN.
472 . 491. 493 . 494. 504 . 51 1 . 530.
533
WIECHFRT. E . . . . . . . . . 223
WILCKENS.0. . . . . . . . 445
Wrr.nE. E . DE . . . . . . . 318
WILHELV . . . . . . . 3 14. 3 15. 3 16
Wilis complex (Java) . . . . . 570
WILLBOURN. E . S . . . . . 360. 363
WILLEMS. H . W . V . 61. 213. 214. 344.
.
389. 405 407 423
WILLIS(BAILEY.
.
see BAILEY WILLIS) .
IVilsorria sp . . . . . . . . . . 62
Wind ilireition . . . . . 6. fig. 6
WING EASTON.N . 64. 127. 326. 332.
689. 690: 691
Winto Beds (Triassic of Buton) 419
WISSEMA. G . G . . . . 80. 161. 177
WISSFR.E . . . . . . . 372 (note 1)
WITKAMP. .
H . 19. 128.. 134. 137.. 155..
253, 334, 335. '352. 402. 408. 409.
507. 508. 622
Wobudu Breccias (North arm Ce-
lebes) . . . . . . . . . . . 391
~ V O L F FF.. v . . . . . . . . 188. 457
WOLTJER . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Wonogiri (J.lva) . . . . . . . 557
Wonosari Basin (Java) . . 557. 558
Wonosari Beds (Java) . . . . . 557
Wonotjolo stage (Rembang. East
Java) . . . . . . . . . . . 586
WOOLLEY.J . B . . . . . . . . . 178
WRIGHT.J . R . . . . . . . . . 216
WURFFBAIN . . . . . . . . . . 466
WYLLIE.B. K . U . 178. 155. 710. 717
Y
YABE.H . & ASANO.K . . . 89. 645
YABE. H . & HANZAWA. S. 83. 131.
142. 143. 144. 371
"Young andesite" Formation . 715
I J Z C R ~ I AR
N.. . . 447. 710. 71 1. 714
Znmboanga Formation (Philip-
pincs) . . . . . . . 144. 146. 227
Z a n d b ~ ~ iAtoll
s . . . . . . . . 436
Zaphrcntis . . . . . . . . . . 76
Zaphr.entis herrictri . . . . . . 533
Z F U N F RF. . E . . . . . . . . . I
ZEYLMXNS V A N EMXIICIIO\~EN. C.
P . A . 60-65.126.127.128.129.130~
131. 132. 133. 134. 215. 225. 236.
303. 304. 318. 324. 326. 327. 329.
330. 331. 332. 333. 334. 341. 372
(note 2)
ZEYLSIANS V A K FMMICHOVEN &
329. 330 (note I)
Z E Y L ~ ~ AVN A NS E M ~ I I C H O V &
EN
L J ~ A G H.S . . . . . . . 326. 421
ZIEGLER.K . . . . . . . . . 106
Zigzag Series (Philippines) . 145. 146
Zoilcl caput vicipera~n~~risin~ilir
MART. . . . . . . . . . . . 81
ZOLLINGEK . H . . . . . 194. 201. 503
ZONNE\JELD. J . 1. S . . . . . . . 300
Zugnlaj~erin. . . . . . . . . . 456
Zwarte Klei (see Black Clay).
ZWIERZYCKI. .
J . 58 62. 76. 77. 91.
101. 112. 122. 123. 154. 171. 177.
178. 183. 210. 298. 304. 316. 318.
639. 659. 660. 661. 664. 665. 665.
669. 670. 684. 694. 701. 710. 711.
713: 714